Nou. 24. 1693.  
I do Allow of the Printing of this Book:  
R. Atkyns.   

MAXIMS AND RULES OF PLEADING; IN Actions Real, Personal and Mixed, Popular and Penal:  
Describing the Nature of Declarations, Pleas, Replications, Rejoinders, and all other Parts of Pleading; showing their Validity and Defects, and in what Cases they are Amendable by the Court, or Remediable by the Statute-Law, or otherwise.  
LIKEWISE, Which of the Parties in his Plea shall first Offer the Issue, and where Special Matter may be given in Evidence upon the General Issue; of Demurrers upon Evidence; of Verdicts, General and Special, and of Bills of Exceptions to the same; of Judgements, Executions, Writs of Error and False Judgement; and of Appeals, Indictments, and Informations, and the Plead relating thereunto.  
Published from the Manuscript of Sir ROBERT HEATH, Knight; Lord Chief justice successively of the Courts of Common-Pleas and Kings-Bench, in the Reign of King Charles the First.  
With Additions of New Matter to every Title, from all the Reports since his Time.  
LONDON: Printed for Abel Roper, at the Mitre near Temple-Bar, MDCXCIV.   

TO THE READER.  
THE Author of this Incomparable Treatise, made the Sentiments of the Great Littleton his Rule, in Choosing that Subject He so much Commendeth in his Tenors, viz. The Science of good Pleading, as the most Nice and Critical Part in the Study of the Law; which He hath Managed in such an Extraordinary Method, that all Men of Sense, of that Profession, cannot sufficiently enough Admire and Value this His most Excellent Discourse of Pleading, suitable to the Greatness of his Performance therein  
To do him justice, No Person (among the Writers of the Common Law) hath been more happy in the Contrivance of his Design, being so Concise, and his Matter so handsomely Couched, that I must beg the Reader's Pardon, if I confess it to be very difficult to Imitate him, without taking up as much Time, as He was pleased to allow himself; which, by the way, was not within the Limits of my Province: However, I have so far taken Care to come near him, that the Author himself, if he were alive, would not, I presume, altogether dislike what I have done.  
But the greatest Obstacle I am to remove, is, what some Persons, who have seen the Original, do Object, That it is only taken from the Year-Books, Plowden's Commentaries and Dyer's Reports; Things probably good in their Times: But alas! (say they) what's that to the most Refined, Polite, and never enough Valued, Equalled, much less Outdone, Reports, Abridgements, Tracts, etc. since their Times? (Tho' these are not wanting in our Composition) I think to all this I may modestly Answer:  
That the Year-Books are the very Foundation of the Law; Plowden and Dyer perhaps Inimitable; and, I hope, this may be further said, without Offence, That had it not been for the Clear, Pespicuous Light of the Year-Books, the later Reporters would have but groped (as it were) in the Dark, and been beholden too much to that incertain Goddess, Experience (the Mistress of Fools, as accounted by the Learned) which, how far Experimental Knowledge differs from Right Reason, drawn by Succession of Time, from the Maxims and Rules of the Ancients, in all Ages, I leave the Reader to guests at; and, if he Doubts, to Consult his Coke upon Littleton.  
W. B.   

MAXIMS, AND RULES OF PLEADING.  

CHAP. I. Of Counts, or Declarations.  
A Declaration, 
A Declaration, what?  is the setting forth, comprising, or exhibiting in Writing, the Cause of Action in any Suit, or Plaint, grounded upon the Common or Statute Law, wherein the Party supposeth himself to be injured. This hath been by some supposed in an Action Real, to be most properly termed a Count; but that, being a Norman (or Law- French) word, is frequently, if not as often, used in our Books, in all other Actions, whether Personal or Mixed, for a Declaration.  
A Count or Declaration therefore (being Terms equivocal, 
Of the formal Parts of which a Declaration ought to consist.  and so used in the following Discourse) ought principally to contain Three things:  
First, The Plaintiffs and the Defendant's Names, (which in Actions Real are called, Demandant and Tenant) and the Nature of the Action; and this by some is termed the Demonstration, or Demonstrative Part of the Count  
Secondly, The Time, the Place, and the Act; in which ought to be comprehended, How, and in what manner the Action did accrue, or first arise between the Parties; When, what Day, what Year, and what Place, and to Whom the Action shall be given; which is called the Declarative Part of the Count  
And Lastly, The Perclose or Conclusion, which is Unde deterioratus est, etc. In which the Plaintiff ought to Aver, and Proffer to prove his Suit, and show the Damage he hath sustained, by the Wrong and Injury done unto him by the Defendant.  
And this Definition, (consisting of a Tria, somewhat resembling the Logical Major, Minor, and Conclusion) some of the Ancients (among whom none more fond of it than Mr. Fleetwood, 
Temp. Eliz. Regin.  the Famous Recorder of London) conceived to be a perfect Syllogism.  
The Statute of 36 Ed. 3. cap. ult. seemeth to help want of Form in Counts, in these words;— By the Ancient Terms and Forms of Pleaders, no Man shall be prejudiced; so that the Matter of the Action be fully showed in the Declaration, and in the Writ—. However, it was always at least so presumed by the most Eminent Pleaders and Sages of the Law, by drawing this Conclusion from the words; Count ne abatera pur default de Form, issint que eyt Substance; that is to say in English, A Declaration shall not abate for want of Form, so that it hath substance. But Counts are more especially Relieved, when defective, by the Statute of 18 Eliz. cap. 14. of Jeofails after Verdict, although they want Form or Agreement with the Register. Note well the Statute, and what Cases are remedied by the same. For, notwithstanding the Statute of 36 Ed. 3. 
Vide Tit. Jeofails & Repleaders, infra. Maxim.  before recited, there is holden a Maxim in our Books, That, It sufficeth if a Bar be good to Common Intent; but a Count in the Substance thereof must be good to every Intent. And so is 3 H. 7. 11, & 12. where the return of a Writ of Rescous was adjudged ill, because the Sheriff named no Place where the Rescous was made; the return of a Sheriff resembling a Count, which must be good to every Intent. And so is 3 Ed. 4. 21. That a Declaration must be certain to every Intent. And yet, In some Cases a Count shall be holden good by Intendment; as 3 H. 6 35. the Plaintiff in Debt did Declare upon an Obligation made at D. which extended into two Counties; yet it shall be taken without other Declaration to be made in the County where the Action is laid; where Note, that the County is not by express Name declared. And 20 H. 6. 23. the Plaintiff in Account did declare, that the Defendant was Receiver until the Feast of St. Michael, but showed not which St. Michael; and by Intendment shall be taken for St. Michael the Archangel. And 38 H. 6. In Debt by a Servant against his Master for Wages, he declared upon a Retainer for Eight years, taking for every year Twenty shillings; it shall be intended from year to year, according to the Statute.  
Next is to be considered what shall vitiate a Count, and what shall not. And first Note well, that it hath been held for a Maxim, among the Sages of the Law and Ancient Pleaders, that for Surplusage the Count doth not abate; (Surplusagium non nocet) as is 9 H. 6. 25. by Rolfe: And so is 46 Ed. 3. 21. Where in a Quod ei deforceat the Demandant did allege Esplees in himself, and likewise in the Donor, and yet good: Although, as it seemeth by the Book of 3 H. 6. 41. if the Count want Esplees, the same is ill. And so is 9 H. 6. 41. where said, That if one, in an Attachment upon a Prohibition doth not expressly declare, that the Prohibition was delivered to the Defendant; Ill: For there is said to be a Form to be observed. And by 4 Ed. 4. 14. and 20 H. 6. 18. a Blank or Space left in a Declaration doth abate the same. But, by 24 Ed. 3. 35, & 54. if the Obligation be Anno Domini only in the Date, without mentioning the King's Reign, the Declaration may be so also; and, as it seemeth, may be otherwise; viz. è contra.  
By 11 H. 4. 72. its said, That in Debt against the Ordinary or Jailer, you shall not need to declare how they were made Officers, because an Action lieth against Officers in possession. And Note, that where a Condition contained in the Obligation is to the advantage of the Plaintiff, there he must declare thereof by 21 Ed. 4. 36. Otherwise if it be to his disadvantage, or contained in the Condition of the Obligation; and to that intent is 22 Ed. 4. Bro. tit. Count 13. where any thing is to be done by the Plaintiff; and 33 H. 6. 3. putteth the difference, where it is contained in the Obligation, and where in the Condition: And to that Intent is 9 H. 6. 15, & 16. But yet 26 H. 8. 1. the Condition was Indorsed to this purpose, That if the Obligee deliver to the Obligor a Bull, that then the Obligation shall be void; otherwise not: There the Plaintiff is to Declare upon the Condition; but Shelley doubted, if he shall be compelled to do the same of necessity. And by 3 H. 6. 8. If the Defendant do bind himself by Indenture in Forty Pounds, to perform all Covenants contained in the same, the Plaintiff shall declare upon the Breach of every Covenant, to which the Defendant shall plead, Covenants performed generally; and then the Plaintiff shall assign one or more Breaches specially, whereupon Issue shall be joined. But as before, so in Annuity pro Consilio impenso & impendendo, the Plaintiff in Annuity, or in Debt for the Arrearages thereof, aught to count that he did (or was ready to) give Counsel, because a Consideration Executory: Otherwise of Council Executed; as is 3 H. 6. 35. 38 H. 6. 22. 5 Ed. 4. 104.  
But yet 21 Ed. 4. 49. Brook, Count 72. this difference is Ruled there, That where an Annuity is so brought by a Special Officer; as by a Keeper, Bailiff, Steward, etc. there he must declare of the Service; but otherwise in a Declaration pro Consilio, because more general, there the Defendant may assign the▪ Breach, or lay the default; quod Nota. Also, if an Annuity be granted to an Attorney pro Consilio impenso & impendendo, and a Suit happens to be depending, after the Grant made, between the Grantor and a Stranger, and the Attorney (not being requested to give Counsel in that Cause to the Grantor) gives Counsel to the Stranger therein: Resolved by the Court, that this is not against the Intent of the Grant, but that the Annuity (notwithstanding such Advice given against the Grantor) should continue, 4 H. 8. 13.  
Note, it is not material, when you declare in Annuity, to set forth the Title or Estate of the Grantor, but only to say, that the Grantor did grant the Annuity, Co. Entries, Annuity 49. And by 15 H. 7. 6. it appeareth that the Plaintiff in Formedon may declare of a Gift, 
Count de Done fans Seisin.  without Seisin: And so is 34 H. 6. 48. upon Dimisit; and also Common Experience. And note, where there be two Defendants, 
Several Counts in one Declaration.  and the one appears, and the Plaintiff Counts against him in Trespass in the Simulcum, that he with the other (such aday) did the Trespass, and when the other came, he counted against him in like Form, as is 46 E. 3. 25. But against the latter the Plaintiff varied in the Day. And 44 Ed. 3. 41. Br. 583. a Man may have Detinue of Charters and of Chattels jointly, because there one thing is the ground of the Action, viz. the Detainer. And 41 Ed. 3. Damage 75. and 1 H. 5. 4. one may have an Action of Debt, where part of the Money is due upon Bond, and other part by Contract, because there Debt is the only Cause of Action.  
So, by 19 Ric. 2. Case 52. In things of the like Nature, one Declaration may contain divers several Wrongs; and therefore in an Action upon the Case, the Plaintiff declared against the Defendants, First, For hindering him to hold his Leet. Secondly, For disturbing his Servants and Tenants, in gathering his Tithe. Thirdly, For threatening so, that the People, etc. durst not come to a certain Chapel, to do their Devotion, and present their Offerings: And, Fourthly, For the taking away his Servants and Chattels. 
Where the Plaintiff shall Count de novo, and where not.  And see 22 H. 7. Bro. 87. The Plaintiff did Count de novo against the Defendant, and the Priee in Aid, after Aid prier. And 5 H. 5. 13. He shall also Count against Tenant by Resceit, mutatis mutandis. The like seemeth should be against the Vouchee. Yet by 8 H. 6. 16. the Plaintiff shall not Count de novo against the Garnishee. And 14 H. 6. 3. one shall not Count against him that cometh in upon the Grand Cape, until he hath saved his Default.  
And Note, 
Rules to be observed in declaring of the Day, the Year, and Place.  touching the declaring of the Time and Place, first, by 9 H. 6. 115, 16. That in Waste, and such like Mixed Actions, as also in Actions Real, one shall not Count of the Day, Year, and Place; otherwise in Personal Actions. And to the same Intent is 7 H. 7. 5. And therefore 35 H. 6. 50. a Parson brought an Action of Debt for the Arrearages of an Annuity granted unto him until he should be promoted to a Benefice, and Declared, that he took a Wife, which determined the Annuity; yet because he did not show the Place where he took her to Wife, the Count was ill. And so is 35 H. 6. In an Action of Debt brought by an Administrator, for not showing in what Place the Administration was committed unto him: But it is otherwise of an Executor; for he is not bound to show where he was made Executor, because he may be Executor of his own Wrong.  
And Note, 35 H. 6. 38. where the Plaintiff in Debt did Count upon a Lease of four Acres for the Rent of three Pounds; and the Defendant did plead to the Count, that he did Let those four Acres and other Lands, and a good Plea: But the greater Doubt, whether he should in that case take a Travers; for in our Books it is obvious, That if the Plaintiff in his Declaration mistake the beginning of a term of Years, 
The disadvantage of mistaking the Time, Years, or Number of Acres.  the Land, or number of Acres; or declare upon a simple Contract, when it is Conditional, the same is no good Declaration, and Advantage thereof may be had as well upon the General Issue, as otherwise. And in Fogassa's Case, in Pl. Com. If the Plaintiff Count generally upon a Lease, and the Defendant plead, ne Lessa pass (non dimisit,) the Plaintiff shall not give in Evidence a Lease by Deed. And 28 & 29 H. 8. Dier 32. an Action of Debt was brought upon a Lease of six and twenty Acres, the Defendant said, that the Plaintiff Let the same, and four Acres more; Absque hoc, that he Let the six and twenty Acres tantum; whereupon Issue was taken, and the Verdict found the Demise only of one and twenty Acres; and thereupon the Question was, Whether the Verdict had found for the Plaintiff, or for the Defendant? And by Fitz. and Englefield it was found for the Plaintiff, because Agreed of both sides, that six and twenty Acres were Let, and the Question was upon the four Acres: But Baldwin and Shelley seemed to be of Opinion, that the Verdict was ill: But Shelley said therein, That if the Defendant had pleaded a Plea without a Travers, (because he had confessed the Count, and more, it would have been good.) Or if the Travers had been, Absque hoc quod predictus le Plaintiff dimisit les four Acres more, it had been well enough.  
But touching this Matter of Travers, 
Note.  of the Quantity, Time, or Place, see more in the Titles Travers, Issue, and Verdict, afterwards in this Book.  
And see 11 H. 6. 5. That if in Debt for Rent it appeareth by the Count that one of the Days is not yet come, the Writ shall abate; 
Several days of payment, and where Execution upon the first default, where not.  but otherwise in Avowry by all the Court: Nota diversitatem. And see Fitzherbert's Natura Brevium, in his Writ of Debt, That where divers Days of payment are contained in a Recognizance, upon the first default shall go out a Scire facias; but upon a Bill for Debt, not until the last Day: Notwithstanding it hath been held, That in an Action upon the Case, upon an Executory Promise, the Plaintiff might have his Writ upon the first default, and Recover for that loss; and so upon every default.  
It appeareth by 7 Ed. 4. 15. and 1 Ed. 4. 4. 39 H. 6. 4. 11 H. 4. 55. and 50 Ed. 3. 4. in Brook, Title Brief, by the better Opinion, That in Debt, Resceit of Parcel, Hanging the Writ, doth abate the whole Writ; but that (as it seemeth) is intended where the Count and Demand is of one entire Contract; as a Praecipe of a Manor, and Entry into part: For it is otherwise (as it seemeth) where a Praecipe is of sundry Acres, and the Demandant enter into but one of the Acres: But (by the same Book 50 Ed. 3. 4.) that aught to be pleaded, Puis le darein Continuance: And (by most of the other Books) if the Action were upon Specialty, than it can neither be pleaded to the Writ, or in Bar of the Action, without Specialty; and if the Defendant conclude his Plea, in Bar, it goeth but to the Action for part: But (as it seemeth) be the Action either upon Specialty, or not, if the Defendant plead in Bar the Resceit of parcel, either before, or hanging the Writ, he must plead the same by Deed, and it goeth but to that part: But if the Plaintiff bringeth an Action of twenty Pounds, and declare that he is satisfied of ten Pounds, the Writ doth abate of his own showing; for he ought to bring his Action only for that which is behind, and declare himself to be satisfied of the rest: But if he bring his Action for the Whole, and Nil debet; or a Release be pleaded to Part, that goeth but to the same; and so it seemeth by the Plea, quod non debet predict as vigints libras, nec aliquem denarium inde.  
And in the said Book of 11 H. 4. Debt was brought for Forty Pounds, declaring part upon a Lease, parcel upon a Contract, and part for Work done: And to part the Defendant tendered his Law, to other part he pleaded, ne Lessa pass (non dimisit,) and to the residue he tendered the Money in Court; and the Plaintiff, as to the Plea of the Lease, took Issue; and, to that of the Money tendered, he Rejoined, that he had received it accordingly; and, as to the residue, he refused the Law; and to that, and the Point of Receipt, the Writ only did abate, quod nota.  
Where the Writ and Declaration are General, 
Reasons for Pleading the Common Bar, and giving a new Assignment by Replication.  as in Trespass Quare clausum fregit, if the Plaintiff so Declare, the Defendant, as all the Books agree, may plead a Special Plea to enforce the Plaintaiff in his Replication to assign the Place more certain: But this Plea of the Defendant must be also very certain, as 4 & 5 Ph. & Mar. Dyer 161. for the Defendant to say, That the Place where is six Acres, is no Plea, unless he also give it a Name, or Boundaries: And so is 22 H. 6. 24. that the Defendant shall plead certainly; and this for the advantage of the Defendant, for if he plead the General Issue, the Plaintiff may in any Place in that Town assign the Trespass: Or else, as is the Book 28 H. 8. Dyer 23. If the Defendant doth say, that the Place where is six Acres, which is his Freehold, and the Plaintiff Reply, That it is not his Freehold, etc. If the Plaintiff have a Close of like quantity, it shall be intended the same: But the Plaintiffs New Assignment must also be as true and certain to all Intents, as is 9 Eliz. Dyer 204. It must be both true in the Name, and in the Boundaries; and must not be (as there) una acr' prat' sive terr'.  
And as 1 H. 7. 11. and 21 H. 6. 2. and other Books, the Plaintiff must say also in his Declaration, alia quam, etc. And then, as in 14 H. 4. 24. the Defendant shall not plead, that the Place where is all one, etc. but shall have advantage thereof best by the General Issue, if the Pleas aforesaid be entered; and so is, 1 Ed. 5. 4. Yet in the said Book 21 H. 6. 2. the Defendant did Rejoin, that the Place was all one, etc. and known by one Name. But as 27 H. 8. 22. where the Defendant in his Bar said, The Place where was an Acre and three Roods; the Plaintiff might have assigned the Trespass in the three Roods, without the Acre, and the Bar, as to the Acre, to no purpose. And 1 H. 7. 11. the Defendant did plead, That the Place where was three Acres parcel of the Manor of B. of which A. did him enfeoff, etc. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That the Place where was the said three Acres, and thirty Acres more, parcel of the said Manor; and no Plea, because he doth not say, Al' quam; or agreeing with the Defendant's Answer: So that it seemeth the Plaintiff may Reply to, or take Issue upon the Defendant's Plea, if it should be untrue, as for the most part, the first part of it is.  
And it should seem also by 9 Ed. 4. 24. and divers other Books, 
Declaration, ab antiquo, certain in Trespass, as at this day, by Rule of Court in C. ●.  That the Plaintiff may at his pleasure, in his Declaration of Trespass, Count of the Place certain, by Name and Number of Acres, and there the Defendant must Plead at his Peril: And so are the Books of 5 Ed. 4. 124. and 9 H. 7. 6. in Trespass of Goods; and as 38 H. 6. 5 H. 7. 8. and other Books in Entry upon the Statute of R. 2. and 8 H. 6. But 21 Ed. 4. 18. in Trespass quare domum fregit, without giving a Name, the Defendant may enforce the Plaintiff to a new Assignment; notwithstanding by Brian and Littleton, 15 E. 4. 23. in manner Ruled, that the Plaintiff in his Declaration in Trespass, naming the Place certain, is but Nugation; to which the Defendant by the Plaintiff's Act, shall not be enforced to Answer: As if the Plaintiff in Debt upon an Obligation doth declare, that the Defendant is of full Age, the Defendant may Plead, that he was within Age without Travers: But (as there it seemeth) in an Assize of Rent the Plaintiff may declare either Generally or Specially, at his pleasure; according to which last recited Book is 20 Ed. 4. 9 & 10.  
Where it is said also, 
Rules for Declaring in Replevin and Trespass.  that the better Opinion is, to Declare in Replevin, according to the Ancient Use, that is to say, to name only the Town in the Declaration, and not the Place, or number of Acres; and so is 9 Ed. 4. 43. And yet notwithstanding see the Book of 14▪ H. 6. 3. that in Ejectione Custodiae the Defendant did Plead Jointenancy, and the Plaintiff assigned anew: So 9 Ed. 4. 23. in Detinue of Charters; but there the better Opinion seemeth, that no New Assignment ought to be. By 38 H. 6. the Defendant in Trespass did Justify for a Way through the Plaintiff's Close, and the Plaintiff assigned the Trespass in another place of that Close. And 39 Ed. 4. 7. the Defendant Justified that day by the Plaintiff's Licence: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That the Defendant came back again the same Day, and reentered his Close; where also it appeareth, that where one Justifieth the same Day, he need not conclude, Que est eadem Transgressio. Vide Brook, Tit. Trespass. Vide Noy's Reports, fol. 70. rolls and Walter's Case; where in Replevin the Defendant avowed Damage pheasant, as Tenant to I. S. who was seized in jure Ecclesiae, and demised to him for years; and held good without saying, that he was Parson: But, secus in Quare Impedit; for there the Plaintiff must name the Defendant Parson Imparsonee, because till then, in that Case, he cannot plead in Bar.  
By Co. 1 Inst. fol. 145. the Sheriff ought to take two sorts of Pledges in Replevin, one by the Common Law, ad prosequend' Querelam; and the other by the Statute, De Retorno habendo. Note, the Plaintiff in Replevin must allege a Place certain, where the Beasts, Cattle, or Goods were taken. By Co. 1 Inst. fol. 145. several persons, whose Beasts, Cattle, or Goods are taken, shall not join in Replevin; nor is it a good Plea to say, that the Property is to the Plaintiff and another. But by Co. lib. 7. in the Case of Swans, a Replevin lies of such things in which one hath but a qualified Property, as of Beasts that are ferae naturae, and made tame, so long as they have Animum revertendi. So 2 Ed. 2. Fitzherbert, Title Avowry 182. Replevin lies of a Leveret, or of a Ferret; and by the Register Original, fol. 81. it lies of a Swarm of Bees. And by 7 H. 4. 28. and 6 H. 7. 29. 'tis at the Plaintiff's Election in many Cases, to have Replevin or Trespass for his Cattle or Goods taken, which he will; but he cannot have an Action of Trespass against his Lord for taking them.  
But by the Books of Entries, viz. Rastal. 567 & 572. and Coke 610. and Fitzh. Nat. Brevium, fol. 69. b. Replevin lies de averiis capt' & detent' quousque, etc. & de aliis averiis capt' & adhuc detent '; and there said, that when the Plaintiff declares, that the Defendant yet detains the Cattle, and the Defendant appears and makes default, the Plaintiff shall recover all in Damages; and also 'tis there said, that if the Beasts are chased into another County after they are taken, the Party may have a Replevin in which of the Counties he pleaseth, or in both. Also it appears in Dyer's Reports fol. 280. That if the Plaintiff be Nonsuited before Declaration, and he sueth out a Writ of Second Deliverance, and is again Nonsuited before Declaration, the Defendant shall have the Cattle irreplegiable, without any Avowry.  
Note, If Replevin be before the Sheriff by Writ, it may be removed by the Plaintiff into the King's Bench or Common Pleas by Pone, without Cause, and by the Defendant with Cause mentioned in the Writ; but if it be before him by Plaint, than it may be removed by the Plaintiff, by a Writ of Recordari facias loquelam issuing out of Chancery, without showing Cause; but if the Defendant removes the Plaint by that Writ, he must show Cause therein.  
Note also, If live Beasts or Cattle, and Goods and Chattels (which are Dead, or things Inanimate) are named together, and Replevied by one Writ, as they may, the live Beasts or Cattle must be named before the dead, as Quandam vaccam suam & quedam averia sua, que J. S. cepit.  
Note farther, That by the Common Law, when the Goods or Chattels of any Person are taken, he may have a Writ out of the Chancery, commanding the Sheriff to make Replevin of them, and this Writ is Vicontiel, and in the nature of a justicies, (by which the Sheriff may hold Plea of any value, and in all Cases;) but when the Defendant claims property, and when more than one live Beast is taken, than the Form of the Writ is, Quod Replegiari faceret J. S. quendam Spadonem, vel Equam, etc. And when many dead Chattels are taken, than the Writ shall be, Quod Replegiari faceret bona & catalla sua, and the Plaintiff must ascertain them in the Declaration; but if but one dead Chattel be taken, than the Writ shall be, Quod Replegiari▪ faceret J. S. quoddam Examen Apium.  
3 Cro. 627, 628. the Plaintiff brought Trespass for taking an Hide; and the Defendant pleaded in Justification, That the Major and Communality of London were seized of an House called Leaden-Hall, where he took the said Hide Damage-feasant, as their Servant, etc. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That Leaden-Hall is an ancient Market for Fridays, and that he bought the Hide there on such a Friday; and that he had the same on his Back, to carry away, quousque the Defendant took it prout in Narr ': And tho' Objected, that the Replication is not good, because he concludes not, Que est eadem Captio, etc. for that he varies from the manner of the Caption, and by his Pleading takes from the Defendant's Authority; yet Resolved good without it, because it agrees with the Defendants Plea, in Time and Place of the Caption.  
So, 3 Cro. 8. 98. in Trespass, the Defendant pleaded, that he is Clericus & seisitus de Rectoria de A. in jure Ecclesiae, and makes Prescription for him, and all his Predecessors, Parsons of that Church, to have had a Way, time out of Mind, in such a place; but says not, that he was a Parson; and notwithstanding it was Objected, that he had not enabled himself to make a Prescription; yet forasmuch as he hath alleged, that he is seized in jure Ecclesiae, it tantamounts thereto, and is good.   

CHAP. II. Of Bars, or Pleas to Declarations.  
A Bar, in our Law, signifies a Destruction for ever, or Taking away for a time the Action of him that hath Right; and it is called, A Plea in Bar, when such a Bar is pleaded, Co. 1 Inst. fol. 372. Ploughed. fo. 26, 28. Colthirst's Case. Brook, Title Bar, Num. 101, and 5 H. 7. fo. 29. There are also Pleas in Abatement of a Writ, Plaint, or Count  
A Plea in Abatement, in our Law, being as much as Exceptio dilatoria with the Civilians, (Britton, cap. 51.) or rather an Effect of it: For the Exception alleged and made good, works the Abatement. And this Exception may be taken either to the Insufficiency of the Matter, or Incertainty of the Allegation, by Misnaming the Plaintiff, Defendant or Place: To the Variance between the Writ or Count, or Specialty, etc. To the Incertainty of the Writ, Plaint or Count: To the Death of either of the Parties before Judgement had, and for divers other Causes: Upon which Defaults the Defendant may pray, that the Writ, Plaint or Count may Abate, that is, the Plaintiff's Suit against him may Cease for that time.  
There is also a Plea in Abatement to the jurisdiction of the Court, called a Foreign Plea, which is, where a Matter is alleged in any Court, that aught to be tried in another: Or, a Refusal of the Judge as Incompetent, because the Matter in question is not within his Jurisdiction: As if one lay Bastardy to another in a Court Baron, Kitchen, fo. 95. Anno 4 H. 8. cap. 2. and 22 Ejusdem cap. 2, & 14.  
But before we Treat of Pleas in Abatement, we shall consider, What Pleas shall Conclude the Defendant, by his Appearance, Continuance, etc. As to which the Tenant or Defendant ought especially to take Care, that by his Appearance, and taking of Idem dies or Imparlance, he Conclude not himself of his Advantage in Pleading; for by our Law-Books Idem dies is before Continuance, and Imparlance after, and by Consent of the Party: And therefore Note, That after Imparlance General, one shall not plead to the jurisdiction, as is 22 H. 6. a. But if the Imparlance be Special, viz. Salvis sibi omnibus & omnimodis Advantagiis tam ad Breve quam ad Narrationem, it is otherwise: But to the Writ (it seemeth after a General Imparlance one may plead Jointenancy, Non-tenure, Over-Dale and Nether-Dale, and the like, whereof he is not Estopped by his Appearance, as is the Book of 9 Ed. 4. 36. But Misnosmer, and the like, after a General Appearance, and Imparlance, he shall be Concluded of, as are the Books; and therefore the way in that Case is to appear in this manner, viz. J. S. qui implacitatur per nomen J. D. comperuit & habet diem, vel petit licenciam Interl●quendi, vel petit visum, Salvis sibi omnibus Advantagiis, etc.  
And by 8 H. 6. 18. 
Of Pleas to the Jurisdiction of the Court.  If one plead to the Jurisdiction of the Court after Declaration, the same shall not be Entered until the Plea be discussed, and the Continuance shall be upon the Writ. And by 50 E. 3. 9 upon the View, one shall plead Ancient Demesn to the Jurisdiction; and sometimes the Court shall oust the Parties of Jurisdiction, although they themselves seem to take no advantage thereby, as in 22 Ed 4. 23. b. in Trespass between the Parson and Vicar; otherwise he ought to plead it, as before. And by 3 H. 4. 12. 
Foreign Pleas.  and 8 H. 4. 18. a Foreign Plea in a Personal Action, is to the Jurisdiction; otherwise in a Real Action. And by 21 Ed. 4. 10. the Judgement in that Case is, as in other Pleas, that the Writ shall Abate.  
Next we shall consider what Pleas may be pleaded to the Jurisdiction, and they are Ancient Demesn, County Palatine, Cinque Ports, etc. But according to 44 Ed. 3. If the Defendant plead to the jurisdiction, and Conclude to the Action, the jurisdiction is admitted; unless as in 1 R. 3. 1. Natura Brevium, and other Books, where Trespass is brought Vi & armis, or where the Freehold is pleaded in the County Court, or Court Baron, than the Court ought to take Consideration therein. And it appears by 49 Ed. 3. 34. That every Castle of the Cinque-Ports is intended Gildable, and not of the Ports, quod nota. And the Lieutenant of Dover Castle was assessest in King james the First's time, in the Subsidy; and 4 Ed. 4. 16. the Tower of London, by Middlesex.  
This Plea to the Jurisdiction being to be pleaded at the first, unless in special Cases, as before: The next in order, is to the Person, then to the Count, after that to the Writ, and to the Action of the Writ, and the last is in Bar.  
And therefore next to the Pleas to the Jurisdiction, 
Order of Pleading.  are those to the Person, which according to Littleton are six in number, 
Of Pleas to the Person.  viz. Villeinage, Utlary, Alien, Horse de Protection, Profession, and Excommengement. In pleading the last of which, the Defendant must show the Letters of Excommunication, which Plea doth not abate the Writ; for upon the Plaintiff's showing his Letters of Absolution in Court, he shall have a Resummons against the Defendant; and by 33 H. 6. 23. Profession or Alien may be also pleaded to the Action.  
And touching Pleas to the Count, 
Of Pleas to the Count  farther than before is mentioned, they are divers, as Variance from the Writ, wanting Form or sufficient Declaring upon the Condition, and the like, as the Case requires; for which see afterwards, and Brook, Title Count  
And as concerning those Pleas which are to be pleaded to the Writ, 
Of Pleas to the Writ.  they be of two sorts, viz. the one Apparent in the Writ, of which the Defendant may at all times take advantage, and the other resting upon the Plea of the Defendant; as Misnosmer, jointenancy, Non-tenure, Non habetur aliqua talis Villa, or Over-Dale and Nether-Dale, of the Place where the Action is laid, and not of which the Defendant is named; unless in Cases where Utlary lieth, and that the Lands lie in A. and not in B. and the like, which the Defendant is bound to take in time, and to look that he be not Concluded of them by his General Appearance, Continuance, or Imparlance, as before is mentioned: And Note, that it appeareth in a Report 3 Eliz. That if the Defendant for Matter apparent plead to the Writ, he shall in the beginning and ending of his Plea, petere judicium▪ de brevi; but otherwise in the Conclusion only.  
And touching Pleas to the Action of the Writ, 
Of Pleas to the Action of the Writ.  they are, where by the Plaintiff's own Declaration, or the Defendant's Plea, it appeareth that the Plaintiff ought not to have the same, but another Writ. And, as 26 H. 8. Brook, Brief 409. The Defendant may choose either to Conclude to the Writ, or to the Action of the Writ. And so 9 Ed 4. 31. where Dower was brought against a Guardian; and he said, he was not Guardian: judgement de Brevi.  
In the next place we will proceed to the Form of the Defendant's Plead: 
Of the Defendant's Pleading, and first of his Defence.  And first, touching his Defence against the Plaintiff, it appeareth 34 H. 6. 33. and other Books, in Bro. Title Defence, That in divers Actions, as namely, Assize, Dower, Darein Presentment, Mortdancestor, Per quae servitia, Attaint, and Scire facias, the Defendant shall only say Venit & dicit, without other Defence. And 46 Ed. 3. 23. in an Assize of Nuisance in the Common Pleas, there shall be Defence, otherwise not; and in Brook's Abridgement, Title Defence, Num. 67. where one Pleads to the jurisdiction there shall be no Defence.  
But it appears in the said Title 2 Ed. 4. 
Half Defence.  and 40 Ed. 3. and 35 H. 6. That where the Defendant pleads to the Person, he may make half a Defence, viz. Venit & defendit vim & injuriam, without saying quando, etc. And so is 7 H. 6. there in a Praemunire, or Plea to the Jurisdiction, it is only said, Venit & defendit vim & injuriam: So as by these and other Books, in the said Title of Defence it appears, that in Pleas to the Jurisdiction, or the Person, the Defendant, as before, cannot make above Half Defence: For if he adds to the same the words quando, etc. which make the Whole Defence, the ability of the Jurisdiction and Person is thereby admitted; but in Pleading to the Writ one may make a Full Defence, as appears by all the Books of Entries.  
The Full Defence is in some Cases Ordinary, 
Of the Ordinary Full Defence.  and in others Special: And the Ordinary Full Defence in some Actions is, Venit & defendit vim & injuriam quando, etc. and in others, Venit & defendit jus suum quando, etc. and where the Defendant shall in his Defence say, Venit & defendit vim & injuriam quando, etc. are these Actions, viz. Account, Action upon the Case, Covenant, Debt, Detinue, Ejectment, Ne injust vexes, Partition, Parco fracto, Quare Impedit, Quo jure, Replevin, Rescous, Recaptione Averiorum, Recto, Rationabili parte bonorum, Rationabilibus Estoveriis; in all Actions where Debt and Trespass are given by the Statute; in all Actions of Trespass de Clauso fracto, or de Clauso & domo fractis, with their Incidents, as, de Bladis & herba depast', conculcat', consumpt', succis '; Averiis, pedibus ambulando, etc. or, de Arboribus succis ', amputat', etc. or, de Sepibus, Fossatis, Solo; Eradicat' vel amputat', implet', subvers ', etc. or, de Bonis capt', asportat', spoliat', etc. or for Battery, False Imprisonment, or Menacing the Plaintiff or his Servants; as also in Waste, and other Personal and Mixed Actions.  
But in a Writ of Intrusion, and every Praecipe quod reddat, Ayel, Escheat, and the like, the Defence is, Venit & defendit Ius suum quando, etc. And in some Cases the Defence is more Special than before, as Brook, Defence 45. In Recto quando Dominus Remisit Curiam suam, the Defence shall be Venit & defendit Ius praedicti Petentis & Seisinam suam quando, etc. And ibid. 16, & 40. in Nativo habendo the Defence shall be, Venit & defendit jus suum, & omnem Nativitatem, quando, etc. And also vide Ibidem 23, 30, & 31. That in Actions upon the Statutes of Mainteance, Labourers, and the like; and in Recaptione averiorum, the Defence is Venit & defendit vim & Injuriam quando, etc. Et quicquid, etc. And in Prohibition upon the Statute of Ric. 2. & H. 4. Venit & defendit vim & injuriam, quando, etc. Et omnem Contemptum. Et quicquid, etc. And in an Appeal of Mayhem, as appears 40 Assize 9 the Defence is, Ven' & defendit vim & injuriam, Et omnes Felonias & Appella de Mayhemio, Et quicquid quod est contra pacem Domini Regis Coronam & Dignitatem suas, etc.  
And it also appeareth in Brook 46. that where the Defendant pleadeth Misnosmer, 
Misnosmer how pleaded.  he shall allege the same before Defence, and then shall make Defence, and show the certainty of the Misnosmer: And the Vouchee, as it appeareth there, Num. 24. shall make his Defence in this manner, Et praedictus A. B. ut Tenens per Warantiam suam defendit Ius sum quando, etc. And Ibidem 14 H. 6. 18. it is a Doubt, whether one shall take his Protestation before or after Defence; and by 21 H. 6. 'tis said, That to every of the Plaintiff's Pleas the Defendant shall make his Defence de novo; quod nota.  
And touching Protestations, 
Of Protestations.  we shall first consider what they are, and in the next place inform you how, and in what manner they ought to be pleaded.  
A Protestation in Pleading therefore, is by some defined to be a Defence of Safeguard to the Party that makes it, from being Concluded by the Act he is about to do, that Issue cannot be joined upon it, Ploughed. fol. 276, b. per Walsh ibidem. Or, it is a Form of Pleading, when one doth not directly affirm or deny any thing that is alleged by another, or which he himself allegeth.  
But by Plowden, in Grayslake and Fox's Case in his Com. it is said to be, A Saving or Excluding of a Conclusion, and (by that Book) ought to be after the Defence, which is (in that Point) left doubtful by the beforementioned Book of 21 H. 6. 26. and may not be contrary in itself, or double. As in the before recited Case of Grayslake and Fox, Protestando, that he made no Testament, pro Placito, that he made not the Plaintiff his Executor; because if he made no Testament, he could make no Executor: And, as it there appears, the Effectual Matters of the Bar ought not to be taken by Protestation: Yet in Clear Haddon's Case, the Protestation was, Nul Wast fait; and he pleaded, that the Reversion descended to another, and the like.  
The next Point in order to be discussed, 
Of Colour in Pleading.  is touching Colours in Pleading; what is properly signified by the same, and in what Actions they shall be given.  
Colour signifies a Probable Plea, but in truth, 
What it signifies.  False; and hath this End, to draw the Trial of the Cause from the Jury to the Judges: As, in Trespass for taking the Plaintiff's Cattle, the Defendant saith, that before the Plaintiff had any thing in them, he was possessed of them, as of his own proper Goods, and delivered them to I. S. to redeliver to him again, upon Request; but I. S. giving them to the Plaintiff, who supposing the Property was in I. S. at the time of the Gift, took them, and the Defendant took them from the Plaintiff, and thereupon the Plaintiff brought his Action: This is a good Colour, and a good Plea. Vide Doct. & Stud. lib. 2. cap. 13. and Brook, fo. 104. Title Colour in Assize, Trespass, etc.  
And, 
In what Actions it may be given.  First, Colours may be given in Actions of Trespass (as is said above) of Cattle, 
In Trespass.  of Goods, or in Land; or in Assize, 
In Assize.  where the Defendant is supposed a Wrongdoer, and doth not plead the General Issue, but a Special Plea to excuse himself of the Wrong, there the Law doth not allow his Plea good, unless he suppose in the Plaintiff some Colour to bring such an Action: For the Law of itself doth not intend any Man so injurious, without Colour, to charge another with Wrongs.  
And Colour also by 19 & 21 Ed. 4. Br. 56. may be given in Entry sur Disseisin of Rent; 
In Entry sur Disseisin.  and so is 2 Ed. 4. 17. and in the said Year-Book, fo. 27. Colour was given in Ravishment de Gardiner; and 19 & 22 H. 6. Br. 19, & 23. Colour may be given in Forcible Entries.  
And so is 35 H. 6. 54. and other Books, that Colour may be given in an Action upon the Statute of 5 Ric. 2. 
In Action sur Stat. 5 R. 2.  and in no other Writs, or Actions, as I can find: Nor in these neither, 
Upon what Plea.  as the Pleading may be; as, if the Defendant pleadeth the General Issue, and do not Justify; or pleadeth some Plea that merely Determineth the Right; as appears in Brook 14 Assize, a Feoffment with Warranty, Fine, Recovery, and the like. The like Law is 21 Ed. 4. 18, & 15. where one Justifies for Distress, Wreck, or Waifs and Estrays, or by any other Matter of Record: But see there other Books, viz. 2 & 12 Ed. 4. 38 H. 6. 7. and 37 H. 6. 7. varying, whether one shall give Colour where the Defendant doth Justify for Wreck, Waifs, and the like, etc. And so 34 H. 6. 10. in the same, and for Offerings.  
And where the Defendant doth Convey from the Plaintiff himself, 
Conveyance from the Plaintiff.  in some case he shall give Colour, and in some not: As 6 H. 7. 14. where the Defendant Conveyeth from the Plaintiff for life, or years, there he shall not give Colour; and so is 22 H. 6. 50. otherwise, as it seems by 8 Eliz. Dyer 146. where the Defendant pleads a Lease for years, from a Stranger. But by 15 Ed. 4. 31. If one plead a Feoffment in Fee from the Plaintiff, by mean Estates, he shall give Colour: Yet by Brook 86. If one plead a Feoffment from the Plaintiff himself immediate, he shall give no Colour.  
And as it seems by the same Book, and 18 Ed. 4. 3. that he that Justifies, 
As Servant.  as Servant to another, shall give no Colour; and by 22 H. 6. 50. and 12 E. 4. 15. he that pleadeth his Freehold shall give no Colour. 
His Freehold.   
But by the same Book, and 12 H. 6. 18. He that pleadeth a Descent shall give Colour, 
Descent.  because it bindeth only the Possession, and not the Right. And by 15 H. 7. 10. and 21 H. 7. 23, 
Aid le Roy.  where one Prayeth in Aid of the King, there no Colour shall be given. And 21 Ed. 4. Brook 56. he that Pleadeth to the Writ, 
To the Writ, or to the Action of the Writ.  or to the Action of the Writ, shall give no Colour. But by 5 H. 7. 10. If the Defendant Entitle himself to a Devise, he shall give Colour: Whereof see more in the Title of Colour in Brook.  
In the next place shall be shown, 
What be sufficient Colours.  what are Sufficient Colours, and in what manner they are to be pleaded.  
And 50 E. 3. 18. where there were Lord, Mesn and Tenant, 
Lord, Mesu, and Tenant.  by Ten shillings Rend; and the Mesn brought an Assize against the Lord, and he pleaded this Matter without giving any Colour. And by 20 H. 6. 27. If one brings an Action for Trespass done in D. and the Defendant Justifieth in another Place, 
Justification in another Place.  and Traverseth Absque hoc quod ipse est Culpabilis in D. there he may give Colour.  
And by 22 Ed. 4. 24. 5 Ed. 4. 134. and 21 H. 6. 32. etc. Colour must be always given by the first, 
Colour given by the first, not mean Conveyance.  and not by any mean in the Conveyance. And therefore 38 H. 6. 5. the Defendant pleaded, that A. was seized, to whom B. Released, and gave Colour by B. and ill.  
Neither may Colour be given by a Stranger, 
Not by a Stranger.  as appears by 38 H. 6. Brook 16. and, as it seems, aught to be given by an Estate not apparently determined, 
Estate determined.  as is 19 & 21 Ed. 4. Br. 56. where, in Trespass against a Parson, Colour was given to the Plaintiff by a Lease for Life of his Predecessor; but yet there doubted: And 7 H. 7. 13 & 14. the Defendant gave Colour by a Lease pur altar vie, which was dead; and Good: So that it seems by these Books, that although the Estate appear determined, yet the Colour is Good.  
But where a Possession defeated is given to the Plaintiff, 
Possession defeated.  as 9 H. 6. 32. where the Defendant in an Assize, or in Trespass, doth plead, that he was seized, until by A. disseised; who did enfeoff the Plaintiff, and he did Enter; a good Colour.  
And so is 2 H. 4. and 9 Ed. 4. 15. where Colour was given by one whose Estate was defeated by Recovery: And so seems 35 & 37 H. 6. Brook 6. where the Defendant doth plead, 
●iens▪  that A. took his Goods, and gave them to the Plaintiff, and after that he, the Defendant, took them again; and held a good Plea.  
And accordingly is 2 H. 4. 13. where it is not Immediate Wrong: Otherwise, where he doth plead, that he was possessed until the Plaintiff took his Goods, and he did afterwards retake them from the Plaintiff, for that doth amount only to the General Issue; but there it is more doubted in another Case, where the Defendant in Trespass of Trees did plead, that he was seized, until by the Plaintiff disseised, who did Cut the Trees, and squared them; and then he, the Defendant did re-take them.  
And see Brook 64. that Colour ought to be by a Title, 
Colour aught to be of a doubtful Title.  or Possession, doubtful to the Lay-People, whether the same be good in Law, or not; 
Colour to the Plaintiff.  and must be given to the Plaintiff, and not to another that enfeoffeth the Plaintiff: And therefore 2, & 19 H. 6. Br. 1, etc. it is a good Colour to say, That the Plaintiff Claiming as Executor, 
As Executor.  when he was not, etc.  
And for the Defendant to give the Plaintiff Colour by the Bailment of A. 
Bailment.  who afterwards gave to the Defendant, is a good Colour by 6 H. 7. 7. But 28 H. 6. 4. to give the Plaintiff Colour only by a Bailment, Ill; notwithstanding to give him Colour by the Gift of the Defendant, as Bailor, by 7 H. 6. 31. is good.  
And so is 21 H. 6. 36. and 35 H. 6. 54. to say, That the Plaintiff pretending his Father to die seized, 
Descent pretended.  when he did not, did Enter, no Colour; because the Defendant himself destroyeth the same. But 9 H. 4. Bro. 9 that the Plaintiff supposing his Father to die seized in Fee, when but for Life, is a good Colour.  
It is a good Colour in Trespass, 
Parson.  by a Parson, to say, That he Claimeth by the Bishop, and not by the Predecessor of the Parson, as is 8 H. 6. 9 But 19 H. 6. 20. that the Plaintiff Claiming as Parson, when he never was Inducted; no Colour: Otherwise if Parson, 21 H. 6. 30.  
But to say, That the Plaintiff Claimed as Heir, when he was a Bastard; 
Bastard.  a good Colour; and so is that Year, fol. 21. Or to say, That the Plaintiff pretending Title to a Reversion, without Attornment, 
Attornment.  a good Colour.  
And 19 H. 6. 46. 16. to give Colour by a Coparcener or jointenant, 
Coparcener, Joyntenant. Heir.  is Good: And 21 H 6. 43. Doubted▪ whether a good Colour to say, that the Plaintiff claimeth by the Son and Heir of him, by whom the Defendant doth pretend Title: And 24 Ed. 3. 50. to give Colour as Heir of the part of the Father, 
Heir special.  &c: Good.  
By 2 Ass. 7. it is a good Colour to say, That the Plaintiff Claimed to Enter as Lord by Escheat, 
Escheat.  etc. But otherwise, as it appeareth by the same Book, to give the Plaintiff Colour merely by Abatement, 
Abatement.  is no Colour: But by 12 H. 7. 25. it is a good Colour to say, That the Plaintiff Sowed the Corn, 
Emblement.  and he did Reap and Cut the same.  
And 18 Ed. 4 10. a good Colour by a Lease at Will. 
Lease a volunt.  And 22 Ed. 4. 23. it is a good Colour in Trespass for Tithes, to say, That the Plaintiff claimeth as Parson, 
Parson.  and the Defendant as Vicar. 
Vicar.   
And by 40 Ed. 3. 23. it is a good Colour to plead, That the Plaintiff Claiming by Confirmation, 
Confirmation.  made to her Husband and herself; or by the Confirmation of an Infant, or Tenant in Tail; or Claiming Dower, did Enter; although a Woman having Right, cannot enter into her Dower: Yet all these are good Colours.  
Other Cases there be of Colours; but by those above-cited, the Reason of the others may well appear.  
The next Point, touching Matter of Form in the Defendant's Plea, 
How the Defendant shall Conclude his Plea.  is the Conclusion of his Plea; and when his Plea shall be to the Writ, or otherwise.  
By 8 H. 6. 18, & 19 in London, or other Places where they have Special Grant not to be Impleaded elsewhere, there they Conclude judgement de brevi, and shall not Conclude to the jurisdiction: And 38 H. 6. 19 where the Defendant's Plea doth prove, that the Plaintiff may have another Writ in the same Court, there he shall Conclude to the Writ, and not to the Jurisdiction: But by Prisot, 37 H. 6. 24. if the Plea be in Bar, and the Conclusion to the Writ, it shall be taken in Bar; and so is 34 H. 6. 1, & 2.  
But of the contrary side is 37 H. 6. 48. in Forcible Entry, If the Defendant Pleads to the Writ, and Concludes to the Action, he shall be Condemned; because by his Conclusion he hath admitted the Writ to be good. The like Law, if he Plead to the Jurisdiction, and Conclude to the Writ.  
And by 26 H. 8. Brook, Brief 409. If the Plea be to the Action of the Writ, he may so Conclude to the Writ: And as it appears in the Titles of Estoppel and Waranty, If a man Plead in Bar an Estoppel, Waranty, or the like, he shall Conclude upon the same, and not to the Action, although it were in a Writ of Right; as in Fitzherbert's Natura brevium, in the Writ of Right Patent appeareth.  
But it appears to be otherwise at this day, 
Nota.  by all the Books of Entries: For the Tenant, or Defendant, after his Defence immediately, doth not only defend the Action by these words, Et dicit quod praedictus A. (the Plaintiff) Actionem suam praedictam inde versus eum (the Defendant) habere non debet; but also in the End of his Plea, immediately after his Averment useth again the same words with an Et caetera (&c.) And so is the Practice at this day.  
Next in order, we shall Treat of Averments, 
Of Averments in Pleading.  their Natures and Signification, and in what Cases they are to be made use of in Pleading; and where not.  
The word Averment, 
Averment defined.  is diversely used in our Law; by some it is taken to be, where a man pleadeth a Plea in Abatement of the Writ, or Bar of the Action, which, he saith, he is ready to prove, as the Court shall award. Others say, it is an Offer of the Defendant, to make good or justify an Exception pleaded in Abatement or Bar of the Plaintiff's Action; and signifies also the Act, as well as the Offer of Justifying the Exception.  
Averment likewise, is either General or Particular.  
A General Averment, which is the Conclusion of every Plea to the Writ▪ or in Bar of Replications, or other Plead, containing Matter Affirmative, aught to be Averred with an, hoc paratus est verificare, etc.  
Particular Averment is, where the Life of Tenant for Life, or Tenant in Tail, or the Age of an Executor, or the sense or meaning of Words in an Action of the Case for Slander, are Averred in these words, Cum hoc quod idem J. S. verificare vult, quod, etc.  
And touching the General Averment, 
When the Defendant shall aver his Plea.  used in the Conclusion of the Defendants Plea, by the words, Et hoc paratus est verificare, etc. that aught to be to all Pleas in Bar, and to the Writ: But by 3 Mar. Bro. Averments 81. need not to be to an Avowry, because an Avowry is in the Nature of a Count or Declaration; yet in the Books of Entries, it is sometimes used in Avowries, and most commonly in all Pleas of Replication, but not in Rejoinders; neither seems it to be hurtful, if used where needless, for then but Surplusage, and Surplusagium non nocet.  
But upon the General Issue, or a Plea in the Negative, or a Plea apparent in the Writ, aught to be no Averment; and 27 H. 8. 14. Adjudged, that upon a Challenge to the Array there needs no Averment.  
And it appears by 2 H. 7. 2. that in a Replication, Quod non habetur tale Recordum per quod liquet, etc. Et hoc paratus est verificare per Recordum illud, is contrarient and naught: Where it is said also, That if a Plea want an Averment, or have not a sufficient Averment, the same is not good; quod nota.  
And it appears by 37 H. 6. 14. that in a Forcible Entry the Defendant pleaded Excommengement in the Plaintiff, without any Averment, because no Answer is to be made to that Plea.  
But it appears in the Books of Entries, That where a Plea is either pleaded to the Jurisdiction, or to the Person, by Matter en fait, as Profession or Villeinage, there be always Averments, whichs seem to be of Necessity, by the last recited Book, because to these Answers may be made; quod nota.  
And Note, that by the Book of 37 H. 6. 23. If one have a Plea to the Whole, he may plead the same to a Part: Where it is said by Moyle, That a Release or justification, or any Matter in the Affirmative, pleaded without an Averment of the Plea; or pleaded in the Negative, as Nil debet, and the like, without the Conclusion, Et de hoc ponit se super Patriam, (and yet, 1 & 3 Mar. 124. the General Issue was pleaded without that Conclusion, and good) or to plead a Bar in an Assize, without taking the Tenancy upon him, where divers are named in the Writ, the same is iii.  
There needs no General Averment in a Plea, or Particular Averment in a Declaration, of that which will come in more properly on the other side, Hob. Rep. 78. 124.  
And by the same Reports, 88 106. there will need no Averment in a Declaration, where it appears there are Reciprocal Remedies. But by the same Book, 251. where the Administrator, durante minori aetate, is Plaintiff in a Suit, there the Nonage of the Executor must be Averred; Secus, where he is Defendant.  
Yet by Sheppard's Abridgement, Tit. Averment, fo. 230. the Executor of a Grantee of a Rent or Reversion, expectant upon an Estate for Life, may not Avow his Distress without an Averment, that the Arrearages incurred after the Death of the Tenant for Life. Adjudged.  
And so by Hobart, fo. 141, 142. he that pleads a Dispensation to hold in Commendam, confirmed by the King's Charter, must aver the Performance of the Condition contained in it.  
So by Perkins, cap. 147. If the Defeasance of a Recognizance be dated before, if in this Case any use be to be made of it, it must be Averred to be delivered at or after the time of the Recognizance entered into.  
By Coke's Rep. lib. 8. Case of the. City of London, and lib. 9 54. Averment needs not be of what is apparent; as the Constitution made in London, concerning the Sale of of Wares and Merchandizes appearing to be agreeable to, and waranted by their Charter, the same needs not be Averred to be so; and if the Son bring an Assize of Mortdancestor, he needs not to Aver, that it is within the time of Limitation, for that it appears to be so.  
And by the same Author, Lib. 7. 40. although any other Consideration, than what is a Deed, may not be Averred; yet where there is an Express Consideration in itself in the Case; as where a Use of Land is limited to a Wife; this implies a sufficient Consideration in itself, and therefore needs no Averment.  
By Hobart 32. an Averment may be upon a Will; but by Co. lib. 5. 68 an Averment will not lie of any thing that is against or besides that, which is against or besides that which is expressed in a Will, nor of any thing that cannot be gathered, to be the Mind of him that made the Will, by the Words thereof, nor of any thing that doth not cohere with the Will, especially if the Devise be of Lands: As where one Devises to A. and the Heirs of his Body, the Remainder to B. and the Heirs Males of his Body, on Condition that he or they, or any of them, shall not alien, etc. In this Case no Averment may be taken by Witnesses, that it was the Intent of the Devisor to include A. within the Condition by the words He, or They, etc. So neither may an Averment be taken, that the Intent was to give it to any other besides the Devisee.  
But by Hobart 50. an Arbitrement in Writing, may not be supplied by an Averment. And by Bulstrode, first Part, fo. 220. and Popham, fo. 201. it appears, that if Tenant for three Lives make a Lease to another, the Lessee, in an Action brought by him, needs not to aver the Lives under which he claimeth. Nor by Goldesborough, fo. 97. needs he that sueth an Administrator upon the Assumpsit of the Deceased, aver he had Assets, after Debts and Legacies paid.  
So by Hobart 297, and Coke on Littleton 373. it appears, that if a Tenant disclaim upon an Avowry in Replevin, he shall have Judgement, tho' it be false: For no Averment will lie against a violent Presumption, though it be false.  
By the Book of 34. H. 6. 42. and of 9 Ed 4. 4. an Averment may be had against any part of the Rolls or Records of County-Courts, Hundred Courts, Courts-Baron, or other Courts belonging to Lords of Manors.  
But by Dyer 348. 177. no Averment will lie against such a return as is definitive to the Trial of the thing Returned; as the return of a Sheriff upon his Writs, the return of the Mayor, aldermans and Sheriffs of London upon a Writ of Habeas Corpus, sent to them, and the like.  
But if it be such as is not Definitive, as upon a Rescous, or the like, there an Averment, and a Trial upon it may lie. So, if it be such a return as may endanger a man's Life or Inheritance.  
Also by the Statute of 1 Ed. 3. cap. 3. and Goldesbrough 129, 130. and Croak 2 Part, fo. 13. an Averment will lie against the Bailiffs of Franchises, so that the Lords thereof be not prejudiced thereby.  
The same Law of Certificates: For by Co. Lib. 7. 14. & Lib. 9 31. and Bro. Abr. 332. no Averment will lie upon such a Certificate, as is a Definitive Trial in Law of the thing Certified; as the Certificate of a Bishop touching Bastardy, Excommunication, Marriage, etc.  
But by Co. Lib. 7. 14. & Lib. 8. 121. and Leon. 1 Part, Case 285. an Averment may lie, and shall be received against a Certificate which is only to give Information, and in the Nature of a Trial; and may also lie against a Certificate upon a Commission out of any Court; and may likewise be received against the Certificate of Commissioners, that affirm a man to be a Bankrupt.  
But by Bro. 332. If a Bishop Certify, that such a Parson doth not pay his Tenths juxta formam Statuti, no Averment shall be received against it.  
And in More, Case 295. an Averment will not lie against a Justice of the King's Bench, or Common Pleas, and the Custos Brevium, quod habetur Warantum Attorn', albeit the Party himself (against whom the Certificate is) be dead, and a Scire facias issued out against his Heir.  
So in Yeluerton 34. an Averment will not be admitted against a Fine taken by Commission, that there is no such man of the Name of one of the Commissioners.  
By Co. on Littleton 171. If a Partition be by Writ, although it be unequal it may not be avoided by Averment; for such Averment against the return of a Sheriff, shall not be good: But by Winch, in his Reports fo. 100 an Averment may be made in another Action, tho' not in the same.  
By Co. Lib. 8. 31. and Dyer 244. and Plowden 277. where a man hath two Sons of one Name, and one of them hath been long absent and thought to be dead, and this is the Eldest, and by Will he gives his Land in general to his Son of that Name, and the Eldest Son is alive: In this Case an Averment will lie, that it was his intent to give it to the Youngest, and not to the Eldest Son; and upon a Trial the Jury may find it so.  
But by Co. Lib. 4. fo. 4. no Averment will lie, that the Devise was to any other use, but to the use of the Devisee himself.  
And by Godbolt in his Reports, fo. 131. If one devise Land to the Heirs of I. S. and the Clerk writes it, To J. S. and his Heirs; this may be holpen by Averment, for the Intent is written, and more, and it shall be naught for what is against his Will, and good for the rest. But if the Devise be to I. S. and his Heirs, and it is written, but to the Heirs of J. S. there an Averment will not help: For an Averment to take away a Surplusage, is good; but not to increase that which is defective in a Will.  
And Note, That an Averment will lie against a Testament, or Letters of Administration, although they be under the Seal of the Court, and it shall be tried by the Country.  
And by Godbolt 214. an Averment may be, that one is Sued out of his proper Diocese, if it doth not appear in the Libel, where one is Sued in the Arches. So where one Sueth in the Court of the Admiralty, for a thing done upon the Land, an Averment may be, that the Contract was made infra Corpus Comitatus.  
And by 20 H. 7. 11. an Averment, in some Cases, shall be received against a Verdict, to prove it false.  
But by Dyer 242. If the Matter contained in an Award, and the Matter contained in the Submission of that Award, do not agree, it will hardly be supplied by Averment.  
And lastly, by Coke's Commentary upon Littleton, fo. 352. b. it appears, that the Use of an Averment is, to ascertain that to the Court which is generally or doubtfully alleged, that so the Court may not be perplexed, of whom, or of what it ought to be understood; and a man shall never be Estopped from making such an Averment, to ascertain the Intent of the Parties; if it be not utterly inconsistent with that which is alleged: For an Estoppel being to Conclude a man from speaking that which is Truth, must be certain to every Intent, and shall never be taken by Argument or Inference.  
But of this see more Tit. Estoppel, infra.  
Next in Order, 
Of Pleas in Bar.  some Points shall be discussed touching Matters in Bar; and herein shall be shown, What Pleas are sufficient in Bar for the Matters of the same, and what not. And,  
First, What Plea is good in Bar without Deed.  
Touching which there is a Maxim in Law, That where the Action lieth merely upon the Deed, 
Maxim in Law.  as upon a Bill, or Obligation, or the like, there no Plea can go in discharge of the same, without Deed; as all the Books agree.  
Yet 10 H. 7. 14. if one Count upon a Lease by Indenture, or a Bailment by Indenture, the Defendant may plead Nil debet, or Non detinet, but not Non dimisit, by Littleton.  
Quaere, of a Bargain and Sale by Indenture, for Money to be paid at a Day: For 28 H. 8. Dyer 20. upon a Bill testifying a Receipt of Money to be laid out in Pruans, the Defendant shall not wage his Law.  
The like 37 H. 6. 18. in an Annuity with Clause of Distress, Levied by Distress, or Payment without Acquittance, a good Plea: Otherwise, if granted without Distress; where holden also, that if one be bound in a Bond, with Condition to pay such an Annuity, be the same with Distress, or without, he may (as I conceive) plead Payment without Acquittance, because contained in the Condition of the Obligation.  
And by 27 H. 8. in Statam's Case, in an Action against the Sheriff, upon an Escape, because the Action is not merely upon the Record, as Debt upon a Judgement, the Defendant may plead, That he let the Prisoner go at large by the Commandment of the Plaintiff.  
And yet it is holden in Trespass, for taking away the Plaintiff's Apprentice, 21 H. 6. 31. to be no Plea, to say, That before taking of the Apprentice away, the Plaintiff discharged him of his Service without Deed; quod nota. And so indeed seemeth 1 H. 7. 14. in Dove's Case, in Covenant against an Apprentice.  
And 30 H. 6. 40. no Plea in a Scire facias, to have Execution upon an Annuity, to say, That the Plaintiff did deliver him the Deed of Annuity as a Release, and afterwards took it away from him again.  
The like seemeth by 1 H. 7. 14. in Dove's Case before recited, in Debt upon an Obligation; yet there holden, That by some Pleas, as Matters in Law, viz. Infancy, Duress, Razure, and the like, one may avoid a Deed en●ealed.  
In the next place we shall observe, 
Of Bars to avoid Circuit of Action.  What shall be taken to be good Bars, to avoid Circuit of Action; which it seems the two last recited Cases are not: And therefore see first, 19 H. 6. 62. That if I grant to my Tenant, to hold without Impeachment of Waste, in Cessavit, etc. Or, the King grants to one, to be discharged of Disms, the same may be pleaded by Rebutter, and the Party not put to bring his Action of Covenant, or to sue by Petition.  
And so it seems of Waste, in 21 H. 6. 47. be the Grant by Lease; whereof Doubt is made afterwards in 21 H. 7. 23, & 30. where the Principal Case was, That the Obligee granted, that if he did Implead the Obligor (before such a Day) the Obligation should be void; and a good Bar. And upon that Reason shall the Garnishee, or Tenant by Resceit, Rebut by a Release or Waranty.  
And upon the Reason aforesaid it is, that where one Thing is granted in Law, so another, (especially of Things Executory, and not Executed) if he be Interpleaded of that which to him appertains, he shall plead the same in Bar of that whereof he made the Grant; as appears by Perkins, in the Title of Exchanges, where Rent is granted for Distress.  
But yet by 15 Ed. 4. 9 Ed. 4. and 24 Ed. 3. Abridged by Brook in the Title of Conditions, 61. it seems in that Case to be to the contrary, because Executed, and therefore not like where an Annuity is granted pro Consilio. The like, where one holdeth to Inclose, taking the ancient Pale, or where one granteth to me an Annuity, to have a Gorse, or a Gutter in my Land, because an easement.  
And by 15 H. 7. 10. If you Covenant to serve me, and I to give you Five Pounds for your Service: Or, you Covenant to Marry my Daughter; and I, in like manner, to give you Twenty Pounds, as a Marriage Portion: If you serve me not, or Mary not my Daughter, I may plead the same in Bar. Otherwise, if the Covenant on either part had been expressly, and not depending upon the others Act.  
Next shall be shown, 
How to plead the Performance of a Condition of an Obligation.  In what manner one shall plead in Bar, the Performance of a Condition of an Obligation. And,  
First, Touching the Performance of Covenants in Indentures, omitting the variety of Ancient Books, it appears 27 H. 8. 1. and 33 H. 8. Brook, Covenant 35. That the Defendant ought to plead the Indenture, and the special manner particularly, how he hath performed every Covenant.  
See also accordingly 10 & 11 Eliz. Dyer 279. and 28 H. 8 Dyer 26. But, as it seems there, need not aver, quae sunt omnia & singula Conventiones, etc. because referred to a Matter in Writing: The like of a Record. And for that Reason, it seems of necessity, that he need not to plead, prout in eadem Indentura. Quaere tamen.  
But if not referred to Writing or Record, as hath been said before, than it shall be otherwise: As, if I am bound to Enfeoff you of all my Lands in Dale, I must show the Number of Acres, and plead also, quae sunt omnia, etc.  
Yet now, 
Note.  at this Day the Course of the Practice is, (notwithstanding the Covenants are reduced into Writing, after they are recited in the Plea) to insert this Clause, Prout per eandem Indenturam plenius apparet.  
And as to Pleading Performance of the Conditions of Obligations, they d● vary according as the several Cases are. And,  
First, 
Conditions to save harmless.  By 28 H. 8. Dyer 30. the Condition was, That the Obligee should peaceably enjoy, etc. And the Defendant pleaded, That the Plaintiff did peaceably continue his Possession, until such a day, at which time the Lord distrained for Rent; and a good Plea.  
But 30 H. 8. Ibidem 43. where the Condition was, to Warrant and save harmless against Lord and King, and to have and peaceably Enjoy. The Defendant pleaded, Quod habuit & pacifice gavisus fuit; where said by divers, that the Plea is ill, and but Argumentative, that is, he hath peaceably Enjoyed the Land; Ergo, he hath Waranted the Land, and saved the Plaintiff harmless: For he might be Impleaded in a Praecipe, and the other not waranted, and yet hold it peaceably, or might be distrained for Issues lost, etc. and therefore aught to have pleaded expressly, quod non fuit dampnificatus per Regem nec per aliquem alium; or, that the Plaintiff was Impleaded, and he did warrant, etc. Quaere inde, for Baldwin, è contra.  
The Condition of an Obligation (2 Eliz. Dyer 184.) was to warrant, defend, or save harmless, as well the Person of the Obligee, as the Premises, against one Culpepper; where the Defendant alleged in his Bar a former Lease, by reason whereof neque le Obligee, nec les Premises possint nec potuerunt esse dampnificat ' per praedictum (Culpeper.) To which the Defendant Replied the Special Matter in Law, without Concluding, Et issint dampnificat '; where holden the Defendant's Bar was ill; and that he ought to have pleaded, Non fuit dampnificatus, or the Special Matter, and Conclude, Issint non dampnificatus; and the Plaintiff's Replication, for want of a proper Conclusion, ill also.  
And 3 Eliz. Ibidem 186. in the like Case, the Defendant Pleaded, quod Quer' non dampnificat' fuit per A. and the Plaintiff in his Replication showed a Special Damage, and Concluded, Et issint dampnificat '; and the Defendant by his rejoinder pleaded, Nul tiel Record; quod nota.  
Note also, That in an Action of Covenant, brought 28 H. 8. Dyer 31. One of the Covenants in the Indenture was, That the Defendant ought to make and suffer for the Assurance of the Plaintiff, all things that should be devised by the Counsel of the Plaintiff, if he were required: And the Defendant taking Protestation for Plea, said, that he was not required. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That I. S. was of his Counsel, who devised a Release, which he required the Defendant to Seal; but he refused to do the same: To which the Defendant rejoined, Que ne Refusa pass; and by all the Court holden a Departure, and that the Defendant ought to have Pleaded at first, Non requisitus fuit; and the Plaintiff in his Replication needed not to have spoken of any Refusal. But where the Condition was, for the Performance of an Arbitrement of I. S. touching, etc. so as it be delivered in writing before, etc.  
The Defendant, Mich. 7 & 8 Eliz. Dyer 242, & 243. pleaded by Protestation non fecerunt, etc. Pro Placito quod praedicti Arbitratores ante, etc. non deliberaverunt, etc. Upon which the Plaintiff in his Replication, showed when, and where the Arbitrators made the Arbitrement, and the several parts thereof, and alleged the Breach in one Point: Upon which Replication the Defendant did Demur; because in his Plea he answered not the delivery of the Arbitrement, but by a glance, and not directly.  
Note the words of the Condition and the Plea; notwithstanding quod Arbitratores non deliberaverunt, etc. and good.  
It appears by Cro. 2 Part, fo. 352. in the Case of Stain against Wild, that where there was Debt brought upon an Obligation, to perform an Award of all Suits and Demands between the Parties, so as it be made of and upon the Premises, ready to be delivered to the Parties before such a day, etc. and that they made such an Award de & super Praemissis, scil. that the Plaintiff should have and enjoy a Horse in Controversy between them, and that the Defendant should pay him 3 l. before Michaelmass towards his Charges, and they should Release each to other all Matters whatsoever between that and Michaelmass. And the Plaintiff assigned Breach for Nonpayment of the 3 l. And on Demurrer, held good for the Plaintiff. For tho' it was pleaded, That the Arbitrement was made the & super Praemissis; yet these General words will not help the Plaintiff, unless he avers, that there were no more Causes between them, and then the Release appointed being void, there is nothing Ordered for the Defendant's benefit.  
See more of this 7 H. 6. 6. 39 H. 6. 9 2 R. 3. 18. and 22 H. 6. 22.  
So in Tyer's Case, Trin. 23 Car. 1. in Banco Regis, Style's Rep. fol. 4. Where in Debt upon an Obligation to perform an Award made the 10th of May, ready to be delivered the 11th of May. The Defendant pleaded, quod Arbitratores nullum fecerunt Arbitrium, etc. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That the Award was made the 10th Day of May, ready to be delivered the same 10th day of May. The Defendant Demurred for Duplicity and Departure: Resolved, Not: It being a thing whereof Issue is to be of the Award, and not of the Day of the Award.  
But by 1 Leon. 71. in Bret and Andrew's Case, In Debt on an Obligation with Condition to perform an Award, which was, To deliver up all the Houses that he had. The Defendant pleaded, That he delivered up all, etc. without showing what they were, and Adjudged ill: And where it was Awarded, That he should discharge and save harmless A. from such an Obligation, he pleads, Non dampnificatus; and ill also: For he was not only to save him harmless, but to discharge him of the Bond, and both of them ought to be showed, how done particularly.  
So by 27 H. 6. 1. in Debt upon an Obligation with Condition to perform an Award; which was, To Enfeoff, or Release, or pay 20s. The Defendant pleads Performance generally, not showing which of them he hath performed; and ill. For although Performance of any one of them would have been a good Excuse, yet he must show what he hath performed.  
So Bendloes Rep. 5. A. and B. were jointly and severally bound to stand to an Award to be made between them and I. S. The Arbitrators Awarded, that A. should pay 30 s. to B, and that B. should pay unto I. S. Ten shillings. In Debt on the Bond it will be no good Plea for A. to say, that he had performed the Award, without showing in what manner it was performed; and likewise how B. had performed it, for he is bound to him also.  
And in Skinner and Andrews' Case, Hil. 20 Car. 2. in Banco Regis, Rotulo 292. In Debt on a Bond, to perform an Award, Ita quod it be made before the 25th of March; where the Defendant pleaded, Nul Arbitrement fait. To which the Plaintiff Replied, that ante vicesimum septimum diem Maii, the Arbitrators made an Award, and good, without saying, Infra tempus limitat '; for they may Traverse nullum Arbitrium, etc. without Traversing the Day, and if it be not before the Day; the Jury is bound to find it▪  
Note, by Dyer 75. Kelway 121. Plowd. 11. 19 H. 6. 37. there is a difference between Arbitrement and Concord: For an Arbitrement may be pleaded, tho' the time of Performance of it be not yet come; but a Concord must be Executed and satisfied before it can be pleaded; for there is no way to force the doing of it, as there is in Case of Arbitrement.  
By Bridgman's Rep. 58. it appears, That if the Arbitrement be made of a thing submitted unto, and of other things, it will be good for what is submitted unto, and void for the rest; and a Breach laid in that which was submitted unto, will give good Cause of Action.  
Vide Croke 3 Rep. 549. Edward's versus Marks, in Debt upon an Obligation with Condition, To appear in the Court of King's Bench (such a day) and there Elect two Arbitrators, who (with two more to be Elected by the Plaintiff) shall Award, etc. The Defendant pleaded, That he appeared there at the Day, and there Elected two Arbitrators for himself; but that the Plaintiff was not there time enough for the Award to be made, nor had the Plaintiff his Arbitrators there; and good.  
But in the Case of Corbet versus Cook, Cro. 3▪ 466. In Debt upon an Obligation with Condition, to appear in the Court of King's Bench such a day, etc. The Defendant pleaded, That the Court was Adjourned to Hartford, and that he appeared there, and Adjudged to be ill, because he said not prout patet per Recordum.  
So in Dighton and Clark's Case, 2 Leon. 199. Debt was brought upon an Obligation, the Condition whereof was, That I. S. shall not disturb the Plaintiff in his Possession, by any Indirect means. To which the Defendant pleaded, That he did not disturb the Plaintiff in his Possession by any Indirect means, but by due Course of Law; and Objected, the Plea ill, because not showed how by due Course, viz. what Suit: But Agreed, the Plea had been good, if he had only said, Not disturbed by any Indirect means; but doubted if not ill, because he Pleads over by lawful Means, and says not what, so that it may be tried.  
So, by Latch Rep. 16. and 1 Leon. 136. In Debt upon an Obligation, with Condition (inter alia) for the Obligor to Account: To which the Defendant pleads, Conditions performed. The Plaintiff Replies, That the Defendant did not Account, and ill, because he shows not what he had to account for: And difference is taken, when the Condition is in the Negative, Not to do a thing, then 'tis sufficient to say, he did not do it; and when in the Affirmative, to do, as to perform his Office, or to Enfeoff him of all his Land, etc. there he might show what his Office was, and what Lands he had, and that he did Enfeoff, etc.  
Vide Mich. 2 R. 3. fo. 17. Placito 44. & Trin. 4 H. 7. Placito 6.  
It appears by 9 Ed. 4. 12. 
Bar to Common Int●●t.  and other Books, That if a Bar be good to Common Intent, it sufficeth.  
But by 22 E. 4. 83. If the Defendant pleads in Bar a Record or Estoppel, that must be certain and good to every intent.  
And therefore in 21 H. 6. 1. the Defendant in Maintenance did plead, That the Party was his Servant, and that he did Retain A. to be of his Counsel; and, for the Reason aforesaid, it shall be intended, that he retained him with his Servants Money, and not with his own Money; quod nota.  
And by Touchstone of Precedents, Tit. Pleas and Pleading, fo. 192. Reg. 7. a Bar may be good to a Common Intent, tho' not to every Intent; as if Debt be brought against five Executors, and three of them make default, and two appear and plead in Bar a Recovery had against them two of 300 l. and that they have nothing in their hands over and above that Sum. If this Bar should be taken strongest against them, it should be Intended that they might have Abated the first Suit, because the other three were not named, and so the Recovery not duly had against them; but according to the the Rule the Bar is good: For that by Common Intendment it will be supposed, that the two others did only Administer, and so the Action well considered, rather than to imagine that they would have lost the benefit and advantage of Abating the first Writ.  
So by 3 H. 7. 2. Ploughed. 26. If a Bar have Matter of Substance in it, and be good to Common Intent, it is sufficient, albeit it be not good to every Special Intent. As where one Sues as Executor, and the Defendant saith, That the Testator made the Plaintiff and one I. S. Executors, and do not say after this That he did not make the Plaintiff Executor; yet this may be sufficient. So in Trespass, where the Defendant pleads, that the Place is his Freehold, this is good; yet the Plaintiff may have a particular Estate. So upon an Obligation to perform Covenants; the Defendant allegeth two Covenants, and saith, he hath Performed them, and doth not say, There are no more Covenants in the Deed to be by him performed; yet this is good, for it shall be Intended that there are no more for him to perform.  
But Ibidem, No substantial part of a Bar may be omitted: As, where one is bound to do a thing between such and such a time; and the Defendant saith, That he did it, or did it before the Day; this is not sufficient, but he must show, that he did it such a Day within those times. So if one saith, He was Lord of a Manor, and entered for an Alienation in Mortmain, and do not show that he did it within the Year; for this shall not be Intended, unless it be showed.  
Yet per Plowden puis 28. If one plead a Feoffment in Bar, it shall be allowed as good, albeit it might be by an Infant, or per Duress, etc. unless it be showed on the other side. And if the Lessor Covenants with the Lessee, that if he be ousted within the Term, that he shall have as much other Land, he must show that he was Ousted on such a day in certain within the term.  
So to plead in Bar, that I. S. died seized, and R. S. Entered as Son and Heir to him; this is good, tho' he say not that he was his Heir; for that shall be Intended, and the best shall be taken for the Defendant.  
So Ibidem, in an Assize, if the Tenant plead in Bar a Descent to the Plaintiff, and two others, and that he hath the Estate of one of them; it is good, and yet he might have it by Disseisin; but it shall be taken in the best Sense, that he had it lawfully.  
So per eandem, in Colthirst's Case, where the Ancestor is Tenant pur altar vie, and the Heir pleads, that he Entered as Heir to him, and says not, that he Entered first after his death, for Occupanti conceditur.  
And Ibidem, if a Lease be made to A. and B. for Life, the Remainder to C. and if C. shall die during the Life of A. or B. then that it shall remain to E. for Life, si ipse vellet esse Residens, etc. and E. (being Defendant) pleads his Entry, after the Death of A. and B. and C. and doth not say, when they died, nor when he entered; yet held to be good in a Plea in Bar.  
For per eundem 32 & 33. if it be a Condition, it shall be Intended that the Defendant did Enter as soon as his Title accrued; and if the Case be otherwise in truth, than by Common Intendment it is taken to be, the Plaintiff must set it forth in his Pleading: As in a Formedon in Discender, if the Tenant pleads in Bar a Release of the Demandant, without Waranty, it is good; and yet the Release might be made by the Demandant in the Life of his Father, and then it is no Bar to the Issue.  
But it seems by Brook, in his Title of Pleading, 155. that in a Declaration or Replication this way of Pleading is not good: For tho' a Bar may be good to Common Intent, yet a Declaration (and consequently a Replication, or other Plead of the Plaintiff) ought to be good to every Intent.  
But by Co. Lib. 3. 52. If one declare upon an Escape in London, and the Defendant doth Justify by the Taking again of the Prisoner in another County, and answereth not the Escape in London; this will not be good, for every part of the Charge must be answered.  
And Lastly, It appears by Hobart 127, 128. that a Plea that hath some Matter of Law in it, tho' it seems to amount but to the General Issue, is always allowed.  
Note, There be some Pleas in Bar, 
Upon what Ple● the Plaintiff shall have present Judgement▪  upon which the Plaintiff shall have Present judgement.  
As 16 H. 7. 19 where in Covenant to Perform Divine Service; The Defendant pleaded, that the Chapel was decayed. So in Curia Claudenda, if the Defendant plead Sufficient Enclosure; or in Warantia Chartae, Nient implead; or in a Writ of Mesne, Nient Disir ' in some Default; or upon the Plea of Riens Arrere in Annuity; or upon Ne surcharga pas in Admeasurement of Pasture; or Ne disturba pas in a Quare Impedit, etc.  
In other Cases the Plaintiff, upon the Defendants Plea, shall be barred for the present, and yet afterwards have the Effect of his Suit by Scire Facias, or the like Process upon that judgement, or by New Action.  
As appears in 19 H. 6. 27. in Debt against an Executor, who pleads Plene Administravit, which is found for him, and so the Plaintiff is Barred pro tempore, viz. until Assets come afterwards to the Defendant's Hands, and then the Plaintiff may have a New Action. So in Debt against an Heir, who pleads Riens per Descent; or in a Formedon pleads the Waranty of his Ancestor with Assets, and after the Assets are Recovered against him, he shall have a New Formedon; and if he Alien the Assets, his Heir shall have a New Formedon.  
But as 21 H. 7. 10. where in Formedon, Cui in vita, Mortdancestor, and the like, such a Plea is pleaded either against the Issue in Tail, or the Heir of Tenant by the Courtesy, etc. and no Assets sound, and after Assets descend, the Defendant in the first Action shall have Scire facias for the Assets, if the first Action be a Formedon; otherwise, as it seems, for the first Land. Quaere.  
And see 11 H. 4. and 4 H. 6. Bro. Tit. Scire fac' 74, & 130. in the last of which it is doubted, when Executors plead Fully Administered, and it is found for them, and afterwards Assets descend; whether the Plaintiff be not driven to a New Action, or may have a Scire facias thereupon, scil. upon the first Judgement.  
Which seems not by the Books 40 Ed. 3, & 43 Ed. 3. abridged by Brook in Tit. Scire facias 17 & 29. where a difference is taken when the Plaintiff is Barred, and when he doth Recover.  
In the next place shall be shown, 
Of Pleading Accord, or Arbitrement.  How an Accord or Arbitrement is a good Bar.  
And for this see first 4 H. 7. 16. That in Debt upon a Contract, Lease, or Arrearages of Account before the Plaintiff himself, Arbitrement is a good Plea, (although the Demand be certain;) otherwise of Arrearages of Account before Auditors, because it seems to be Matter of Record, and the Defendant cannot Wage his Law, Qu. then in Debt upon a Lease for years.  
And 13 Ed. 4. 5. is, That an Award is no Plea in Attaint, or other Matter of Record; but if the Matter of Record be mixed with a Matter en fait, than it is a good Plea.  
But in Waste, as is 11 H. 7. 13. Accord or Arbitrement no Plea, because the Action Mixed, nor in any Real Action; but in Forger of Faits, and other Actions upon Statutes, Accord or Arbitrement is a good Plea.  
But 5 Ed. 4. 7. this difference is taken, that Accord pleaded is not good, without a Satisfaction executed before the Action brought, and that it must be Executed in the whole, and not in part; (as is 6 H. 7. 10.) But an Arbitrement is, without Execution, a good Plea, because an Action lieth thereupon.  
And therefore 19 H. 6. 29. the Defendant did plead, That in Satisfaction he gave the Plaintiff a Pottle of Wine, and did not plead the same by way of Accord, soy priest.  
But see thereof more especially for the Plead in the Books of Entries.  
And in some Actions, 
Where Waranty a good Bar.  especially Actions Real, the Waranty of the Ancestor of the Plaintiff shall be a good Bar; but then the Conclusion of the Plea must be considered, which appears by the Books of Entries to be, Si encounter le Garanty son Auncestor qui Heir, etc.  
But as it appears by 14 H. 4. and H. 7. 12. and other Books in the Title Garanty in Brook's Abridgement, the same by the better Opinion, is no Plea in Trespass, until the Freehold come in debate.  
Yet 21 Ed. 4. 18. Ibidem 63. the Defendant in Trespass did plead, That I. S. was seized in Fee, to whom the Ancestor of the Plaintiff did Release with Waranty, whose Estate the Defendant had, and Concluded ut supra; and there is no Question made, whether that Plea might be in Trespass; but whether he that made himself no Title, shall plead the same.  
Notwithstanding 20 H. 6. 20. in Trespass upon the Statute of Rich. the Feoffment of the Ancestor of the Plaintiff, with Waranty, holden no Bar: But there it is said, That if the Defendant plead his freehold, the Plaintiff may have the Plea aforesaid, and Conclude, judgement si encounter le fait son Ancestor, etc.  
And 20 H. 7. holden no Plea, that the Plaintiff did Confirm to the Defendant Lessee for years with Waranty; nor that in Assize by Tenant by Statute, the Waranty Collateral of his Ancestor, a good Bar, because but a Chattel demanded; yet there holden, that a Ward may be granted with Waranty, and the Voucher may be in a Writ of Ward.  
And see 5 H. 7. 18. and other Books, in the Title of Waranty, and 22 H. 7. That a Sale of a Chattel, without Esplees of Waranty, bindeth not the Seller to Warrant, and that Waranty also must be made at the time of the Sale, and not after, and no advantage thereof to be taken by way of Bar, but by way of Action; quod nota.  
In the next place we shall consider, 
Auterfoits Bar.  where the Plea of Auterfoits bar shall be a good Bar, and where not.  
And therefore for that, first see 12 Ed. 4. and Bro. Action sur le Case 92, & 110. that Ley gager in Detinue, is a good Bar in an Action on the Case for the same Goods.  
And by Bryan 2 R. 3. 14, & 19 in Account upon Goods delivered, it is a good Plea to say, That in Detinue before brought by the Plaintiff, the Defendant did Wage his Law.  
And so seems 15 Ed. 3. Fitz. Assize 96. that in an Assize, a Retraxit by the Plaintiff in another Assize, is a good Bar: Otherwise of a Nonsuit by Experience; for until the Statute of Second Deliverance one might have one Nonsuit after another in Replevin ad infinitum; quod nota.  
But if the Plaintiff be once barred by Judgement, in the same or in one of the like Nature, or in an Action of a higher Nature, he shall be also Barred in another meaner Action.  
But as it appears in 14 Assize 6. the Using of a Writ of Entry is no Bar in a Formedon; nor in an Assize, to plead, That the Plaintiff had of this Land brought a Formedon; but the same is a good Plea to the Writ: And so is 4 Ed. 3. Bro. Bar. 61.  
But, 
Recovery pleaded.  as it seemeth, to Plead a Recovery of the Land in question against the Plaintiff, or one whose Estate he hath in the same, or higher Nature of Action, it is a good Bar, by many Books.  
And 18 Ed. 4. 28. Bro. joynder in Action 70. that in Trespass upon the Statute of 5 Ric. 2. by three Persons, a Recovery of a Third part of a Moiety against one of them, and Execution thereupon, a good Bar.  
But, as it seems in 21 H. 6. 55. no Plea in Detinue of Goods to say, that before in Detinue and Garnishment against him (the Defendant) he did Recover the Goods.  
And 19 H. 6. 239. in an Annuity by Prescription against a Parson, who Prayed in Aid, and Traversed the Prescription, and found against the Parson, and afterwards in a Scire facias he would have had the same Plea again, but could not, although all the first Jury were dead, because it was his Default.  
But see Brook, Bar 12. 20 H. 6 and 43 Ed. 3. in Debt, 
A former Recovery by the Plaintiff pleaded, no Bar, without Execution.  where said, That if the Defendant plead a former Recovery by the Plaintiff in Plea Real, or Personal, without Execution, it is no Bar; because he that Recovered may at his pleasure bring a New Writ.  
And so is 9 Ed. 4. 50. in Trespass; as likewise 4 H. 7. 7. where Three are bound jointly and severally, but Execution is had only against one of them; yet this shall be a good Bar for the other two.  
The next Thing observable in Pleading, 
Where the Plea shall go to part, or to the whole.  is to know, Where the Plea of the Defendants, or one of them, shall go to part, or to the whole.  
For which see first, 9 H. 6. 46. That if in a Praecipe against Two, One doth plead in Bar for his Part, and the other doth plead a Plea that goeth to the Whole, as Bastardy, etc. yet it shall not bar the Plaintiff against the other: But it is otherwise in a Personal Action, for there the Plea to the Whole shall be first Tried, and if found against the Plaintiff, shall serve for both the Defendants.  
And by 31 H. 6. 23. If one pleadeth a Plea in Bar in an Assize, that goeth to the Whole, he may at his pleasure Conclude it but to the Moiety: Where it is said by Prisot, That if one Pleads a good Matter in Bar, and Concludes to the Writ, it shall be taken in Bar.  
In the next place we shall Treat of Certainty in Pleading. 
Of Certainty in Pleading.   
And first, Where the Defendant in his Bar, shall be forced to set down the Certainty of the Land, or give a Name to the same.  
For which see 5 H. 7. 28. in Trespass of Goods, the Defendant did plead, that the Place was his Freehold, and that he took the Goods there Damage pheasant; the Defendant was forced to set down the Land in certain, because he made Title to the Goods; so if he makes Title to the Land by Feoffment: But otherwise, if he Plead merely his Freehold.  
And so is 22 H. 6. 24. in Trespass: But see 5 H. 7. 28. that in Forcible Entry, because the number of Acres is set down in the Declaration (as in a Praecipe, or in an Assize) the Defendant shall not in his Bar give the Land a Name, or other Certainty, but aught to Plead at his peril: But otherwise (according to the Ancient Practice) in Trespass and Replevin; except (as before) where the Defendant pleaded his Freehold, and the Plaintiff did not set forth the Particulars of the Land in his Declaration, which he is now of late compelled to by Rule of Court.  
But for the understanding of this and all other Matters relating to Practice, more fully and at large, see before in the Introduction of this Discourse. And further, for Certainty in Pleading, take these General Observations.  
First, see Plowden 32, 65, 80, 81, 86, 191, 229. that which is alleged by way of Conveyance and Inducement to the Substance of the Matter, needs not to be so Certainly alleged, as that which is the Substance itself; as before, where a Lease is made to A. and B. for Life, the Remainder to C. and if C. die during the Life of A. or B. that it shall go to E. for his Life, etc. and E. in Pleading shows the death of A.B. and C. but shows no time of their Death.  
And by Plowden 80, 121, 123, 126, 128, 129. that which a man cannot have Certain knowledge of, he is not bound to plead Certainly; nor to set forth that precisely that is out of his knowledge, or to which he is a Stranger, or by Common Intent he cannot see; as a Deed that belongs to another Man.  
And by Co. Lib. 9 108. that shall be said to be Certainly pleaded, which may be made Certain by Intendment, according to the Maxim, Id Certum est, quod Certum reddi potest.  
But Co. Lib. 4. 97. and Plowd. 395. that is more Certain, which is Certain of itself. Yet, where the Defendant in Pleading makes Title to himself by a Lease, Habendum, for so many years as I. S. shall name, Cum hoc, that I. S. did name so many, there the Averment makes it Certain enough, and good.  
So, many times when there is an Incertainty in a Case, by the addition of a Reference to a Certainty, it may be made good: As Perkins, Sect. 36. an Estate is granted to I. S. the Remainder to him that shall come first the next Morning to Paul's, and one doth come there that is capable; this is a good Remainder, for it may be made Certain by Averment.  
So, Pasch. 39 Eliz. in B. R. Morgan and Johnson's Case, one binds himself by Obligation to pay me all such Sums of Money as his Brother oweth unto me; this by Averment may be made Certain, and is good.  
So, Plowd. 191. if one Grant his Manors of A. and B. and say not in what Parish or County they are in; or make a Lease of all his Lands in the Parish of A. and says not in what County; these Grants in Pleading may be made good by Averment.  
So, if the King by his Letters Patents grants to one all the Manors and Advowsons' that did belong to the Priory of H. or that were of I. S. who was Attainted: These Grants by 32 H. 6. 20. and Co. Lib. 9 47. may be made good in Pleading by Averment.  
But by Anderson 1 Part, 102. an Indictment was upon 8 H. 6. quod intravit in unum Tenementum; and held void for the Incertainty.  
And March Rep. Case 168. in Ejectione firmae, and Not Guilty pleaded, the Jury found them Not Guilty for part, and Guilty in tanto ut Ius Mesuagii in Occupatione, etc. quantum stat super Ripam, and the Verdict was held void for Incertainty.  
And so is 40 Ed. 3. 15. and Co. Lib. 9 74. in Debt brought against Executors, who plead plene Administravit, and the Jury find they have Assets, but say not to what value; this is also void for Incertainty.  
And by Plowd. 144, and Co. Lib. 10. 40. there must be a precise Affirmation of a thing in Pleading, where it relates to Matter of Substance; yet if the Pleading hit not the very Words, if it contain the Matter by necessary Implication, it may be good enough.  
And by Plowd. 435. a man is not bound to one Form of Pleading, or to the Common Form, so he plead the Substance of the Matter.  
And by Hobart 72, 78. 124. That need not be said on the one side, that will come properly on the other.  
And by Plowd. 104. 202. and Co. Lib. 10. 40. If a Plea hath two Intendments, the strongest shall be taken against him that pleads it, and it shall be taken most for the advantage of his Adversary: As, in a Release pleaded to an Action of Trespass, the time when it was made must be showed, for it might be delivered before or after the Trespass: and if not showed when, it shall be taken to be before.  
And, Idem Lib. 9 109, 110. where Covin is alleged in the Avoidance of an Act, it will be sufficient to show it Generally, for it is secret and can hardly be known; and therefore a man shall not be forced in Pleading, to show it exactly or certainly.  
And by Hobart 163. General Issues may be pleaded without any Inducement.  
Lastly, By Plowd. 84. 63, 65. Co. Lib. 9 109. Dyer 27. Yelv. 103. Hob. 258, 297. Truth and Certainty ought to be in Pleading; and therefore Falsehood, Incertainty and Repugnancy ought to be avoided in Pleading. And although, as hath been said before, Surplusage doth seldom hurt the Pleading; yet Imperfect Pleading is always dangerous.  
Vide Brook's Abridgement, Tit. Pleading 94, 95, 96. 115. Plowd. 179. 229. 431. Hob. 23. 208. Dyer 27. and Co. Lib. 7. Butt's Case, for variety of Matter upon this Subject.   

CHAP. III. Of Replications, Rejoinders, etc.  
AFter the Defendant has made his Bar, 
Replication, rejoinder, sur-rejoin, what.  or Plea, that is to say, hath given in his Answer to the Plaintiff's Declaration, the next part of Pleading in Course must be the Plaintiff's Replication; which is an Answer, or Exception to the Defendant's Plea; and a rejoinder is, where, after the Plaintiff in the Action hath Replied to the Answer of the Defendant, the Defendant doth again make Answer to the Plaintiff; and if after that the Plaintiff shall Answer again to the Defendant, such Pleading is called a sur-rejoin.  
As to Replications and Rejoinders, the Learning of them is more properly to be seen in every particular Action, under their respective Titles of Pleading; but touching some Particulars, we shall observe,  
First, 
Where the Plaintiff is in a manner bound to answer the Defendant's Plea; yet, if he will, may Plead at large, without Answering the same.  Where the Plaintiff is in some sort bound to Answer the Bar of the Defendant, but may notwithstanding Plead at large, not answering the Bar; which is (in a manner) altogether in an Assize, where a General Bar, with Colour, is pleaded. And, by 34 H. 6. 46. not in Entry in nature of an Assize, nor other Action.  
And so is 21 H. 6. 18. and also 34 H. 6. 22, & 48. in Trespass, and all other Actions (except Assize,) where although the Bar be at large; yet the Plaintiff ought either to Traverse it, or to Confess and Avoid the same.  
Where it appeareth, 
Plea at Large, what.  that a Plea at large is, where the Plaintiff in his Replication meddleth not with the Defendant's Bar: As to say, That a Stranger was seized, and did Enfeoff him; or, That his Father was seized, and died seized, and so he was seized until, etc. not showing expressly the Descent to be after the Defendant's Title.  
And 38 Ed. 3. 10. the Defendant in Trespass did plead his Freehold; and the Plaintiff Replied, Que il prist ses arbres, priest, and could not, but was forced to make Title.  
And 1 & 2 Mariae, Dyer 171. the Defendant in a Replevin avowed, that B. was seized, and let to him for years; to which the Plaintiff Replied, that antequam B. aliquid habuit, A. was seized and let to C. whose Estate the Plaintiff had; and doubted, whether it were not a mere Title, as before at large, because he doth no way encounter with the Avowry, nor Confess and Avoid the same, but only with the word Antequam.  
Where also a Case is Vouched in 41 Ed. 3. how the Defendant in Trespass did plead his Freehold; to which the Plaintiff Replied, Queen long temps devant le Defendant riens avoit en le Franktenement J. S. fuist seisie, Et Less a luy pur ans, and so was he possessed until, etc. and holden a good Plea.  
But 3 & 4 Mariae, Dyer 134. where the Defendant in Trespass doth plead his Freehold, the Plaintiff is to Traverse the same, or to Convey a Title to himself, and allege a Disseisin and Regress, and the Trespass mean; quod nota, & vide accordant 34. H. 6. 32.  
And by 42 Ed. 3. 2. the Defendant in Trespass, for taking a Ship, pleaded the Gift of the Plaintiff; and the Plaintiff would have Replied, that he took his Ship priest, and ill; and after would have added to that his Plea, Absque hoc, that the Ship was the Plaintiffs tempore doni, and ill also; and lastly would have pleaded, that tempore doni the Ship was to Alice at Style, and was not suffered; wherefore he added to his Plea, that (after the Gift) Alice gave the same unto him, and so he took his Ship, and that holden a good Plea: And the Defendant rejoined, That it was the Ship of the Plaintiff at the time of the Gift.  
And 49 Ed. 3. 19 the Defendant in Trespass did Prescribe in Common; to which the Plaintiff Replied, that the Place was his Several; Absque hoc, that the Defendant had Common there: But where the Plaintiff in an Assize shall be forced to Answer the Bar, without making Title at Large. Vide Bro. Abridgm. Tit. Assize, viz. to every Special Bar.  
And what shall be good Replications and Titles, further than hath been beforementioned, see the Abridgements of Fitz. and Bro. Tit. Replications and Titles, where the same more plainly appears: As, if against an Act of Parliament, Recovery, or Matter of Record, the Title must be set forth Specially, and the puisne temps; and so 10 Ass. 23. of a Waranty: But against a Matter en fait, the Plaintiff maywell say▪ That after his Father was seized, and died seized, without showing comment.  
And as it appears by 47 Ed. 3. 13. If the Title be before the Fine or Recovery, it may be general.  
And 18 Ed. 4. 10. the Defendant in Trespass pleaded a Gift in Tail by the King; and the Plaintiff Replied, Ne dona pas; and good.  
And 9 Ed. 4. 46. where the Defendant giveth to the Plaintiff a Title, and in his Plea destroyeth the same, That Matter the Plaintiff may Maintain, or Traverse, without other or further Title.  
And so is 40 Ed. 3. 5. and 3 Ed. 4. 18. where holden, that where the Defendant in Trespass made Title by a Gift in Tail of a Stranger; the Plaintiff Replied, That he was seized until the Defendant did the Trespass, and Traversed the Gift in Tail; and good, although his Title was but of his own Possession.  
Next shall be shown, 
Where no need of Replication, or rejoinder.  In what Cases there is no occasion either for Replication or rejoinder. And therefore,  
First, It appears by 2 Ric. 3. 9 that where Error is alleged, in that which the Course of the Court doth approve and allow of, there needs no Answer to the same.  
And by Littleton, 12 Ed. 4. 13. where one doth Counterplead the Possession upon a Voucher; or plead, Quod partes ad finem nihil habuerunt, mes A. etc. he shall add also, Et hoc petit quod, etc.  
And so is 22 H. 6. Bro. Replic. 21. But 7 H. 6. 20. to the contrary in the Plea of Parts ad Finem.  
But 31 H. 6. 21. as also 22 H. 6. and in all other Cases where the Plea is in the Negative, as Non Culp', Ne dona pas, Ne unque seisie que Dower, Nul Tort, Nil debet, etc. Otherwise upon Pleas in the Affirmative.  
But this Matter is more proper to be Treated of in the Title of Issues.  
But by 2 H. 4. 4. where the Defendant in Debt did plead, that the Plaintiff had nothing tempore dimissionis.  
And 11 H. 4. 79. where said, that an Issue shall be always upon an Affirmative and Negative; except in Special Cases.  
Vide Dyer 2 Eliz. 182. 
Where one Replication shall go to several Bars.  the Tenant in a Formedon by Fish to parcel, did plead one Fine, and so to the other parcel another Fine. To which the Plaintiff Replied, Quoth seperal' Fines minime proclam' fuerunt; and good, although there said, that it would have been better, to have made several Replications.  
Then it is to be observed, where not only Rejoinders, but also Surrejoynders ought to be.  
As 5 Ed. 4. 108. where in Debt upon an Obligation with Condition, for performing an Arbitrement, if the Defendant pleads, Quod Arbitratores non fecerunt, etc. And the Plaintiff doth say, Priest que cy, that is ill; for he ought to show the Award and allege the Breach, and the Defendant must thereto plead, That they made no such Award; to which the Plaintiff must say, Priest que cy, and the Defendant Rejoin, Que prist que non.  
And so you may see Count, Bar, Replication, rejoinder, Surrejoynder, and Rebutter to Surrejoynder in Pleading.  
A Rebutter is, 
Rebutter, what.  where a man grants Land to the use of himself, and the Issue of his Body, to another in Fee with Waranty, and the Donee Leaseth out the Land to a Third person for years, the Heir of the Donor impleads the Tenant, alleging the Land was in Tail to him; the Donee comes in, and by virtue of the Waranty made by the Donor, Repels the Heir, because tho' the Land was Entailed to him, yet he is Heir to the Warantor likewise.  
So, if I grant to the Tenant, to hold absque Impetitione Vasti, and afterwards Implead him for Waste made, he may Debar me of this Action, by showing my Grant; which is likewise a Rebutter. Bro. Abr. Tit. Bar 23, 25. Nou. Lib. Intr. verbo Rebutter, Co. 1 Inst. 365. a. Vide 6 H. 7. 4.  
But see hereof more properly in the Title of Pleading.   

CHAP. IU. Of General Issue, and Special Evidence.  
NExt in Order, we will proceed to Issues. And,  
First, With those that may be brought under the Division of General Issue, and Special Evidence: In which we will set down the Evidence proper to the Nature of the Issue; and then, what Special Plea the Defendant may have, and not be forced to the General Issue.  
The word Issue hath divers Applications in our Law; but that which concerns our purpose, is taken for that Point of Matter depending in Suit, whereon the Parties join, and put their Cause to the Trial of the Jury, and is an Effect of a Cause preceding; as the Point referred to 12 Men, is the Effect of Pleading or Process.  
Issue in this signification is either General, or Special.  
General Issue is, where the Defendant makes a short and peremptory Defence to the Plaintiff's Declaration, and is always in the Negative; as Non assumpsit to an Action upon the Case, Nil debet to an Action of Debt, and the like. And,  
A Special Issue is that, whore Special Matter being alleged by the Defendant for his Defence, both Parties join thereupon, and so it goes either to a Demurrer, if it be Quaestio juris; or to a Trial by the jury, if it be Quaestio Facti. Anno 4. H. 8. cap. 3. Nou. Lib. Intration. verbo Issue, & 18 Eliz. cap. 12.  
But Evidence is taken for any Proof, be it Testimony of Men, Records, or other Authentical Writings of Contracts, etc. written, sealed and delivered.  
And it is called Evidence, because thereby the Point in Issue is to be made Evident to the Jury: Probationes debent esse Evidentes, i. e. Perspicuae & faciles, Co. 1 Inst. fo. 283. And,  
First, 
Evidence upon Non Culpabilis.  As to General Issues, we shall begin with the Proper Evidence upon the Plea of Non Culpabilis.  
By 19 H. 8. 6. upon Non Culpabilis, it is no Evidence to say, that the Enclosure was defective, because thereby the Trespass is confessed.  
So, by 9 H. 7. 3. upon Non Culpabilis in Rescous, the Defendant shall not give Non Tenure in Evidence.  
And Keilway 59 upon Non Culpabilis in Trespass, a Licence may not be given in Evidence to excuse the Trespassor, for this must be pleaded.  
By Co. Lib. 10. fo. 56. upon the Issue, Non Culpabilis in Trover, it will be good Evidence to prove the Conversion, that the Plaintiff demanded the thing sued for, and the Defendant refused or denied to deliver it.  
And by Plowd. 14. the jury may find him Guilty upon this; but being Specially found, the Court cannot do it.  
And by Hobart 187. an Unreasonable Detainer is good Evidence for this.  
Vide Godbolt's Rep. 234. where in Trespass for taking away Timber, and the Boughs of Trees felled, the Defendant pleaded, as to the Timber, Non Culpabilis; and to the Boughs, made a Special justification by Custom of the Manor, that the Lord was to have the Timber, and the Tenants the Branches or Boughs for Estovers, to be burnt in Terris & Tenementis Custumar' Manerii: And because the Defendant did Entitle himself to a House and Land, and gave the Custom in Evidence for the Land only, it was held it did not maintain the Issue.  
So, by Style's Rep. 335. it appears, that where in an Action upon the Case the Plaintiff declared of a Nuisance, viz. that in such a Way the Defendant had digged a Hole, ratione cujus, as he was Travelling in the said Way with his Horse, he did fall and hurt himself, etc. On Non Culpabilis pleaded, the Evidence was given, that the Plaintiff's Servant was driving his Master's Horse in the Way loaden with Lead, and by reason of this Hole he fell, etc. and it was held no good Evidence to maintain the Issue.  
But by 18 H. 6. 22. where in Parco fracto the Defendant did plead Non Culpabilis, and gave in Evidence, That the Plaintiff had not a Park by Prescription, nor by Grant; and it was held good.  
By the Books 11 H. 4. 24. and 19 H. 6. 34. in Trespass the Defendant may give in Evidence, 
Evidence for Abridgement of Damages.  That the Plaintiff hath part of the Goods again in Abridgement of Damages.  
And by 3 Ed. 4. Bro. 67. that a Shop is parcel of the House.  
By 14 H. 3. & 16 Ed. 4. 1. upon this Plea the Defendant may give in Evidence a Lease; but by 25 H. 8. Bro. 82. cannot give in Evidence a Lease at Will, no more than a Licence.  
And so is 12 H. 8. 1. in Waste, where said, that in Wast he cannot, upon Nul Wast fait pleaded, give in Evidence, That he Cut the Timber for Reparations; nor upon Non Culpabilis, to give in Evidence se defendendo, or a Licence; but a Gift he may: But in Wast he may give in Evidence, that the Premises were ruinous at the time, or burned by Enemies, or the like.  
But Title in an Estranger upon such a Plea (as is the said Book of 25 H. 8. Bro. 81.) and to Justify by his Commandment, is no Evidence; but aught to plead the said Answer, as the Licence of the Plaintiff himself (as it seems,) or one pretendeth Common, etc.  
But if the Defendant pretend an Interest from a Stranger in the Land itself, although but an Estate at Will; yet he may plead Non Culpabilis.  
The next, upon the Issue of Nihil debet.  
By the Book of 28 H. 8. Dyer 29. the Defendant may give in Evidence, 
What Evidence may be given upon the Issue of Nil debet.  that the Contract was Conditional, or may plead the same, as appears there, without Traverse: The like, as it seems upon Non Assumpsit, in Action upon the Case.  
And 27 H. 8. 21. in Debt upon the Statute of 21 H. 8. of Farms, upon the General Issue, viz. Non habuit, etc. he may give in Evidence the taking for Provision of his House, according to the Proviso of that Statute.  
And in 20 H. 6. 24. in Debt upon an Account, the Defendant may plead Nul tiel Account, or Nil debet, and give in Evidence, that there is no Account between the Parties.  
And so is 9 H. 7. 3. in Rescous, the Defendant shall not give in Evidence, Non-tenure; and yet may, upon Nil debet, give Ne Lessa pass in Evidence.  
But there, and 22 H. 6. 33. upon the Plea of Non detinet, the Defendant shall not give in Evidence a Mortgage.  
Nor by 16 H. 7. 15. may he upon that Issue give in Evidence, that he had the thing of the Plaintiff as a Pledge for Money not yet paid.  
But quaere, if he may give in Evidence an Agreement after the Bailment, that doth alter the Property.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 20. 
Nota.  If the Plaintiff in his Declaration mistake the Contract either in the Sum, or in the Thing sold, Nil debet will be a good Plea.  
But 34 H. 8. Bro. 89. in Debt upon an Escape, if the Defendant plead Nul Escape, he cannot give in Evidence, No Arrest.  
Then upon the Issue Ne Lessa, or Ne Enfeoffa pas, holden in Fogassa's Case, That upon the Issue Ne Lessa pas, the Plaintiff shall not give in Evidence a Lease by Deed; but may a Lease Conditional, as on an Agreement Conditional.  
And so is 14 H. 8. 17. the Parties being in Issue upon a Grant, Evidence was given of a Grant; so he obtained the Will of his Lessor.  
And 12 Ed. 4. 4. upon a Feoffment pleaded by Deed, Evidence cannot be given without, or by other Deed.  
And 50 Ed. 3. 6. if a Demise to the Baron and Feme be pleaded, a Fine sur Release to them is no Evidence to prove the same.  
And 18 Ed. 4. 29. if one plead Ne Enfeoffa pas, he may give in Evidence, that the Parties were Jointenants.  
But 15 Ed. 3. Bro. 95. the Issue Ne dona pas may be Maintained by a Devise: And, as the Books are, upon a Feoffment, a Lease and Release are good Evidence.  
And by 1 & 2 Mariae, Dyer 116. upon Non dimisit modo & forma, one shall have advantage of the Date and Number of years.  
Next, 
Non est factum, etc.  what Evidence shall be given upon the Pleas of Non est factum, riens passa, etc.  
First, It is doubted 1 & 2 Mariae, Dyer 112. that whether upon the Plea, Non est factum, the Defendant may give in Evidence, that the Plaintiff afterwards pulled off the Seal.  
But 15 Ed. 4. 18. upon Non est factum generally, 
Minime Lit●●ratus▪  he may give in Evidence, Nient Lettered, etc.  
And so 14 H. 8. 28. upon Delivery, as an Escrow.  
But 5 H. 7. 3, & 8. upon Riens passa, Non est factum it seems cannot be given in Evidence; tamen quaere.  
And Note, That in Actions of Maintenance, or other Actions upon the Statutes, in some Cases the General, and in others the Special Issue shall be taken: For which see their proper Issues in the Nature of every Action.  
And therefore, First, in Maintenance it appears, by 28 H. 6. 6. that if the Defendant in Evidence show a Special Maintenance, as sworn in a jure Patronatus, and the like, that will not stand with the General Issue.  
But 22 H. 6. 35. upon the General Issue he gave in Evidence, That at the Request of the Party he gave him Counsel to sue out a Supersedeas, and good, because no Maintenance; but in that Case, aught of necessity to plead the General Issue.  
And if the Defendant in Maintenance, be charged with a Special Point of Maintenance, he must Answer to the same, and the General Issue then shall be no Plea for him.  
And what be the Proper Issues in Actions upon the Statutes, see that Title in Brook's Abridgement; as in Forcible Entry, Non ingressus est contra formam Statuti.  
But 3 Ed. 4. 1. doubted, whether he may not plead Non Culpabilis in Trespass upon 5 Ric. 2. and 1 Ed. 5. 4. In that Case the Plea of Non Culpabilis, admitted upon the Statute of 21 H. 8. of Farms (as before-cited,) Non habuit, nec, etc. And upon the Statute of Livery, Que ne dona pas les Robes, and not Non Culpabilis; quod nota, and the like.  
And it appears in Dyer, 3 & 4 Mariae 145. that in Debt upon a Pain given by Statute, Nil debet per Patriam, is a good Plea: But there, and in 50 Ed. 3. doubted in Debt upon an Escape against a Gaoler.  
And 18 Eliz. 346. in an Information upon the Statute of Usury, Non Culpabilis a good Plea.  
Next, 
Horse de son Fee.  of the Plea of Horse de son Fee.  
Upon which it seems, 27 H. 8. 20. that the Avowant giving in Evidence Seisin of Rent, without a Fealty, not sufficient.  
And 10 Ed. 4. 10. if one plead Horse de son Fee, the other shall not show a Tenure, Et issint deins son Fee; but, Deins son Fee, priest, etc.  
Then of the Issue, 
Ne unque Executor, or Pleinment Administer.  Ne unques Executor, or Pleinment Administer, where 'tis holden, 9 H. 7. 14. that upon either of these Pleas, if the Plaintiff doth Reply, Assets, or, that he did Administer, he need not show what Assets, or what thing he did Administer special.  
And 9 Ed. 4. 40. upon the Plea of Ne unques Executor, the Defendant may give in Evidence, that he is Administrator, or, that the Goods were given him in another County; which the Jury are bound to find. The like of Assets in any other County, given in Evidence.  
And 3 H. 6. 3. where the Issue upon Assets in mains del Executor, it is good Evidence for the Plaintiff to say, that he sold the Land by the Appointment of the Testator, etc.  
And where the Issue is upon Prescription, 
Issue upon Prescription, or Custom.  by 34 H. 6. 36. if the Plaintiff give in Evidence a Deed within time of Mind, the Defendant may Demur upon the Evidence. 
Demur upon Evidence.   
Otherwise by 12 H. 4. 24. if the Deed be time out of Mind: For such a Deed, although it were the King's Patent, cannot be pleaded.  
And 4 & 5 Mariae, Dyer 164. if one Prescribe for Common Appurtenant to two several Houses, for twenty Beasts, and give in Evidence, that he hath Ten to either House, the Issue fails.  
So, if he fail of his Proof in the same Nature his Plea is, it is ill.  
As 1 & 2 Eliz. Dyer 192. Issue was taken upon the Custom of a Manor, relating to a Copyhold Estate, whether the Widow ought to hold for Life, and the Evidence proved only during her Widowhood; and ill; quod nota.  
So, by Co. 1 Inst. 283. if in Debt upon an Obligation the Defendant plead Non est factum, and give in Evidence the Bond is Joint and not Several, this is ill, and will be no good Evidence; but if pleaded Specially, would have barred. Or, if in an Assize Nul tort is pleaded, and a Release after the Disseisin is given in Evidence.  
So, by Keilway 55. where the Issue in Trespass, for Assault and Battery, is Not Guilty, and the Defendant gives in Evidence son Assault demesne: The Evidence in none of these Cases will be good.  
But by Co. Lib. 5. 119. & Lib. 11. 27. if in Debt on an Obligation the Defendant plead Non est factum, and upon Trial gives in Evidence, That the Seal of the Bond was broken off, and put on again; or, That any part of it was Razed; it will be a good Proof to bar the Plaintiff.  
And Idem, 1 Inst. 283. if the Point in Issue be upon a Transitory Trespass, done at a day or place certain, and the Proof given is, That it was done at another day before, or at another place; this is good enough: But otherwise it is, where the Proof is, that it was done at a time after the Day laid in the Declaration.  
So, by Plowd. 8. if the the Point in Issue be a bare Agreement, or simple Contract, without any Complex Matter, and the Evidence prove it to be an Agreement Special; this will be good. So if it be of a Feoffment Absolute, and the Proof be of a Feoffment Conditional.  
And by Co. 6. 47. if in a Suit against an Executor or Administrator, the Issue be Assets in London, the Proof of Assets in any place in the World besides, will be sufficient to maintain it.  
So Dyer 271. and Crompt. jurisdiction of Courts 12. if it be in case of Heir, on an Action grounded on a Specialty against him, and the Point in Issue be Assets by Descent, it will be sufficient if he can prove Assets any where in England: And i● it be Assets in one County, it will be sufficient to prove Assets in another County.  
And by Brownlow's Rep. fo. 233. Part 1. If there be two Batteries made between the Plaintiff and Defendant at several times, the Plaintiff to maintain the Issue, must prove the Battery made the same day he hath laid it in his Declaration, and shall not be admitted to give another Day in Evidence.  
And now in the next place we will show, 
Where the Defendant may Traverse, and not be forced to the General Issue.  Where the Defendant may Traverse any part of the Plaintiff's Conveyance of his Action, and not be forced to the General Issue.  
For which see, first, 2 & 3 Mar. Dyer 121. where the Lord Mountegle brought an Action upon the Case for a Chain of Gold, upon a Trover against the Countess of Worcester, supposing that he was possessed, and lost the same, which came to the Defendant's hands, who sold the same to Persons unknown. To which the Defendant did plead, Quod non vendidit, etc. Modo & forma, etc. and seems good, because a principal part of the Declaration; and although but Conveyance, yet because he cannot Wage his Law, he may have this Traverse. As the Defendant in Debt upon a Lease for years may plead Non dimisit: And so in Debt upon Arrearages before Auditors, may plead Non Computavit.  
But as 22 Ed. 4. 29. in Debt upon an Award Nul tiel Arbitrement; in Detinue upon a Bailment Ne baila pas; or in Debt upon a Contract Ne achata pas, no Plea; because the Defendant may Wage his Law: And so the Defendant may plead Non ejecit, Non rapuit, Non manutenuit, Ne forga pas, etc. or Non est Culpabilis modo & forma, at his pleasure.  
But 28 H. 8. Dyer 26. Non dampnificatus no Plea in Action upon the Case; and holden lately, by better Opinion, That a Conversion in an Action upon the Case (for a Trover) simply, is never Traversable; but by an Alio modo, as a Licence to use the same, etc. quaere inde.  
And 18 H. 6 Bro. 94. in an Action De Parco fracto, the Defendant cannot plead, that it is no Park.  
But 12 Ed. 4. 7. in Trespass by a Prior, Warden or Sheriff, or by one for the Taking away of his Servant, a good Plea for the Defendant to say, that the Plaintiff was no Prior, no Warden, or no Sheriff, or that the Party was not Servant to the Plaintiff.  
And yet in 11 Ed. 4. 4. if the Feoffment of the Master and Brethren, or of the Father be pleaded, it is no Plea to say, that there are no such Brethren, or that there is no such Father, but must plead Non est factum; for the other Pleas are but Argumentative.  
Then ought to be known, Where the Defendant shall be forced to the General Issue, or may Traverse the Place laid by the Plaintiff in his Declaration.  
For which see 4 H. 6. 13. as Abridged by Bro. Tit. Traverse, where in Trespass laid in Dale, the Defendant doth Justify in Sale, Absque hoc quod ipse est Culpabilis de aliqua Transgressione in Dale; and the Plaintiff driven to Answer to the same, and the Defendant not enforced to the General Issue.  
And so is 12 Ed. 4. 19, & 39  
But 9 H. 6. 62. and 14 H. 6. 23. the Defendant in that Case forced to the General Issue, and the Jury bound to find it upon Pain of Attaint.  
But in the last recited Book, viz. 14 H. 6. that the same is according to the Discretion of the Court.  
And 28 H. 8. Dyer 19 Fitz against Baldwin, that the Defendant may have the Plea, where he said, That Baldwin spoke for sparing of Parchment.  
And 22 H. 6. 26. where, by his Justification in another County, he is driven to the General Issue.  
Then we shall Consider, 
Where the Defendant may plead Specially, and not be forced to the General Issue.  In what other Cases the Defendant may plead Specially, and not be forced to the General Issue.  
For which we must first Consult 9 H. 6. 11. where it is said, that the Defendant in Trespass of Goods pleaded, that A. was possessed, and gave them to him, without that, that he took any Goods of the Plaintiffs; and nothing Entered, but the General Issue.  
Vide 21 H. 6. 13. where the Special Matter did amount but to the Traverse of the Seisin; yet the same was Entered, for there said to be done or not at the Discretion of the Court.  
So, by 22 H. 6. 17. upon Nontenure the Plaintiff Averred the Tenant Pernour of Profits, and the Tenant showed how his Pernancy was a Rent reserved upon a Lease for Life, Absque hoc, etc. and suffered.  
And 9 Ed. 4. 30. a Servant retained, taking yearly Twenty shillings, or a Robe; the Defendant in Debt pleaded, that he had paid the Robe; and good, by the better Opinion.  
And 34 H. 6. 43. the Defendant in Trespass of Warren, did plead the Freehold in john S. and that he by his Commandment did the Trespass, and enforced to the General Issue.  
And 21 Ed. 3. 30. in Detinue of an Obligation of 20 l. the Defendant said, That an Obligation of 30 l. was delvered to him; Absque hoc, etc. and suffered.  
And 11 H. 6. 35. in Debt against an Executor the Defendant pleaded, that the Testator gave him all his Goods, except such, and to the residue plene Administravit; and suffered.  
And 5 H. 7. 3. in Trespass of his Servant, the Defendant may plead, that he was not Servant.  
And 39 Ed. 3. 19 in Trespass by a Bishop, the Defendant pleaded, that he did it when the Temporalties were in the King's hands; Absque hoc, that he was Culpabilis before; and good.  
And 22 Ed. 4. 45. the Defendant in False Imprisonment pleaded, That his Master did Imprison the Plaintiff in a Chamber, 
Nota.  and gave him the Key to keep, and because the Plaintiff was a Clerk of the Court, the Defendant was forced to the General Issue.  
And 14 H. 6. 2. the Defendant, in the like Action did plead, that, by agreement of the Plaintiff, he did lead him to Dale; and forced to the General Issue.  
And 21 H. 6. 39 the Defendant in Trespass did plead, That the Plaintiff did Command his Servant to put in the Defendant's Beasts, and that the Defendant, when he had Notice, put them out; and good.  
And 39 Ed. 3. 15. the Tenant in Dower did plead, that the Demandant had an Eign Baron in Life, Et issint nient loyalment accouple, and nothing Entered but Nient loyalment accouple.  
And so, 19 H. 6. 17. if the Defendant plead Bastardy, and the Plaintiff Replies, that he was born in Espousals, Et issint Mulier, nothing shall be Entered but Mulier. The like of the Pleas of Ne unques seisie que Dower.  
Yet 39 H. 6. 9 the Tenant was admitted to plead, That he Let to the Plaintiff's Husband, at Will, which so continued; Absque hoc, que seisie de tiel Estate que Dower; and so may the Defendant in Debt plead Generally, Non est factum, or that he is Unlettered, etc. and so Conclude, Non est factum.  
And, 11 H. 4. 83. in the like Case, the Defendant did plead, That the Baron of the Plaintiff nothing had but in 
* Scil. Jointemncy.  Jointure with A. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That A. did Release, and the Court did persuade her to plead only Seisie que Dower. And in Dower of Rent the Defendant did plead, Ne unques seisie: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That the Rent was granted payable at Michaelmass, before which day her Husband died, Et issint seisie que Dower, and the Special Matter ousted.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 22. the Tenant in Dower did demand the View, which the Demandant did Counterplead, for that her Husband died seized, and the Defendant forced to the General Issue, without showing Matter of an Especial Tail.  
See more hereof in the Title of Traverse.  
In the next place we shall Cite some Cases, 
Evidence agree, or disagree with the Issue.  additional to the former, to show, Where the Evidence doth stand with the Issue, and where not.  
For which see first, 30 H. 8. Dyer 41. upon the Plea of Ne unques seisie que Dower, the Defendant shall not give in Evidence an Estate upon Condition, or other Estate in the Husband, defeated by the Remitter of the Heir, or the like.  
And 1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 112. the Defendant, upon Non est factum, gave in Evidence, That the Plaintiff afterwards pulled off one of the Seals of the Obligation; and Doubted.  
And 3 Eliz. Dyer 192. upon the Plea of Ne unques son Baily pur Account render; the Defendant shall not give in Evidence, That according to the Bailment he did deliver the same over; nor is the same Plea good before Auditors; quod nota.  
And 5 Eliz. Dyer 222. if the Defendant in Debt upon an Obligation, plead the Payment at the Day, he cannot give in Evidence an Acceptance of the same, or other thing in lieu thereof before the day.  
And 10 Eliz. Dyer 276. upon Nul Wast fait, the Defendant shall not give in Evidence, That the Premises were amended before the Action brought; and yet see before that, to say, they were Ruinous at the time of the Lease, and the like, shall be good Evidence in this Case.  
And 10 Eliz. Dyer 272. in Debt against an Heir, who pleaded Riens per descent; the Plaintiff Replied, Assets in London, and gave in Evidence Assets in Cornwall; and Doubted: But clear of Assets of Goods.  
Where 21 Ed. 3. is Vouched, That where Issue is upon Tender of Homage in a Foreign County, they cannot find the same Tender in the County where the Land is; but may in any other Place, in the same County where it is alleged to be Tendered; quod nota: Where it is also said, that Assets alleged in Dale, & alibi in Com. C. all the same must be Traversed.  
And yet 13 & 14 Eliz. Dyer 305. in the Case of an Obligation made in Ireland, in Debt against the Obligor in London, Issue was taken, If the Obligation at the time of the death of the Obligee were then in London, viz. in Parochia beatae Mariae, when it was in the same Ward, but not in the same Parish, and therefore ill: But see more of this in this Title, in the several Titles before and after.  
Then also further than before is declared, 
Evidence sufficient for the Jury to take Cognizance of.  shall be shown, What is sufficient Evidence, that the jury shall be obliged to take Cognizance of.  
And therefore, first, see 9 Ed. 4. 40. where, upon the Plea of Ne unques Executor, if the Defendant give in Evidence a Gift, or Release in a Foreign County, the Jury are bound to take Notice thereof upon pain of Attaint: Where said also, That if the Mice be joined in a Writ of Right, the Grand jury are bound, upon Pain of Attaint, to find a Release.  
And so is 40 Ass. 23. and Brook in this Title 33. in Redisseisin, because but an Inquest of Office, and a Release not pleadable in those Actions.  
But by 43 Ass. 41. a. Release in an Assize cannot be given in Evidence; otherwise of a Feoffment. But Littleton is of Opinion, that the Jury may, if they will, upon the General Issue, find a Condition broken, or a Release, as it seems, that doth Extinguish Right, although they may not be forced thereto upon pain of Attaint.  
And so it appears 22 Ed. 4. 19 That in Decies tantum the Jury are not bound to find a Taking in a Foreign County, although they may, if they will; but if they find it by Express words, than the Verdict is also ill: And so of Assets, and such Things Transitory; but otherwise of Local Trespasses.  
And 4 Ed. 4. 1. in a Writ of Entry, in Nature of Assize of Common, the Plaintiff gave a Prescription in Evidence, and good; because in this Action, as in an Assize, there is no Title laid in the Count  
And 7 Ed. 4. 16. where Divorce or Restore pleaded to the Writ, the same may be given in Evidence.  
And it seems by 3 H. 6. 33. That where a Matter in Law is given in Evidence by one, the other may Demur.  
Next, 
What Writings the Jury shall take notice of, or may be delivered unto them.  we shall Observe, What Deeds and Writings are sufficient Evidence, such as the jury are to take notice of, or shall be delivered unto them.  
First, It appears 11 H. 4. 17. and there laid down as a Rule, 
Rules.  That no Deed or Writing whatsoever, shall be privily or secretly delivered to the Jury, that was not openly showed.  
And, by 11 Ed. 4. 25, & 38. That an Office before an Escheator, unless Exemplified, not to be delivered to the Jury, no more than a Testimonial; nor, by that Reason, the Jury bound to Credit the same.  
And 34. H. 6. 25. a Part of a Fine Indented, unless Exemplified, not to be delivered to the Jury, but with the Consent of both Parties.  
No more shall any Copies of Books, by 9 H. 6. 6. But a Part of a Fine, not Exemplified, delivered in Evidence, (as in News and Scholastica's Case) or any other Evidence, that they are not bound to take notice of, they may yet, at their pleasure, respect in their Verdict, or find the same Specially.  
But 7 Eliz. Dyer 239. doubted, where the Jury may find a Private Act of Parliament, not delivered to them in Evidence, Exemplified, or otherwise.  
And the Matters aforesaid (as it seems) are no Cause to Demur upon the Evidence, 
Demurrer upon Evidence.  no more than in Fogassa's Case, because but one Witness; for that the Jury may, upon their own Knowledge, give a Verdict without Evidence: Nor in any Case may one Demur upon Evidence, unless he will admit the Evidence to be true: Nor without the Consent of the other Party (as it seems,) which, according to the Opinion of many, may put himself upon the Jury to find a Verdict, which they may do either Generally or Specially, at their pleasure; which, if they do Specially, they avoid all occasions of Attaint.  
See for Demurrers in Evidence the Books following, viz. 9 H. 6. 33. where it is said, That upon a Matter in Law, the other Party may Demur in Law, for it belongs not to the Lay-Jury to Judge thereof; but that, it seems, aught to be such a Matter that the Judge must take to be doubtful.  
And so in the before-cited Case of Fogassa, That the King's Attorney did Demur upon the Evidence, and that (as it there appears) whether the other would agree, or not: But whether so in News and Scholastica's Case, quaere.  
And see the Book of 34. H. 6. 36. where the Plaintiff in Annuity, by Prescription, showed a Deed, in Evidence, within time of Mind; and the Defendant prayed, That the Evidence might be Entered, and he would Demur upon the same, and the Plaintiff would not agree to it; quod nota. But if the Court think the Evidence good, the other side may (as in Tatam's Action upon the Case 27 H. 8.) desire the Justices to Seal a Bill of Exception, 
Bill of Exception.  which in the Writ of Error he may allege, and not in Arrest of judgement, ex Rigore juris.  
And see Dyer, 6 H. 8. 2. where in Debt against an Executor, the Defendant did plead plene Administravit, and gave in Evidence a Redemption of a Pledge with his own Money, upon which the Plaintiff did Demur, and by Assent of both Parties the Jury was discharged; quod nota.  
And so seems Experience at this day, that in Demurrer on Evidence the Consent of both Parties is requisite.   

CHAP. V. Of Special Issues, and manner of joining them.  
IN the next place we shall Observe, 
Of Special Issues, and the manner of Joining them▪  the Manner and Form of joining other Issues, (that is to say) Special, being such as are different from the General Issues, we have already treated of, in respect of the Special Matter contained in them.  
And, First, by 26 H. 8. 3. if the Issue be Joined on the Defendant's part, then must it be, Et de hoc ponit se super Patriam; but if upon the Plaintiff's part, then in this manner, Et hoc petit quod inquiratur per Patriam; and so is Dyer 18 Eliz. 253.  
But than it ought to be known, as that which is very Material in Pleading, 
Which of the Parties shall offer the Issue.  which of the Parties, in their Pleas, shall first Offer the Issue; where holden generally in that Title in Brook, That he which Pleadeth the first Negative, shall (as before) Conclude the Issue.  
And yet Ibid. 2 H. 7. 4. the Defendant in Debt upon a Lease did plead, That the Plaintiff, Riens ad tempore dimissionis, without such Conclusion; and the Plaintiff said, That I. S. did him Enfeoff, Et sic ussoit, etc. Et hoc petit quod inquiratur per Patriam.  
And Ibid. 11 H. 4. 19 Issue shall be always Joined upon a Negative, 
Rule.  after an Affirmative alleged before; or, è contra.  
And Ibid. 9 Ed. 4. 36. If the Defendant do plead in the Negative to the Writ, 
Rule.  the Plaintiff shall Reply in the Affirmative, and Conclude the Issue.  
And Ibid. 7 H. 6. 43. It appears, 
Rule.  That if the Plaintiff declares in the Negative, (as in Deceit, That the Defendant did Sue the Plaintiff in Debt in the Name of N. absque voluntate sua) it sufficeth for the Defendant to say, Que il sua per son Assent, Et de hoc ponit se super Patriam; quod nota.  
And Ibid. 19 H. 6. 1. the Defendant did plead to the Writ, 
Rule.  That he was abiding at Dale; and no Plea, without saying also, and not at B. as the Plaintiff did Name him; because the Issue shall always be upon a Negative.  
And there it appears, 
Rule.  that one of the Defendants in Trespass pleaded, That one of his Companions was dead the day of the Writ purchased; no Plea for the Plaintiff to Reply, Que il fuist en vie all Dale, but must also say, Et nemy mort; quod nota. As to say, by way of Replication, in the like Case, Mulier & nient Bastard, or Frank & nient Villain, Et hoc petit quod inquiratur per Patriam; quod nota.  
And so 11 H. 4. 90. the Defendant pleaded the Freehold of J. S. etc. and the Plaintiff Replied, that it was his Freehold; he must say also, Et nemy le Franktenement J. S. or, Absque hoc que est le Frank: enement J. S. etc.  
And it appears 18 Eliz. Dyer 353. 
Rule.  That he who taketh the Traverse by Absque hoc, ought not properly to Conclude the Issue; but the other Party, beginning his Plea with Ut prius dicit, etc. may.  
It appears also by 33 H. 6. 22. That he who pleads, Parts ad Finem nichil habent, or doth Counterplead the Possession, or pleads Ne unque seisie que Dower, Ne dona pas, Nul Tort, Non Culpabilis, and the like; because these Pleas be in the Negative, he shall Conclude with the Issue, Et de hoc ponit se super Patriam.  
But 12 Eliz. Dyer 290. in the Plea of Parts ad Finem, etc. the Party that did plead the same had his Election to Conclude the Issue, or not.  
See also 2 & 3 Mar. Dyer. 121. That where the Defendant did plead in the Negative, (as in an Action upon the Case) he did Traverse the Sale, and did not Conclude, Et de hoc ponit se super Patriam, but with Unde petit judicium si praedictus Quer' Actionem suam praedictam versus eum habere debeat, etc. and yet good; because a Perfect Issue may be Joined thereupon; quod nota.  
Nevertheless, 
Where Issue shall be taken upon Affirmatives only, without Negatives.  in some Cases, Issue shall be taken upon Affirmatives, without Negatives.  
As 6 Ed. 4. 6. Where the Defendant in Replevin doth Avow, as within his Fee: The Plaintiff may Reply, Horse de son Fec, priest.  
And so in Debt against an Executor, who pleads Pleinment Administer; and the Plaintiff Replies, Assets.  
And in a Writ of Right the Tenant pleads, That he hath better Right, etc. and the Plaintiff Replies, That he hath better Right to Demand, etc. which is somewhat doubted in 32 H. 6. 25. touching the Plea of Horse de son Fee.  
Next in Order, 
Of Tender, or Refusal.  Of Tender and Refusal in Pleading.  
Tender, 
What they are.  in our Law, signifies, Carefully to Offer, or circumspectly to Endeavour the Performance of any thing belonging to us: And Refusal, is the Denying or Refusing to accept of the same, when offered.  
As by 16 H. 7. 13. In Debt upon an Obligation the Defendant pleaded a Tender, and a Refusal by the Plaintiff; and the Plaintiff took the Refusal by Protestation, and Traversed the Tender, as he ought, because no Refusal without a Tender.  
See Dyer 28 H. 8. 31. In Debt upon an Obligation, the Condition whereof was to make an Assurance of Lands upon Request, as by the Counsel of the Plaintiff should be devised: And the Defendant pleaded by Protestation, That the Plaintiff's Counsel made no Devise, and for Plea, That he was not Required. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That his Counsel devised a Release, which he Requested the Defendant to Seal, and he Refused: And the Defendant would have Traversed the Refusal, and could not, but aught to maintain his first Plea, that is, the Request; and the Plaintiff should not have mentioned a Refusal, but have Concluded the Issue upon the Request, the Defendant offering a Negative Plea before.  
And so 36 H. 6. 15. the Defendant in Debt did plead an Award, to pay 10 l. at such a Place, which he was ready at the time to do, and the Plaintiff came not to receive the same. There the Plaintiff may say, That he was there ready, without Traverse; because the Defendant had Tendered a Negative Plea before.  
Then, 
Of the Issue Negative Pregnant, what it is.  Of the Issue, Negative Pregnant; which is, a Negative that implies, or contains in itself, an Affirmative.  
As where an Action, Information, or such like, is brought against one, and he pleadeth in Bar to the Action: Or otherwise, a Negative Plea, which is not so direct an Answer to the Action, but that it includeth also an Affirmative.  
As if a man be Impleaded, to have done a Thing on such a Day, or in such a Place, denies that he did it Modo & forma declarata, which implies nevertheless, that in some sort he did it.  
Or, if a Writ of Entry, in Casu proviso, be brought by him in the Reversion, upon an Alienation of Tenant for Life, supposing that he hath Aliened in Fee, which is a Forfeiture of his Estate, and the Tenant to the Writ saith, That he hath not Aliened in Fee; this is a Negative, wherein is included an Affirmative: For tho' it be true, that he hath not aliened in Fee; yet it may be, he hath made an Estate-Tail, which also is a Forfeiture, and then the Entry of him in the Reversion is Lawful.  
Vide 33 H. 8. Br. Issue 81. Where upon an Information, for buying clothes at B. contra formam Statut', Ne achata all B. contra formam Statut', ill; but aught to be, Ne achata pas, Modo & forma, etc.  
Yet 16 Ed. 4. 5. One pleads a Release puis le darein Continuance, Nient son fait puis le darein Continuance; a good Issue.  
And 12 Ed. 4. 4. One did plead a Feoffment by Deed; and the other Replied, Que ne Enfeoffa pas, modo & forma; and good, without answering to the Deed.  
As in a Formedon, to Count of a Special Gift, the other-ought to say, Ne dona pas, modo & forma: Where it's said by Littleton, That if the Plaintiff proveth not the Feoffment by Deed, he faileth.  
Now, 
Modo & forma, what.  Modo & forma, are Words of Art in Pleading, namely, in the Answer of the Defendant, whereby he denies the Thing laid to his Charge, Modo & forma prout, the Plaintiff hath Declared against him: As the Civilians in like case say, Negat allegata, prout allegantur, esse vera.  
And it is to be Observed, that (upon Issues) these Words, Modo & forma, are not always of Substance, as appears by Littleton, in his Chapter of releaseth, where the Disseisee enters upon the Heir of the Disseisor, who brings his Writ of Right.  
Or, where (as before) one in a Writ of Casu Proviso, doth Count upon an Alienation in Fee; and the other doth say, Ne Aliena, modo & forma, and found that he Aliened for Life.  
Or, where the Defendant in Trespass doth plead, That the Plaintiff doth hold of him by Fealty, and Ten shillings Rend, and so demandeth Judgement of the Writ, Vi & armis; and the Plaintiff Replieth, Que il ne teigne modo & forma: And if the Verdict find, that he holdeth only by Fealty, yet good.  
And so in Trespass of Battery, If the Jury upon the General Issue find the Defendant Guilty at any other day and place, before the Plaintiff supposeth his Trespass.  
But see more of Issues afterwards, in the Titles, Traverse, Pleading, etc.  
The next in Order, 
Of Traverse in Pleading. What it is.  is touching Traverse in Pleading; which signifies in Pleading, to deny some Point, Matter, or Thing alleged on the other side, the formal Words of which are in our French, Sans ceo, in Latin, Absque hoc, and in English, Without that.  
And, first, to begin with the Time: It is plain, (as hath been already said) that if the Defendant in Trespass pleads Non Culpabilis, he shall have no advantage of the Time, but the Jury may find him Guilty at another day, be the Trespass Transitory or Local.  
And by Littleton, in his Chapter of releaseth, so. 13. In Trespass of Battery, and the General Issue pleaded, the Jury may find the Defendant Guilty at another day and place.  
And so is also 19 H. 6. 47. and 39 Ed. 3. all in the Title of Traverse; But in Case of Trespass, and other Actions, if the Plaintiff in his Declaration, lay a time before his Cause of Action, the Defendant in all Cases upon the General Issue, shall have advantage thereof.  
But, on the contrary, if once he have Cause of Action, it so still continueth until he have discharged the same, and therefore he may lay it after the day: The like, as it seems upon the Issue of Non dimisit; for (as before, Littleton, in the Chapter Releases) the Words Modo & forma in an Issue be not always of Substance: Quaere tamen, if not, as if in the Number of years.  
And, 
Time, where, and how Traversable.  as divers Books be, In many Cases where the Defendant doth justify, he may Traverse the Time before, and in some Cases the Time after, and in other some, the Time before and after.  
And therefore, where the Defendant, in Trespass of Lands or Goods, maketh himself Title, by a Feoffment, Gift, or otherwise, which still is in force such a day after, he shall only Traverse the Time before the Trespass supposed.  
And so is 15 Ed. 4. 23. 22 H. 6. 29. and other Books in the Title of Traverse: And where by a Lease, or other Title, made and determined before the Day of the Trespass, there he must Traverse the Time after and before his Lease: But whether the Plaintiff may there Traverse that justification hath been a Question, because in so doing he Departeth from his Declaration. 
Departure.   
And the better Opinion of the same Book of 15 Ed. 4. 23. is, That the Plaintiff may.  
But 22 Ass. 36. the Defendant in Trespass of Battery did plead a Release, and Traversed the Time; and the Plaintiff Replied, the Release was obtained by Duress, and by the better Opinion no Plea, for the Reason aforesaid.  
And 2 R. 3. 11. the Defendant in Trespass of Assault and Battery, Justified at another day of the Plaintiff's own Assault, Absque hoc that he was Guilty antea vel postea; and the Plaintiff Replied, De injuria sua propria, and ill, for the Reason's aforesaid; quod nota.  
And 43 Ed. 3. 11. the Plaintiff in a Replevin did Declare the Taking the 1st of May, and the Defendant did Avow in the same Place at another Day for Damage fesant: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That it was his Common.  
And the Rule of the Book is, 
Rule.  for that the Taking shall be intended the Day in the Avowry, 
Concerning Departure.  the Plaintiff's Replication is a Departure.  
And to that Intent is 33 H. 6. 14. where the Defendant in a Quare Impedit did Claim nothing, but as Ordinary; Judgement, if without a Special Disturbance: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That such a Day, Year and Place he did Present, etc. To which the Defendant did Rejoin, That at the same day the Church was Litigious, sans ceo, que il Refusa apres cel jour: To which the Plaintiff alleged a Tender after, and a Refusal; and by the Whole Court holden a Departure; quod nota.  
So that, by these later Books, it appears (if the same be Law) that the Day in most Cases, may be made Material upon the Defendant's Plea and Traverse; which in some Cases shall be only to the Time before: As namely, when the Defendant pleading a Feoffment, and the like, which being intended to continue, proveth that he cannot be Guilty after: And sometimes the Time after, as when in Trespass he pleadeth a Lease determined, made in another King's Reign: Or else the Time before and after, as appears in Brook, in the Title of Traverse.  
But where his Plea enableth him but to one Special Time, and Justifieth at another Day within his Special Time; as, De son Assault demesn, or a Licence for a Time, or a Special Maintenance, or for Common for a Time, or the like: There the Defendant is to Traverse the Time before and after, for the most part, as appears in the said Title of Traverse, 5 Ed. 4. 5. 10 Ed. 4. 2. 20 H. 6. 5, & 23. 31 H. 6. 37. and other Books there.  
But, as 2 Ed. 4. 24, & 25. If the Defendant Justify for a Time in a former King's Reign, than he shall Traverse the Time after only; because upon that Writ he cannot be Guilty before.  
And 27 Ass. 12. He that Justifieth in Maintenance, as one of the Indictors, needs not Traverse the Time before, or after; and He that Justifieth as a Commissioner, the Time before.  
Then shall be shown, 
Place and County, where Traversable.  Where the Place and County are, by the Defendant in his Answer, to be Traversed.  
For which see partly before, in the Title of General Issue, That in Trespass Local, if the Defendant Justify in another Place in the same County, he may choose so to do, and Traverse the Place, or plead the General Issue at his Pleasure; but if, in that Case, his Justification be in another County, (by the better Opinion) he shall be forced to the General Issue; (and so seems 9 H. 6. 62. in this Title of Traverse) and the Jury bound to find the same, upon Pain of Attaint.  
It appears also, in the same Title, that although the Matter in the Declaration be Transitory; yet if the Defendant's Justification goeth only to another County, or other Place, there the County or Place is Traversable, and he cannot plead the General Issue.  
For which see 27 H. 6. 1. 43 Ed. 3. 29. 7 H. 6. 35. 9 H. 6. 50, & 71. 21 H. 6. 8, & 9 and divers other Books in the same Title of Traverse, in Brook; where it appears, That if the Special Justification be in any other County, the County is Traversed; otherwise the Place, if the Justification be in the said County.  
And by many of these Books it appears, That if the Defendant doth Justify, by reason of a Special Bailment in another County, or of the Plaintiff's own Assent, he is to Traverse the County; but if he Justify for the like Matter in the said County, he is to take no Traverse; quod nota.  
And so is 21 Ed. 4. 29. by all the Court, That if the Defendant in Debt upon a Contract of a Horse, allege the same to be in another County, upon Condition, and Traverse the former County; tamen quaere, because in that Action and Detinue the Defendant may Wage his Law.  
And 22 Ed. 4. 39 the Defendant in Trespass for Taking away his Goods, did Justify by Commandment Conditional, viz. to Take them only in another County, and Traversed the County where the Plaintiff laid his Action, and good  
And so is 34 H. 8. Bro. Traverse 36. 8. In an Action of Deceit, for Making of False clothes in Bartholomew-Fair, contra formam Statut '; the Defendant said, That he made them bien & duement at D. in another County, and Traversed the Making of them in Bartholomew-Fair; and good.  
And always, in a Replevin, the Place of the Taking is Traversable; for which see 16 H. 7. 7. where the Plaintiff declared of a Taking in A. in the County of Oxon, in a Place called P. and the Defendant said, That the Taking was in P. in the Town of O. sans ceo que il priest in A. and holden, That the Defendant at his pleasure may either Traverse the Town or the Place; quod nota.  
Next shall be shown, 
Where the Plea is good without Traverse.  Where the Plea is good without Traverse, and where the Traverse doth make the Plea ill.  
And therefore, first, see 28 H. 8. Dyer 29. where the Defendant in Debt upon a Contract showed, That the Contract was Conditional, without Traverse, and good, and the Traverse was on the other part.  
And Ibid. eodem Anno 33. one did declare upon a Lease of 24 Acres; and the Defendant pleaded, That he Let the same, and 4 Acres more, and good; and aught to take no Traverse, because Confessed, and more.  
Yet 35 H. 6. 38. and 32 H. 6. 3. Bro. Tit. Traverse, seem to the contrary, and their Pleas to the Count  
And 3 Eliz. Dyer 202. in Account by Edward Clere, Administrator of Sir john Clere, against Barty and the Duchess of Suffolk his Wife, who pleaded, that Sir john Clere made Walter Herend his Executor without Traverse, and Demurred to in Law.  
See Mich. 10, & 11 Eliz. 280. in a Replevin between Wootton and Sir Anthony Cook, in Dyer; where Cook did Avow, as in his Freehold: To which Wootton did Reply, That the Land did descend to him and Cook in Coparcenary, without Traverse.  
But it is there said, That if one Avow, that A. was seized in Fee, and granted to him a Rent-Charge; and the Plaintiff Replies, That A. was seized in Tail at the time of the Grant, and died, he ought to Traverse, Absque hoc quod fuit seisitus in feodo.  
And see the Case of Vernon, Mich. 21 & 22 Eliz. Dyer 366. Ruled, according to a like Precedent 12 H. 8. Rotulo 639. That where Vernon in his Avowry did Claim by descent, as Heir to the Lord Powis; Grace in his Replication to that Avowry did show, That the Lord Powis did Will it to him, Absque hoc quod terr' discend'. The like, as it seems, if Grace had Conveyed as Heir in a nearer Degree.  
And so is 19 H. 8. 60. there Vouched. But otherwise, as it seems, if he had Claimed by Survivorship, or in Coparcenary.  
And 11 H. 7. 9 the Defendant in Trespass, as Servant to another, Justified the putting in his Master's Cattle: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That he put in his own Cattle, and good, without Traverse on his part; for it may be he put in his own and his Masters also.  
And see 22 Ed. 4. 39 that the Writ and the Count is but a Supposal; and therefore, the Defendant pleading a Matter in Fait, shall take no Traverse, but the same shall first begin on the Plaintiff's part: As if the Defendant doth plead, jointenancy; or the Defendant in Dower doth plead, That the Husband of the Plaintiff had nothing but in Jointenancy with B. Or where Bastardy is pleaded, or the like.  
And so is 2 Ed. 4. 28, & 29. where in Ravishment de Gardiner the Defendant did allege jointenancy in the Ancestor, and others. And so where one doth plead the like, either in Abatement of the Writ, or Avowry.  
See 21 Ed. 4. 36. the Defendant in Debt did plead, That the Plaintiff was Born in Scotland, judicium de Brevi; and the Plaintiff Replied, That he was Born in England, without Traverse, and that for the Mischief of the Trial.  
As is 6 H. 7. 5. where said also, That if one plead a Feoffment, the other may say, That it was upon Condition, without Traverse.  
Vide cel Liver, and see 5 H. 7. 11, & 12. where it doth stand upon a Matter in Law; as against a Priest, to allege Unity of Possession, and the like; there no Traverse.  
And see 7 Ass. 10. a Plaint in an Assize of 4 Acres of Meadow; the Defendant did demand Judgement of the Plaint, because it was Pasture; quod nota.  
And see 14 H. 6. 17. in Ravishment de Guard of which side the Traverse shall be, and where any Confessing or Avoiding is, there no Traverse.  
And so Note, in what Cases there shall not be any Traverse; as namely, where the Defendant doth but plead in Abatement of the Writ, Count, or Avowry; (or doth (as before in most Cases) plead in Bar, because the Writ and Count is but a Supposal) where one in his Plea doth Answer the other, and more; or for the Mischief of the Trial; or because of a Matter in Law, etc.  
Next is to be known, 
Where the Dying seized, or Descent, Traversable.  Where the Dying seized, or the Descent, is Traversable.  
For which see the said Book 19 H. 8. mentioned in the last Division, where it is said, That the dying seized, and not the descent, is Traversable.  
And as that Book, so seems Brook in Traverse 6. and yet in the last Division in Vernon's Case, and others, the descent Traversable.  
And 22 H. 7. 31. the Defendant in Trespass made Title by Descent, and the Plaintiff in his Replication, by the same Person, did so too, with a Traverse, Absque hoc quod Tenementa discend' all Defendant.  
Then, 
Where the Dying seized, or Abatement, Traversable.  When the Dying seized, or the Abatement, shall be Traversed.  
By 18 Ed. 4. 1. 26. the Defendant in Trespass did plead, That A. was seized, and did Enfeoff him: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That long time before A. was seized, his Father was seized, and died seized; after whose death A. did Abate, and Enfeoffed the Defendant, and the Plaintiff Entered, etc. And by all the Court the Defendant may maintain his Bar, and Traverse the Dying seized, or the Abatement, at his pleasure; because it is the Plaintiff's Title, and if any part of his Title be false, the other shall have the advantage thereof.  
The like 5 Ed. 4. 137. in a Writ of Entry, in the Nature of Assize.  
See 5 Ed. 4. 85. in the like Case of an Intrusion, where it seems the Special Matter of the Title, and not of the Intrusion, is Traversable.  
And so seems to be 3 H. 7. 7. in the former Case of the Abatement, because the descent not answered, which doth Entitle the Plaintiff, where his Ancestor died seized of such an Estate as doth Toll an Entry.  
And 39 H. 6. 26, & 27. an Abatement is Material and Traversable, where he that allegeth the same, maketh Title by him that died seized; otherwise not.  
And 38 H. 6. 22. in the like Case as before, in a Writ of Entry the Defendant did Traverse the Abatement, and not the Gift in Tail.  
Then is to be observed, 
Where Dying seized, Conveyance, or Disseisin, Traversable.  Where the Dying seized, the Conveyance, or the Disseisin alleged, shall be Traversable.  
For which see, first, Andrews his Case, Mich. 21 & 22 Eliz. Dyer 365. the Plaintiff in an Ejectione firmae did declare upon a Lease, made by my Lord Cromwell, against which, the Defendant being Andrews his Farmer, did plead, Quod diu antequam le Plaintiff, ou son Lessee, aliquid habuit in Praemissis, one john Blount was ●eised, who Enfeoffed Andrews his Father, who died seized; and that Andrews let it to the Defendant, upon whom Blount Reentered, and did him oust, and Disseised Andrews, and did Enfeoff my Lord Cromwell: To which, the Plaintiff taking the Parts of the Defendant's Plea by Protestation, did maintain Blount's Feoffment to my Lord Cromwell, Absque hoc that Blount Disseised Andrews. And it was long Debated, Whether in this Case he ought to Answer the Descent, or the Feoffment to Andrews; and the rather, because both the Plaintiff and Defendant Claim by one Person.  
And Lastly, notwithstanding the Books of 21 H. 6. 12. and 30 H. 6. 2. and 5 Ed. 4. and 4 & 5 H. 7. which Cases were in Trespass and Assize, for that this Case was in Ejectione firmae, which contained Title in the Declaration, which Title ought to be answered by the Defendant, and no Bar with a Colour good; and for that the Disseisin is also a Substantial part of the Bar, it was holden, to be in the Plaintiff's Election, either to Traverse the same, or the Descent, or Feoffment, at his pleasure.  
And according to the same was Vouched 5 Ed. 4. 5. in a Formedon, and 9 H. 6. where taken for a Rule, 
Rule.  That a Disseism alleged either in Bar, or Replication, is always Traversable.  
And 15 Ed. 4. 22. taketh difference, where the Disseisin is alleged in Fait, and where only by way of Supposal; as in a Declaration, in a Writ of Entry, and the like.  
And 5 Ed. 4. & 4. in this Title in Bro. 218. the Disseisin Traversable.  
And 30 H. 6. 7. Bro. in this Title 360. is, That in Trespass, the Disseisin, and not the Descent is Traversable; but otherwise in an Assize.  
And divers other Cases there be hereof, but the Case of my Lord Dyer may now serve.  
Then we shall show, 
Where Seisin in Fee alleged, shall be Traversed.  Where the Seisin alleged in Fee, is to be Traversed.  
Touching which Point there be many Cases in our Books, the first whereof we shall Cite, is 26 H. 8. 4. where the Plaintiff in a Quare Impedit declared, That he was seized in Fee, and did Present: To which the Defendant did plead, That he himself was seized, and granted proximam Advocationem to A. and the Plaintiff by the Grant of A. did Present, and took no Traverse, intending the Plaintiff's Declaration to be sufficiently Confessed and Avoided: Where the Reporter maketh a Mirum, 
Mirum.  because he did not Traverse the Seisin in Fee of the Plaintiff.  
See the like 11 Ed. 4. 11. because Confessed and Avoided.  
And see 33 H. 6. 49. where the Defendant in an Assize did plead, That his Father was Seized in Fee, and by Protestation died seized, etc. that the Plaintiff may make Title by a Stranger, Absque hoc quod Pater le Plaintiff aliquod habuit in Praemissis.  
In the Abridgement of which Case it is said, That by the Book 8 H. 8. he may say, Absque hoc quod Pater Querentis fuit Seisitus in Feodo.  
And 5 Ed. 4. 1. the Defendant in Trespass of Goods did plead, That the Property was in him, and he Bailed them to A. to keep, who gave them to the Plaintiff, and he, etc. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That he was possessed, etc. Absque hoc, that the Property was in the Defendant, prout, etc. And so, where the Defendant pleaded, That A. is seized in Fee, etc. the Plaintiff may say, That B. Let it to him at Will, etc. Absque hoc, that A. was seized in Fee; or, Absque hoc, que Riens avoit forsque al volunt; quod nota.  
And see accordingly 18 Ed. 4. 3. 21 Ed. 4. 17, & 83. and 4 Ed. 2. Bro. in the Title of Traverse 372. which Book is, That the Defendant alleged one A. to be seized in Fee, etc. and the Plaintiff Traversed the same; but not, Absque hoc, que Riens avoit, quod nota.  
And such a Traverse, 
Traverse holde● a jeofail.  1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 112, holden a jeofail.  
But 22 Ed. 4. 38. if the Defendant say, His Father was seized in Fee; and the Plaintiff Replies. That A. did Let it to his Father, who held over his Term, He shall take no such Traverse, because of the Doubtfulness.  
And upon this manner of Pleading is a Notable Case in Dyer 365. Anno 21 Eliz. where in Replevin the Defendant, as Bailie to Sir Francis Leak, made Conusance for Damage fesant, as in the Freehold of the said Leak: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That he was seized of Butt-Close, contigue adjacen' in Dominico suo ut de Feodo; against which Sir Francis Leak aught to Inclose, etc. To which the Defendant Rejoined, That Butt-Close was the Freehold of I. S. Absque hoc, quod le Plaintiff fuit seisit' in Dominico suo ut de Feodo; where holden, that the Traverse was good, and if the Plaintiff be Mistaken in his Estate, it shall be found against him; where holden also, That it was his Folly to allege such a Precise Estate in himself, whereof the other, by this Issue, shall have advantage; and that it had been sufficient for him to allege, That he was seized of Butt-Close, without showing how; and then the Defendant had been enforced to have Traversed, Absque hoc, quod Querens aliquid habuit: And so if the Plaintiff had had but an Estate at Will, or a Licence of the Owner, hac vice, it had been sufficient; quod nota.  
Then, 
Of the Traverse, Aliquo alio modo.  as to the Traverse, Aliquo alio modo.  
If, according to 22 H. 6. 35. and other Books, the Defendant doth Justify by an Especial Maintenance, he must Traverse, Absque hoc, que il maintain in aliquo alio modo; but otherwise, if his Cause of Justification prove no Maintenance.  
And so 5 Ed. 4. 119. in a Petition, where the Petitioner gave to the King a Special Possession, Sans ceo, que il avoit unque possession de ascun altar Corody, nisi in forma praedicta.  
And so 4 Ed. 4. 13. the Defendant in Trespass, upon the Statute of 5 R. 2. Justified, That a Distress being Awarded against the Plaintiff, out of the Court of A. he desired the Bailiff, to Aid him to Distrain, Quae est eadem Intraco ', etc. and ill, because he claimed nothing in the Soil; but when he added further the Traverse, Absque hoc, quod ipse Intravit in aliquo alio modo, then good, for doubt of the La●gents: And by Others, he shall say, Absque hoc, quod ipse Intravit, (sicome le Brief suppose) prout per Breve supponitur: And by Others, in this Case he ought to plead the General Issue.  
And 13 H. 6. 13. in Debt against an Executor, the Defendant pleaded, that the Party died Intestate, and that the Ordinary committed the Administration to A. and the Defendant, as Servant to A. sold the Goods, Absque hoc, quod ipse Administravit in aliquo al●o mod●.  
But this manner of Pleading seems to be, for the Avoiding the danger of the General Issue; for which see more in that Special Title.  
Then, 
Which of the Conveyances to be Traversed.  Which of the Conveyances alleged, is to be Traversed.  
And therefore see first, 27 H. 8. 2 & 3. where said, That if the Defendant in Trespass do plead, That the Plaintiff Let it to A. who granted his Estate to the Defendant; the Plaintiff shall not Traverse the Grant to the Defendant, but his own Lease.  
And so is 15 H. 7. 2. & 3. In an Action of Trespass brought by the Prior of Tower-Hill, because the Plaintiff's own Lease; where it was also Agreed, That the most Material Matter, alleged by the Defendant, is always Traversable; as a Recovery, or Descent, and the like; and not any the mean Conveyances, because he is in Possession, against which the Plaintiff ought to make a sufficient Title.  
But by Fineux and Keble, 
Nota.  Where by way of Replication many Conveyances are pleaded, the Defendant may Traverse which of them it pleaseth him.  
But as the said Year of H. 7. fo. 11. If the Defendant in Trespass Convey a Title by Mean Estates from a Stranger, and not from the Plaintiff, and give Colour; the Plaintiff may Traverse which of them he will.  
And so is 16 H. 6. Bro. Traverse 346. because a Bar at large.  
But if he say, That A. did Enfeoff him, by force whereof he was seized, until by the Plaintiff disseised, and he did Re-enter, etc. (which Plea, as it seems, is good without Colour) the Plaintiff ought, in that Case, to Traverse the Disseisin.  
But if, as in that last Case, the Defendant had Conveyed, as by a Gift in Tail, the Plaintiff there may Traverse the Gift in Tail; quod nota.  
And see 4 Ed. 6. 
Nota.  Bro. Traverse 154. The Plaintiff in Assize against a General Bar, did make Title by Feoffment and Descent, which did Remit him; 
Remitter.  where holden, That the Defendant cannot Traverse the Feoffment, but the Descent, which is the Material Matter of the Title.  
And 35 H. 6. 59 in Trespass by a Bishop against a Prior, who said, That his Predecessor was seized, and died, and then himself Elected, and gave Colour: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That he was seized, until by A. disseised, upon whom the Predecessor of the Defendant did Enter, etc. There the Defendant is to Traverse the Dissesin by A. 
Nota.  as most Material.  
But as it appears by the same Book 27 H. 8. first cited in this Division, That although the Defendant Convey by Mean Degrees from the Plaintiff himself; yet if he plead false in any Point, the Plaintiff by like Pleading may Traverse him.  
As, in the said Case of 27 H. 8. he may say, That after his Lessee did surrender to him, Absque hoc, that he did assign his Estate to the Defendant, modo & forma, etc.  
And 43 Ed. 3. 7. the King in a Quare Impedit made Title by an Heir in his Ward, Conveying the Descent to him by Mean Degrees of Cozenage, the Defendant shall not say, Nul tiel in Reie nature (nulla talis persona in Rerum natura) as in the Mean Conveyance of Kindred; quod nota.  
But in a Mortdancestor, or other Action Ancestrel, as is 9 Ed. 4. 6. the Mean Conveyance of Kindred is Traversable: But there said, to be otherwise in any other Action, by the Books, in all Cases of Challenge.  
In the next place, 
Commandment, where Traversable.  it will be requisite to know, Where the Commandment is Traversable.  
For which see 37 H. 6, 7. where the Defendant in Trespass did plead, That the Freehold was to I. S. and that he by his Commandment did the Trespass; and the Plaintiff made Title by a Lease from a Stranger, Absque hoc, que le Defendant Enter per Commandment J. S. and good, per Cur.  
And see 14. H. 6. and divers other Books there Vouched in Bro. Traverse 325. That if the Defendant in Trespass do Justify by the Commandment of the Owner, the Commandment is Traversable; quaere tamen.  
But in all Cases where the other Conveys from the same Person, the Commandment is Traversable.  
The like, 
Qui Estate, where Traversable.  as it seems, of Qui Estate, if both Parties Claim from one Person, as 11 H. 4. 81. 19 H. 6. 56, & 57 10 Ed. 4. 6. 18 Ed. 4. 10. and 6 Ed. 4. 12. in the Title of Traverse in Brook.  
But see more hereof in the Title Qui Estate, where the same is Traversed, although they do not Convey by one Person.  
And in some Cases there are several Traverses to be taken in one Plea; 
Several Traverses to be taken in one Plea.  as, by Experience, the Defendant in an Information, that pleads a Special Plea, or is to Traverse an Office, aught to Confess and Avoid, or Traverse every of the King's Titles alleged.  
And see 12 Ed. 4. 14, & 19 That the Defendant in Trespass did plead a Gift in Tail to his Father, and gave Colour; and the Plaintiff made Title by a Common Recovery: To which the Defendant did Rejoin, That his Father, before the Recovery made a Feoffment, and took an Estate back again, and then after the Recovery, and before Execution, died; Sans ceo, que le Recoveror entra en vie son Pier; 
Three Traverses to one Replication.  Et sans ceo, que son Pier avoit altar Estate tempore brevis; Et sans ceo, que le Recoveror fuit seisie prout in Replicatione specifical ': Et issint le Recovery faint, etc. and admitted.  
And 22 H. 6. 16. 
Two Traverses to one Plea.  One Utlawed by the Name of I. S. of D. Butcher, came in upon the Capias Utlagatum, and said, That he was Demurrant at S. and not at D. and was a Husbandman, and not a Butcher; and so two Traverses taken.  
In some Cases there shall be Traverse upon Traverse: 
Where a Traverse may be upon a Traverse.   
As 9 H. 6. 1, & 2. and other Books, where in a Praecipe against Two, one pleaded Non-tenure, and the other jointenancy with a Stranger, and Traversed, Sans ceo, que le altar Riens avoit; and the Plaintiff Replied, That the Defendants are Tenants, as the Writ supposeth, and Traverseth Absque hoc, que le Stranger Riens avoit.  
And see 18 Ed. 4. 10. 
Where the Defendant may Traverse without making Title.  That if the Defendant in Trespass make Title by a Feoffment or Gift in Tail, and give Colour to the Plaintiff, the Plaintiff without making any Title, may Traverse the Feoffment or Gift, per totam Curiam praeter Brian; but contrary in Assize.  
Yet by Brook, or the Reporter, the Law seemeth with Brian; and for that the Defendant is in possession (it seems) the Plaintiff shall be forced to make Title against him, as well in Trespass as in Assize; quod nota.  
Next, of the Plea of Tout temps priest, 
Tout Temps priest, what.  or Semper paratus; which is a Plea by way of Excuse, or Defence, for him that is Sued for any Debt or Duty belonging to the Plaintiff.  
As in Debt upon an Obligation, with Condition for the Payment of a lesser Sum to the Obligee; although the Place be named in the Obligation, yet the Obligor, by 7 Edw. 4. 3. is bound to plead, Tout temps priest, & Tender les deniers in Court; yea, although the Obligee (as it was pleaded there) Refused the same, because part of the Sum contained in the Bond.  
Otherwise, if the Condition be to Perform an Arbitrement, etc. as is 16 H. 7. 7. etc.  
And yet 7 H. 6. 18. the Obligor is not bound to Tender at another Place than where mentioned in the Obligation, no more than the Tenant, who Tendered his Rent upon the Land at the time of the Distress.  
And if a Defeasance to an Obligation be for the Payment of a Lesser Sum, the Obligor, according to 33 H. 6. 3. need not to plead, Uncore priest.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 42, & 52. If an Obligation be with Condition for the payment of a Lesser Sum, and the Obligor Tender, and the other Refuse, he shall not plead, Uncore priest.  
But 21 H. 6. and other Books against the same, and so is Experience at this day.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 25. the Obligor did in this Case of Payment of a Lesser Sum, plead Uncore priest, where it's said, That if the Obligee take Issue upon the Tender, and found against him, he hath lost the Advantage of the Obligation for ever.  
And according to this Learning is 20 Ed. 4. 1. and other Books.  
But if the Condition be to make a Feoffment, or to perform an Arbitrement, or to pay Money to a Stranger, he shall not plead Uncore priest.  
The like 16 H. 7. 7. 11 H. 6. 27. & 22 H. 6. 39 of an Abitrement.  
The like 19 H. 8. 12. 27 H. 8. 1. and 14 H. 6. 23. where to do any Collateral Act, although to perform Covenants, and one of the Covenants be, to pay his Rent; as the same Book 27 H. 8. is.  
Then is to be known, 
Where Tender shall be made in Court, and where not.  Where the Tender shall be made in Court, and where not.  
Vide 7 H. 4. Bro. Tit. Arbitrement 12. where the Defendant in Trespass pleaded an Arbitrement in Bar, to give a Piece of Cloth, and had the same in Court.  
The like 8 H. 6. 25. of Money to be paid.  
And yet 21 Ed. 4. 8. in Dower, the Defendant pleaded, That the Plaintiff detained a Hamper of Evidences: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That she was always ready to deliver the Hamper of Evidences; by Reason whereof she had judgement Maintenant, and yet she had not the Hamper in Court.  
And 24 Ed. 3. 31. if the Defendant in a Writ of Ward Claim nothing, but because of Nurture, he ought to have the Infant in Court.  
And so is 24 Ed. 3. although the Infant be Sick.  
And yet Fitz. 8 Ed. 3. he found Mainprize to have the Infant in Court.  
And 6 Ed. 4. 11. the Defendant in Detinue of Corn did plead. Tout Temps & uncore est, without having the Corn in Court; and the Plaintiff Replied, That (such a Day) he Required the same, and the other Refused to pay; and Issue thereupon.  
Then, 
Uncore priest, in what other Case to be pleaded.  In what other Case a man shall plead, Uncore priest.  
As 14. H. 7. 32. and 15 H. 7. 1. in a Writ of Annuity, which was granted until the Plaintiff was Promoted to a Benefice: If the Defendant do plead a Tender hanging the Writ, he ought not to Tender the Arrearages also, because the Plaintiff shall have Debt for the same.  
And 33 H. 6. 26. the Garnishee in Detinue did plead, That the Goods were delivered to the Defendant upon this Condition, That if the Garnishee did perform the Arbitrement of I. S. then he should have them; and that I. S. did Arbitrate, he should pay to the Plaintiff Forty shillings, which he did Tender, and need not plead, Uncore priest; for that the Money was not in demand in that Action.  
And upon that Reason is 7 H. 4. 3. That if the Defendant in Trespass of Goods make a sufficient justification, although he Confess a Detainer, yet he need not plead, Uncore priest.  
And by the Book of 1 R. 3. 1. in Debt upon a Single Bill, or Obligation, by the way, the Defendant may plead, That he was, and yet is ready to pay, if the Plaintiff would have delivered him an Acquittance: by which it should seem, that the Plaintiff in that Case ought to Offer an Acquittance, as he is to demand Rend that is payable on the Ground; quaere inde.  
In which said Case, and 21 Ed. 3. which are abridged by Fitzherbert, in his Title of Verdict 13. If the Defendant Tender Parcel, the Payments being several; as Rents at several Feasts, and the like: There, if the Defendant, upon the Demand of the Plaintiff, or otherwise, where he is bound to Tender, without demand, do Offer Parcel, the Plaintiff is bound to Receive the same, and the Defendant may plead it, as it seems, to the Whole.  
The like in Detinue of several Parcels; (but otherwise of an Entire Sum, or Parcel) where in the said Book of 1 R. 3. it's said, That if the Plaintiff in Detinue of several Parcels, lay an Entire Value, as he may, then if the Defendant can plead, Tout temps priest, of any Parcel (or, according to some, do, before Verdict, Offer any Parcel in Court) the Plaintiff is at a Mischief, touching his Recovery of the Value of the rest, because he hath not laid several Values: But if in that Case there be a Verdict, then is the Sum of the Value made a thing Entire, whereof the Plaintiff is not bound to Receive part without the whole  
But of this Plea of Tout temps priest, 
Estoppel, or Counterplea.  the Defendant may be Concluded.  
As if he Imparl, by the Book of 5 Ed. 4. 141. which was in Dower.  
Otherwise, if in Debt he came in upon the Distress, as is 7 H. 4. 9 because it may be he was Nient Summon ' by the Sheriff.  
Otherwise in Annuity, 2 H. 4. 3. and 14 H. 6. 3, & 4. after an Essoin in Dower, because it may be laid by an Estranger, the Defendant shall plead, Tout temps priest.  
And so is 7 H. 6 7, & 17.  
And by 2 H. 4. 7. if the Tenant in Dower came in the first day, and pleaded Tout temps priest; the Demandant cannot Reply, That before she demanded Dower in the Country, because the Writ affirms the Tenant's Title; quod nota.  
Then is to be Considered, 
Of the Plea, De son Tort demesn.  the Plea of De son Tort demesn, That upon many justifications, the Plaintiff is to Answer to the Matter of the Defendant's Plea especially, and not to Traverse generally, De son Tort demesne sans tiel Cause.  
As 16 H. 7. 3. where the Defendant in Trespass doth Justify, as by Commandment, Licence, or Delivery of the Plaintiff.  
And so is also 12 Ed. 4. 11, and 20 Ed. 4. 4. And so is 9 Ed. 4. 4.  
The like by Brian and Townsend, 2 H. 7. 3. where the Defendant in False Imprisonment doth Justify by Reason of a Robbery, and that the Common Voice and Fame went upon the Plaintiff.  
The like, as it seems by the same Book, 20 Ed. 4. where the Defendant doth justify by reason of a Matter in Law, and to see if Waste were done; or, To Enter a Tavern to Drink.  
And by 33 H. 6. 41. and 14 H. 4. 31. the Defendant in Trespass did Justify, for that the Ancestor of the Plaintiff held of his Master by Knight's Service, and that by the Commandment of his Master he seized the Plaintiff; here the Plaintiff is to Traverse the Commandment.  
And so is also 14 H. 4. 32. in the Case of an Apprentice.  
And so 44. Ed. 3. 18. where the Plaintiff pleaded a Grant.  
And 38 Ed. 3. 3. the Defendant in a Replevin did Justify by reason of an Execution upon a Recovery in a Court Baron, and De son Tort demesn General, no Plea.  
And so is 33 H. 6. 29. if the Defendant do Justify by the King's Patent, because a Matter of Record.  
The like 10 H. 6. 3. where the Defendant in Trespass did Justify, to make Replevin by a Warrant of the Sheriff; or came in Aid of the Servant that had a Warrant to Arrest the Plaintiff, as is 2 H. 4. 6.  
The like 2 H. 5. 1. where the Defendant in a Replevin doth make Conusance, as Bailiff to A.  
And so 28 Ed. 3. 98. if the Defendant do Justify the Taking of Goods by the Commandment of A, to whom the Plaintiff is Villain.  
And so 16 Ed. 4. 4. where the Defendant in Trespass doth Justify for Disms, 
Tithes.  severed from the Nine parts.  
And 28 H. 6. 9 the Defendant did Justify in Trespass by reason of a Way, and the Plaintiff Replied De son Tort demesn, Absque hoc, que le Defendant & says Ancestors ount use d'aver tiel Chymin, etc.  
Notwithstanding see this Title in Brook, in many of these Cases, the Issue of De son Tort demesn sans tiel Cause, sufficient; and especially where the Defendant doth himself make no Title, but as Servant, or doth come in Aid of the Sheriff, or the like; and in all Cases d'Assault le Plaintiff; or, where the Sheriff maketh a Warrant to his Servant; or, for Suspicion of Felony, or the like.  
And as 5 H. 7. 9 where the Defendant doth Justify by Custom of Faldage.  
Or 9 Ed. 4. 22. where the Defendant in Trespass Justified for Wreck; and in many other Cases where the Defendant doth Justify by Matter in Fait, the same General Replication, De son Tort demesn, hath been admitted.  
Next, 
Qu● Estate, what.  of the Plea of Que Estate, which signifies verbatim, Which Estate, or the Same Estate; and is a Plea, whereby a man Entitling another to Land, etc. saith, That the Same Estate himself had, he had from him.  
As in a Quare Impedit the Plaintiff allegeth, That such Four Persons were seized of Lands, whereunto the Advowson in question was appendent, in Fee, and Presented to the Church; and that afterwards the Church became void, Que Estate—, that is, Which Estate of the said Four Persons he hath now during the Vacation, by virtue whereof he Presented, etc. Vide Bro. 175. Tit. Que Estate, & Co. 1 Inst. 121.  
And see also 2 H. 6. 10. where holden, That the Plaintiff in his Declaration, or Title, shall not Convey to himself by a Que Estate.  
Otherwise in a Replevin after Avowry; for after Avowry, the Defendant is become Actor.  
And so is 3 H. 6. 28. and accordingly are divers Books in Brook, in this Title Que Estate.  
And Mich. 1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 172.  
And yet, as appears in the same Title, 2 H. 4. 13. and other Cases there, that where the Defendant by his Bar doth admit the Plaintiff Tenant to the Land, there the Plaintiff in his Replication, Conveying to himself Title to the same, may do it by a Que Estate.  
And by the Book 3 H. 6. 11. 22 H. 6. 34. and divers other Books in this Title in Brook, The Avowant may in his Avowry Convey to the Plaintiff an Estate in the Tenancy by a Que Estate, because he is a Stranger to his Title, which seemeth Reason.  
And it appears by the same Book in Dyer, fo. 172. That a Term cannot be Conveyed in Pleading (be the Party Actor, or otherwise) by a Que Estate.  
And to that Intent is 7 Ed. 3. Brook in this Title 31. be the same a Term, or Estate for Life, or in Tail.  
And yet there 38 Ass. 4. the Defendant in an Assize did Convey from T. by Statute, by a Que Estate.  
And see 5 H. 7. 39 40 Ass. 28. 15 Ed. 4. 16. and 2 H. 4. 20. of Tenant in Tail, especially if the Party be to aver his Life.  
And see in this Title Bro. 12 Ed. 3. That the Tenant may Rebut by reason of a Waranty by a Que Estate; but not be Vouched.  
And see 22 H. 6. 13. and 26 Ass. 8. But 10 Ass. 5. to the contrary.  
And see also the Books 11 H. 4. 81. 37 H. 6. 32. and 1 Ed. 6. in this Title 4. That a Que Estate is not to be alleged in any of the Mean Conveyances, 
Showing how.  but to the Tenant himself, without showing Comment, notwithstanding the same hath been suffered.  
And it appeareth also, that in Pleading a Que Estate, the Party by whom such Estate is Conveyed, must be showed in Pleading, to have a Good Estate; as by Recovery, Feoffment, or Release, or the like; and not sufficient to say, That A. was seized, whose Estate the Defendant hath.  
And so is 7 Ed. 4. 26. and 9 H. 7. 14.  
Vide 21 Ed. 4. 21. That Tenant in Dower coming in by Law, Conveyed her Estate by a Que Estate.  
And so, 6 Ed. 4. 12. although he came to the Land by Disseisin.  
And so seems 31 H. 8. Bro. 48. if he Recover the same; but against that is the Book of 39 H. 6.  
And it appears also, 
Chose in Grant,  That a Thing that lieth in Grant, cannot be made Title to by Que Estate, although by way of Bar.  
And so 11 H. 4. 89. of an Hundred.  
And so 24 Ed. 3. 22. and 31 Ass. and 12 H. 7. 16, & 18. of a Rent or Common; except it be incident to some thing that may pass without Deed, unless he show a Deed to maintain his Prescription.  
And although in many Cases it be sufficient Title; 
Not Traversable, but in particular Cases.  yet, as it seems 6 Ed. 4. 12. is never Traversable, but where both Parties Claim by one Person.  
And yet see 19 H. 6. 56. and 11 H. 4. 81. where the Que Estate Traversed, although the Party that did take the Traverse, did not Claim by the same Person.  
And see in that Title 6 Ed. 4. 12. and 18 Ed. 4. 29. That where the Defendant doth give to the Plaintiff Title by a Que Estate, there the same is Traversable by the Plaintiff.  
Next in Order, 
Double Plea, what.  we shall say something of Double Pleas.  
A Double Plea is that, wherein the Defendant allegeth for himself Two several Matters in Bar of the Plaintiff's Action, whereof either is sufficient to Effect his Desire, which shall not be admitted for a Plea.  
As, if a man allege Several Matters, the one nothing depending upon the other, the Plea is accounted Double, and not admittable; but if they be mutually depending each upon the other, than it shall be accounted single.  
And touching Double Pleas, see thereof the said Title in Brook's Abridgement; as namely, where one Answer will make an End of all, as Ne dona pas, and the like, there no Doubleness; or if the Defendant plead divers Matters, and rely upon One of them; or do show in his Pleading divers Matters of Inducement, or of Suspicion; or doth allege Two Presentments in a Quare Impedit, the one in the Guardian or Particular Tenant, and the other in the Party himself.  
And 40 Ed. 3. 11. divers Matters alleged to oust the Conusance.  
11 H. 6. 10. to prove a Maintenance, the Party may show divers Matters.  
And Ibid. 11. That Appendancy and Prescription is double.  
But 13 H. 8. è contra.  
And by divers Books, a Lease and Release, double.  
And where one bindeth himself in 10 l. in the Indenture, to perform divers Covenants, the Plaintiff can declare but upon the Breach of one, if he demand the 10 l.  
Otherwise, if he bring an Action upon the Covenants, as appears by 11 Ed. 4. 10.  
And by 9 H. 7. 23. One pleads, that he was seized, until by the other disseised; against whom he did Recover, and not Double, because the one is Conveyance to the other.  
And by 5 H. 7. 36. where one cannot come to the one Plea without the other, there no Doubleness, as Seisin and Feoffment, and the like.  
And 4 H. 7. 17. and 1 H. 7. 14.  
And by 5 H. 7. 1. Non dederunt arbitrium in scriptis, Double.  
And by 21 H. 7. 10. a Collateral Waranty and Assets, Double; and the like.  
Whereof see more at large in this Title of Double Plea, in Brook and Fitzherbert; and in Partridge and Strange's Case in Plowden's Com. and in that Case in Dyer, That Barganizasset and Concessisset, not double, because words of one signification.  
And accordingly also 35 H. 6.  
Then ought to be known, 
Divers Pleas▪ and one goes to the Whole.  How one shall have Divers Pleas, when one of them shall go to the Whole.  
And therefore, first, see 1 Ed. 4. 29. In an Assize of the Office of Clerk of the Crown, brought by two Persons, where the Defendant pleaded to one of the Plaintiffs, That he was an Alien, and to the other Nul tiel Office, because the last went to the Whole; it was holden to be double.  
And yet 37 H. 6. 30. the Defendant pleaded a Fine to the Whole, and did Conclude to the Moiety, and so for the other Moiety, and good.  
And eodem Anno 38. the Defendant did Justify to the Third Part for one Cause, and to the other Two Parts by another Cause.  
And Mich. 13 & 14 Eliz. Dyer 305. the Defendant in Trespass of Trees may plead, as to the Cutting, Not Guilty; and as to the Taking, he may plead a Gift of them.  
And so 33 H. 6. 12. and 48 Ed. 3. 18. in Debt against an Executor, the Defendant did Plead to part an Acquittance, and to the rest, plene Administravit.  
And so is 28 Ed. 3. 91.  
See more hereof in this especial Title, Deux Pleas & un va al Tout, in Brook, where this Difference is holden, That if one Person pleads divers Pleas, and the one of them goeth to the whole Writ or Action, that only shall be received.  
And where several Pleas are pleaded by divers Defendants, 
Which of the Pleas shall be first Tried.  in any Personal Action, and one of them goeth to the Whole, that Plea shall be first Tried, and the rest of the Defendants shall have Advantage thereof.  
Where also a difference is taken between this kind of Pleading and a Double Plea; and touching this, any Person may show the same to the Court, as Amicus Curiae; and the other, none but the Party.  
And see the Book of 9 H. 6. in that Title 4. which takes this difference, That if there be two Defendants in a Real Action, and they plead severally to the Action, and One of their Pleas goeth to the whole, as Bastardy, and the like, the other shall have no Advantage: But otherwise, if one of them doth Plead to the Writ, the same shall be first Tried, and the other shall have advantage of it.  
The like in Personal Actions to the Action.  
But if there be but one Defendant either in Real or Personal Actions, and he pleads several Pleas to the Writ or Action, and one of them goeth to the Whole, that which goth to the whole shall only be taken.  
And accordingly seems 37 H. 6. 37.  
Then shall be showed, 
Monstrans de Faits, ou Records.  Where the Plea is ill, without showing of the Deed, or Record.  
First, It appears 20 H. 7. 6. That he which is a Stranger to the Patent and Deed, and claimeth nothing by the same, or by him that hath Right, shall not show the same: And some question 1 H. 7. 24. if the Termor of a Common shall.  
And 29 Ass. 21. seems, That he that deriveth but a Particular Estate shall not. But 14 H. 4. he that deriveth any Interest, be it Particular, or otherwise, by Commandment shall show.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 50. a Servant that Justifieth a Distress for his Master, shall show the Deed; but otherwise of an Incumbent that pleadeth a Grant of Prochein Avoidance to his Patron, because he claimeth only the Incumbency and not the Patronage.  
And 9 H. 7. 13. one brought a Quare Impedit, and Counted, that A. was seized, and did Grant proximam Advocationem to B. and after did grant to C. who granted the same to him; and the Question was, Whether he should show the Deed made to B.?  
And 42 Ass. 2. one shall plead a Will without showing, because it appertains not to him.  
And 22 Ass. 52. the Under-Escheator shall show the Patent. But 28 H. 8. Dyer 29. not.  
And 39 Ed. 3. 37. the Grantee of Prochein Avoidance, was not enforced to show a Composition, which declared to be his Grantor's Title, because he had not his whole Estate.  
But 22 H. 6. 42. the Servant shall; but otherwise of the Servant of a Collector that Distrained for a Tax, because an Act of Parliament the Principal Matter of his Title.  
And 7 H. 6. 1. he that prays to be Received by reason of a Remainder; or a Woman that demandeth Dower of Rent, shall not show the Deed, because it doth not belong to them.  
And upon this Reason see the Books 38 Ed. 3. 37. 14 H. 4. 30. 11 H. 4. 83. and divers other Books, That where the Deed doth appertain to him, there he shall not be forced to show the same.  
And so 35 H. 6. 31, & 32▪ where his Authority is determined, and the Patent doth appertain to another; as to another Officer, and the like.  
And this Learning is approved of in Plowden, in the Case of Second Deliverance, brought by Throgmorton against Tracy, where one pleaded a Lease by a Corporation, to begin after another was determined; where holden, That the first Lease need not be showed for Three Reasons:  
First, Because it did not belong to him.  
Secondly, Because that Estate was determined. And,  
Thirdly, Because the Defendant's Estate was Executed.  
And further, touching the Learning in this Point, see Dyer, first, 28 H. 8. fol. 29. left doubtful, whether a Particular Grantee shall show the Main Grant.  
And Ibid. 30 H. 8. 54. rather that he shall; and therefore learn what the Law in that Case is.  
And some Books take a difference, where one deriveth himself an Interest to the Whole in Part of the thing, there he shall show; but if but to part of the Estate, than not.  
Next, 
Where the Estate is Executed.  Where the Estate is Executed, there need not the Deed, for the most part, to be showed.  
And first, 15 Ed. 4. 16. If one Convey to a Possession Executed in himself by the Grantee of a Reversion and Attornment, there he need not show the Deed. Otherwise to a Rent, or to Land in Remainder by Grant of a Corporation.  
But the Issue in Tail of a Rent Executed shall have a Formedon in the Discender.  
And by 11 H. 4. 39 and 14 H. 4. 31. if a Remainder be once Executed, the Issue in Tail may have a Formedon, as of a Gift in Possession.  
But in a Formedon in Remainder, the Deed must be showed.  
And so is 18 H. 8. 4. and 34 Ed. 3.  
Yet 10 Eliz. Dyer 277. in a Formedon in Remainder, upon a Gift to Uses in Tail, holden, that he need not show the Deed for two Causes: One, because the Estate may be made without Deed; and the other, because it appertained to the Feoffor.  
And therefore 1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 174. a Stranger to a Deed shall plead a Grant without saying, that it was by Deed.  
And by Dyer 28 H. 8. 29. Tenants in Common, making Partition to Present by Turns, when it is once Executed, the Deed thereof need not after to be showed; quod nota.  
The like Law, 
Executors and Administrators.  as it seems of Executors and Administrators, touching the showing of the Will; where the difference is, that being Defendant, or bringing an Action of his own Possession, he shall not be compelled to show the Will, or Letters of Administration.  
And so is 21 H. 6. 23. 10 Ed. 4. 1. 16 Ed. 4. 1. and divers other Books, although the Plea be but to the Writ, as that he is Administrator.  
But 42 Ed. 3. 4. 3 Ed. 3. 31. and 7 H. 6. 41. In Trespass de bonis asportat' in vita Testatoris, he must show the Will.  
And so is 6 E. 4. 1. and 16 Ed. 4. 8.  
But by 19 H. 6. he need not show it in another Term.  
And this difference of Plaintiff and Defendant is confirmed in Plowden's Com. in Graysbrook and Fox's Case.  
Next, 
Vouchee.  we shall show, How the Vouchee shall be forced to show a Deed.  
And therefore, First, by 22 Ass. 88 he that Voucheth as Assignee, shall not only show the first Deed, but the Deeds of Assignment also; and to that intent is 3 H. 6. and other Books in this Title in Bro. 5.  
But he may Rebut by the first Deed. Quaere tamen.  
For 3 H. 7. 13 & 14. seems, that he need not show the Deeds of Assignment upon Vourcher.  
And see 48 Ed. 3. 5. That the Tenant in Dower vouching the Heir of full Age, yet aught to show a Deed; quod nota.  
But yet see 50 Ed. 3. 25. That in the same Case, or in any other, as it seems, he that doth Vouch one, unless he do pray also that the Parol may demur for Nonage, shall not need to show any Deed to the Demandant.  
For which see more at large in Brook and Fitzherbert's Abridgements, in the Title Vourcher.  
And 10 H. 7. 21. he that Voucheth as Assignee of the Reversion, to save the Tail, shall show: But Keble è contra, and Vouched divers Books.  
And then, 
Action sur Record.  How an Action may be upon Record without showing.  
It appears 9 Ed. 4. 5 H. 7. and 32 H. 6. in Brook, hoc Titulo 158 & 159. Be the Action in the same Court, or another, the Party that brings the Action shall not be enforced to show the same: But if the Record be in the same Court unremoved by Error, or otherwise, the Defendant may demand Oyer of of the same, and shall have it; but if otherwise, he is bound to take Conusance thereof, and to plead Nul tiel Record, and thereupon the Record itself shall be sent down by Mittimus.  
And so is 39 H. 6. 4. But by that Book it sufficeth if the Tenor of the Record be Certified.  
And 7 H. 6. 18. one brought Debt in the Common Pleas, upon Damages recovered in Trespass at York, in a Court of Piepowder, containing the Tenor of the said Record in his Count, and how it came into the Chancery, and thither by Mittimus; and yet the Defendant did plead, Nul tiel Record, quod nota.  
But touching this Point further, How the Record shall be Certified, and where the Tenor of the Record will serve, or not, see Dyer 8 Eliz. 250. 6 Eliz. 227. 3 Eliz. 187, 188. and otherwise there.  
Then it appears, That although one have not the Deed, yet if it appear of Record in the same Court, pleaded by another at that time, he shall have advantage of it.  
As 40 Ass. 34. In an Assize against two, the one having a Waranty to Bar the Plaintiff, pleaded the same for his part; and although he would not suffer his Companion to help himself by the same, yet the other took advantage thereof.  
As by Littleton, in his Chapter of Estates upon Condition 90 & 91. If a Deed be once pleaded, the other may show, That in the same there is a Condition, etc.  
And 24 Ed. 3. 73. the Defendant pleaded a Release, which the Plaintiff did deny, and after was Nonsuit: And in another Action brought in the same Court, the Defendant did plead the same again, without showing as a Deed gainsaid, remaining in the Court.  
And by 21 Ed. 4. 48 & 49. If a man plead Letters Patents remaining of Record in the said Court, he shall not show them; and so said to be the use of the Exchequer.  
And 1 Eliz. in Dyer 17. a Lease of a Bishop Enrolled in the Chancery, pleaded without showing, and it seems ill by that Book.   

CHAP. VI Of Pleading in General.  
THen touching Pleading in General, 
Nul Seisin allege.  more than before hath been discoursed of in the several Divisions. And,  
First, Where one in Pleading shall show, how he was seized.  
And therefore in some Cases, One may Convey to himself an Estate, without showing how he that gave it was seized.  
And by 34 H. 6. 48. in the Writ or Count may be said (quod quidam J. S. dimisit) That such an one Let, without showing that he was seized. Otherwise by way of Bar or Title.  
And so 9 H. 4. 5. 21 H. 7. 26. and 10 H. 6. in a Formedon, may say, Dedit.  
And next, Where one shall say he was seized; In Dominico suo, etc. 
In Dominico suo, etc.   
For which see, first, Littleton, where the Thing lieth in Demean, as Land, or Rent, etc. Or where otherwise, as Advowsons'.  
And 30 H. 6. 7. one of a Way did say, In Dominico suo ut de feodo & de jure.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 80. of a Copyhold, in Dominico suo, etc. secundum Consuetud '.  
And see 7 H. 6. Dyer 83. of Tithes, one shall say in Dominico suo ut de feodo, because palbable, etc.  
And see in Wortley's Ejectione firmae, in Plowden, That of a Reversion dependant upon an Estate for Years, In Dominico suo, is the proper Pleading; but the Plea of De Feodo admitted.  
Then next, Where in Pleading shall be said, In jure Uxoris, etc. 
In jure Uxoris.   
See, first, 27 H. 8. 21. where Lands are given to the Baron and Feme, and the Heirs of the Body of the Feme, the Plea shall be, Quod fuerunt seisit' simul, & haered' de Corpore le Feme.  
And 12 H. 7. 14. the Defendant in Trespass did plead, That He and his Wife were seized in their Demean, as of Fee; and said not In jure Uxoris, or Conjunctim, and yet good; because, if he have Title to any part, it is not material in what manner.  
And so in Wortley's Case in Plowden, of a Term in Right of his Wife.  
Next, 
Where two Persons are seized.  Where more, and one Interessed.  
See 37 H. 6. 24. where Lands are given to Two, and the Heirs of One of them; the Pleading shall be, Quod fuer' seisit', viz. the one, In Dominico suo ut de feodo, and the other, In Dominico suo ut de lib'o Tenemento.  
And then of the Plea, 
In jure Coronae.  In jure Coronae.  
34 H. 6. 34. In a Quare Impedit, the Plaintiff made Title, for that King Henry the Fourth was seized, etc. and did not say, In jure Coronae, and good; for there is said to be no other Form.  
And see 7 Ed. 6. Dyer 83. accordingly, touching Religious Lands, where the said Book of 34 H. 6. is Vouched, and showed to be the better Pleading.  
And so is 1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 103.  
And touching the Pleading of In jure Domus, 
In jure Domus.  the said Book of 1 & 2 Mar. holdeth the same good, being alleged in a Master and Brother, without showing, In jure Domus; because it cannot be intended otherwise.  
The like in Fulmerston's and Steward's Case, in Plowden: Otherwise of a Bishop.  
And see a good Difference in Grindon's Quare Impedit, in Plowden, If a Religious House be seized of a Parsonage Impropriate, and part of the same be in Question, the Seisin must be alleged, ut in jure Rectoriae: But if the Advowson, or the whole Parsonage be in Debate, than the Seisin must be alleged, ut in jure Domus.  
Then, 
Seisin alleged, without showing of what Estate.  Whether it be sufficient to allege a Seisin in any, without showing of what Estate.  
See, first, 24 Ed. 3. 75. where one pleaded, That his Father was seized, and died seized, etc. and showed not of what Estate; and ill; because a Title made thereby.  
But otherwise in Dyer, 21 & 22 Eliz. 365. in Sir Francis Leak's Case, in a Replevin, where the Question was about keeping the Enclosure; the Avowant did say, That he was seized in his Demean, as of Fee, etc. which was Traversed; where said, That he need not in this Case show any Estate whereof he is seized, because touching this Matter his Estate is not Material.  
Yet holden 21 Ed. 4. 52. He that pleadeth an Estate for Years, shall show, how he that Let it him was seized; 
Particular Estate, how to be pleaded.  quod nota.  
Then, How he that hath but an Estate for Life, or an Estate-Tail, or an Use, shall plead the same without showing the beginning thereof.  
And, first, touching an Use, the Books, for the most part, are, That such an one was seized to his Use, without showing how the same was Created.  
And 36 H. 8. Bro. Pl. 160. is, That it is good.  
And so 21 H. 7. 6. and 28 H. 8. Dyer. But cannot say, That A. was seized in Tail, without showing the quo dono.  
And touching that, 16 H. 7. hath a difference between an Office and Pleading.  
And 13 H. 7. 18. is, That one may plead, that A. and others were seized to his Use in Fee; but not in Tail, without showing Comment.  
Vide Dyer 1 Eliz. Doubtful.  
And 1 Ed. 4. 65. where one did Justify for Tithes, as Parson Imparsonee, he ought to show, How he came to the Parsonage.  
And Mich. 6 & 7 Eliz. in Dyer 79. the Plaintiff in Partition did declare herself to be Co-heir in Tail, with the Defendants, of the Inheritance of the Duke of Suffolk, without showing the Beginning of the Tail, because it doth affect the Possession of the Defendants, and doth demand no Lan●.  
And 1 Mar. Dyer 100 If Tenant for Life or in Tail, bring a Writ of Entry, he shall declare the Seisin, Ut de libero Tenemento.  
Then, 
Where the Estate must be showed to Continue at the time, etc.  Where in Pleading for Certainty to every Intent, it must be showed, that the Estate did Continue at the time; or the like.  
As 10 H. 7. 26. and 7 H. 7. 3. If one Justify by the Commandment or Lease of Cestuy que Use, he must show expressly, that the Use Continued at the time.  
And so 10 H. 6. 21. If a Recovery be pleaded against one by Default, he must say expressly, That he was Tenant at the time: Or, in Pleading of a Release by Fine, or otherwise, That the Party was Tenant at the time.  
And so 21 & 22 E. 4.  
And see Dyer, 2 Eliz. 178. where one pleaded, That a Prior and Convent were seized of a Reversion, Ac postea Concesser' Reversionem: And did not say, Et sic inde seisitus; or, de tali statu seisit '; and there said, it shall be intended to Continue.  
And Ibid. 3 & 4 Mar. 143. In Pleading of a Descent the Form is, Et sic seisit', de tali statu suo obiit inde seisit'.  
And 20 Eliz. Dyer 361. One pleaded a Grant of a Rent to him out of Land, without showing expressly, That the Grantor was seized of the Land at the time, etc.  
Then is to be known, 
Which of the Parties shall set forth the Place where, etc. in Pleading.  When, and of which Side the Place in Pleading shall be showed.  
For which see a good Case, 1 Ed. 5. 3. where holden, That if the Defendant plead, that A. was possessed, it shall be intended in the same County where the Action lay.  
The like, if one plead a Release of Action, Arbitrement, or the like.  
But if one plead a Surrender, and Release of Right, and doth allege no Place, it shall be intended upon the Land, per totam Curiam.  
And 10 H. 7. 6. In Debt against an Executor, the Defendant did plead, That there was another Executor in Life, and showed not at what Place; because if the other deny the same, he shall in his rejoinder say, In vie all Dale, etc.  
And so 2 Ed. 4. 14. In Debt against an Abbot, upon a Contract, Quod venit ad Usum Domus; the Defendant said, Quod non venit ad Usum Domus; and the Plaintiff in his Replication showed at what Place.  
And 12 Ed. 4. 10. He that Justifies by Commandment of a Stranger, shall show the Place; but otherwise, as Servant.  
And 6 Ed. 4. 10. taketh this Diversity, That where one by way of Bar (where he shall recover nothing) doth plead a Release, Acquittance, vel hujusmodi, there he shall need to show no Place: Nor where the Defendant doth Justify in a Replevin, and doth not pray a return.  
But in another Avowry, Declaration, or Title, otherwise; there the Place is Traversable.  
And so is 3 H. 7. 11. in a return of Rescous.  
And 3 Ed. 4. 27. He that pleadeth a Lease for Years, shall set forth the Place: Otherwise of an Estate for Life.  
And 5 Ed. 4. 121. He that pleadeth a Payment upon an Obligation, must plead a Place.  
And 28 H. 8. Dyer 14. He that pleads the Birth of one, by the Better Opinion, shall not need to show the Place where, etc. but it may be alleged after, where it is showed, that he is in Life; yet there holden, That in Debt upon the Arrearages of an Annuity, 35 H. 6. granted till he was Promoted to a Benefice, and that he had taken a Wife; there the Place where aught to be Specially alleged; quod nota.  
And in Wortley's Ejectione firmae, in Plowden's Com. where the Plaintiff in his Count did Declare upon a Lease by divers Mean Conveyances; holden there sufficient, to show where his own Lease was made, and not where the Farmer, or where the Parties died; nor when, and where the Prior was Elected, etc.  
And 10 H. 7. 18. where it is pleaded, 
Bona Notabilia, in divers Dioceses, how to be pleaded.  That the Testator had Goods in divers Dioceses, movable; he ought to show, in what Place, and what Goods, that the Court may Adjudge, if sufficient.  
But 30 H. 6. 1. If the Plaintiff upon the Plea, Ne unques Executor, or Riens per Descent, Reply, That the Defendant did Administer as Executor; or that he had Assets Enter mains, or Assets by Descent, he shall show in what Place, but not what Things, or what Lands.  
And so is also 19 H. 7. 14 & 29. unless in some Special Case there declared; as, the Defendant doth show how he administered certain Goods Circa Funeralia, ultra quae, etc. There if the Plaintiff will show he Administered any other, he must show what they were; quod nota.  
Then, 
Where the County shall be taken by Intendment.  Where, if a Place be showed in Pleading, the County shall be intended.  
As 5 Ed. 4. 138. the Defendant in Debt pleaded, That the Plaintiff had Received parcel at D. pendente Brevi, and no Plea, without showing in what County D. is: But otherwise in a Writ, where the County is alleged before in the same.  
And 4 H. 7. 8. where it was Surmised, that A. had broken the Peace at B. and because not showed in what County B. was, therefore ill.  
But 39 H. 6. 13. in an Annuity by Prescription, and Seisin alleged by the Plaintiff at B. not showing in what County, and whether B. was a Town or not; and yet holden, that it shall be intended in the same County: As in a Writ of Praecipe de terris in B. or a Writ of Trespass, etc.  
And 36 H. 6. 12. one brought a Writ of Maintenance, and declared of a Maintenance in the Common Pleas, not showing where the Bench was; and doubted.  
Then, 
Where the Day or Time shall be certainly alleged in Pleading.  in the next place, shall be shown, Where, when, and how, a Day or Time certain shall be alleged in Pleading.  
As by 38 H. 6. 3. it seemeth to be sufficient to Plead, That the King granted to A. for Life, and after by his Letters Patents of such a Dare granted the Reversion to him, not showing the Date of the first, or by his Letters Patents reciting, how that he had granted for Life, before he had granted the Reversion to him; Quaere inde.  
For 9 Eliz. Dyer 259. such a Plea, in the Case of a Common Person, thought ill.  
And 20 Ass. 16. is said, That in an Assize in London, is used to put in the Plaint the Day and Year of the Assize, as in Personal Actions: But otherwise in other Assizes, no more than in Real or Mixed Actions.  
And so is 7 H. 7. 5. That in Real Actions the Plaintiff shall not need to declare of the Day, Plac, and Year, as in Personal.  
Yet 10 H. 6. 17. the Defendant in Trespass did plead the Gift of the Plaintiff: To which the Plaintiff Replied, That, after that, the Defendant gave the same to him again. And the Defendant by his rejoinder did maintain his Bar, Absque hoc, That he did Re-give those Goods after the first Gift; and suffered.  
And see 20 H. 8. Dyer 27. where one pleaded a Defeasance, not showing any Day. Vide Librum.  
And 3 H. 6. 31. in Trespass for Taking his Servant; the Defendant pleaded, That before he was Retained with the Plaintiff, he was Retained with him; there the Plaintiff shall say in his Replication, That, such a day, he was Retained with him, before which Time he was not Retained with the Defendant.  
And 36 H. 6. 44. in an Account by an Executor, the Defendant did plead, That the Testator made the Plaintiff and A. his Executors. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That afterwards he made the Plaintiff his Sole Executor: To which the Defendant in his rejoinder, was forced to show what Day the Testator made the Plaintiff and the other his Executors, Absque hoc, That he made the Plaintiff afterwards his Sole Executor; quod nota.  
And Note, That in Bullock's Case in Dyer, 10 Eliz. 281. The Plaintiff in Replevin did plead the Feoffment of the Bishop of Sarum, without showing it to be by Deed, or at what Time.  
Then shall be considered, How an Act Spiritual shall be Pleaded. 
Act Spiritual▪ how to be pleaded.   
And therefore, first, 11 H. 7. 8. Concurrentibus hiis quae de jure requiruntur, is not sufficient in Pleading of an Union; but must show, who made the same, as the Pope, or the Ordinary, etc.  
Anno 7 Ed. 4. 32. one Conveyed by a Prior, who was afterwards Translated to be an Abbot, was forced to show how he was made Abbot; as that the Pope granted to such a Bishop to make him.  
And 5 Ed. 4. 7. one brought Debt against the Provost of the College of T. in Cambridge, of a Sale of Goods to his Predecessor; who afterwards was amoved, and the Defendant Elected, and without showing Comment; quod nota.  
And Mich. 12 & 13 Eliz. Dyer 292. it appeareth in a Quare Impedit, that one did declare of a Deprivation, and did not show before whom the same was, and holden very sufficient; for if it be gainsaid, it may come in the Replication, for to have a Writ to the Bishop for the same.  
Then, 
Of Pleading Matters of Record; as,  touching the Pleading of Matters of Record.  
It is said in 21 Ed. 4. 54. That he that Pleadeth an Utlary in the same Court, 
Utlary.  may begin at the Exigent, if he will, because good, 
Recoveoy in Debt.  until it be Reversed; and that in Debt upon a Recovery, he may begin at the judgement, or at the Original, at his pleasure, per totam Curiam.  
And see 36 H. 6. 5. That in Debt upon a Recognizance, 
Recognizance.  omitting the Condition, good, Adjudged upon the Plea of Nul tiel Record; where 'twas said by Danvers, That if part of a Record make for one, and part against him, he may in Pleading, or in his Declaration, take the one, omitting the other.  
But Ashton and Prisot were to the contrary, viz. That the party in Pleading a Recovery, is to begin at the Original, and not to omit so much as any Continuance, Summons, or Severance.  
And 37 H. 6. 14. 
return of a Writ.  by Prisot, If one plead a return of a Writ, he shall plead, That I. S. Vic', did return the same before john Prisot, and other his Companions, Justices, etc. But in pleading the Purchase of a Writ, he must not say, Que tiel jour il purchase un Brief, mes que il purchase un Brief portart Teste tiel jour, retornable devant les justices del Common Bank, and not as in the Case of a return of the Sheriff devant Prisot, & says Compagnions', &c. quod Nota.  
For which see more in Brook and Fitzherbert in their Abridgements, in the Titles of Record, and Failer de ceo.  
And for pleading of a Record, see Yeluerton 39 Cro. 2 Part 817. Preston versus Preston, Style ' s Rep. 22. Case 1. Co. 1 Inst. 225, 453. Co. Lib. 10. 92. Lib. 5. 52, 218, 260.  
But see Plowden's Com. in Dyve and Maningham's Case; where in Debt brought by Dyve upon an Obligation, the Defendant showed, That one was in Execution upon a Statute, and for his Delivery was this Obligation made to the Plaintiff, as Sheriff; where holden, that this Record of Execution, not being the Force of the Defendant's Bar, but the Conveyance thereof, need not be pleaded Specially from the beginning.  
So in an Action of Deceit against an Attorney; or where one doth Avow, by reason of an Execution upon a Statute; as is 34 H. 6.  
But, 
Inter alia.  as it appears 22 Ed. 4. 8. to plead a Recovery of Twenty Acres, (Inter alia) ill; but aught to plead, That he did Recover Forty Acres, whereof these Twenty Acres were parcel: Nor shall he plead, That I. S. was seized of Twenty Acres (Inter alia,) and did Enfeoff him (Inter alia;) but aught to plead as before: Yet said there, it might be permitted in pleading a Feoffment.  
And the same Case of Dyve and Maningham, 
Acts of Parliament, how pleaded.  taketh this difference between the Pleading of an Act of Parliament, and a Recovery; quod nota.  
Where holden also, That the Defendant in that Action, could not take advantage of the Statute of 23 H. 6. being but Particular, although it be touching all Sheriff's in General, without Pleading; but containing divers Things, may well be pleaded (Inter alia) or so much as doth avail him.  
And in Fulmerstons and Steward's Case there, either of the Parties may take advantage by Pleading of so much of the Statute of 31 H. 8. of Monasteries.  
But in the Case of Debt there brought by Partridge, against Strange and Croke, upon the Statute of 32 H. 8. of Buying of Titles, holden by all the Justices, except Montague, That the same being General; need not Specially to be recited; as, to pray to be Received, and to Demur Generally upon a Vouchee out of the Lieu.  
But by all the justices there, the Misrecital maketh the Declaration ill: For in Pleading many times, a thing not Material is made Effectual.  
And there in Debt, by straddling against Morgan, a Receiver, upon the Statute of 7 Ed. 6. for Taking great Fees there, set down by Statute, Exception was taken, for not reciting the Statute of 34 H. 8. that set down the Fees.  
And in Williams and Barkley's Case, in Coke's Reports; although one did but plead part of that Act, which did Enable the Queen to Take, yet sufficient; where said, That every one hath Interest in the King, therefore the same is a General Act.  
See the like Learning in Dyer, as 28 H. 8. 27. where a Condition of a Lease made to a Parson, was, That he should not Grant the Estate over, if he will have advantage of the Statute of 21 H. 8. which Enacteth, That such shall be granted their Terms over, it must be Specially pleaded, because Particular, as a Private Custom. And this Statute is but General in Particularity; as a Statute that Pardoneth all that were of the Party of Richard the Third; of the Statute De Medietate Linguae; or if a Statute were made, That Tenants for Life shall not be punished in Waste, and the like.  
And as it hath been taken of late, in all Cases of Pardons, by Act of Parliament, if any Persons be Excepted for the same thing.  
And Ibid. 7 Ed. 6. 83. by the Better Opinion, in an Assize of Tithes, given by the Statute of 31 H. 8. the Plaintiff in his Plaint need not to mention the same Statute, as well in respect the said Statute is General, as that it is to give Jurisdiction to the Common Law, as a General Pardon by Parliament; and Resembled it to the Case of 14 H. 4. were Conusance granted, and after a New Action is given by Parliament, the Grant shall not extend to the same: But otherwise where the Action was before, and other Things granted to be within the same.  
Where said also, That in Pleading a Feoffment by Cestuy que Use, according to the Statute of Ric. 3. need not to mention the Statute; or in Pleading a Feoffment to use at this day, to say, That it was Executed Vigore, etc. of the Statute of 27 H. 8. Or, in Pleading a Devise, to Recite the Statute of Wills; quod nota.  
Then, 
Per Nomen, how pleaded.  How one shall Plead by a Per Nomen.  
And, First, 30 Ed. 3. Fitz. Tit. Feoffments 18. One pleaded a Grant to I. S. & A. sa Feme, Per Nomen I. S. & Uxoris ejus.  
And 1 H. 7. 28. the Tenant in Assize did plead a Feoffment, de praedicta terra, per Nomen omnium Terrarum, quae sibi discendebant de parte Patris; and took no Averment, because of the word Praedict'.  
And so 33 H. 8. Bro. Tit. Pleading 143. in a Praecipe de Manerio de B. the Tenant pleaded a Recovery de praedicto Manerio, Per Nomen, etc.  
So, if I. S. pleads a Feoffment made to him Per Nomen I. N.  
Where holden also, That he may plead the Feoffment Generally of the same thing, without a Per Nomen; and the Variance in the Deed, not Material: But there said, to be better to Plead it with a Per Nomen.  
Touching which, see more in Dyers and Plowden's Reports; as namely 7 Ed. 6. Dyer. 83. where, in Serjeant's Case, the Plaint being of a Portion of Tithes, issuing out of 300 Acres in N. did make his Title in the same Plaint, That Hen. 8. dedit & concessit praedictam Portionem (inter alia) Per Nomen totius Portionis, etc. provenien' de Terris Dominicalibus Archiepiscopi Eborum jacen' in N. nuper Monasterii dudum spectan', adtunc vel nuper in Tenura A. and did not Aver in facto, That the Lands put in View were the Demean Lands of the Archbishop, in the Tenure of A.; and yet (as there seemeth) good; but not for the Reason aforesaid, but in respect there was other Certainty enough.  
As 26 Ass. of a Grant of 20 Carucat' Ligni in Bosco de D. quas habuit de dono Patris; that Deed De dono Patris needs not to be shown or averred, because of other Certainty enough.  
And so 2 Ed. 4. where one doth Release all his Right in White-Acre, quem habuit per discensum, etc.  
Where said also, That if one of the Recitals be false, yet the Patent good enough, because Certain in some part; and then in Averring that which was false might be hurtful, and that the Counsel should then deserve their Fees ill.  
Where said also, That if false in all, yet the Patent good, and aided by the Statutes of 34 & 35 H. 8. of Confirmations, etc. but there not stood upon; but if the Patent had been of the Land, which the King had by the Attainder of I. S. or in a Release in a Common Person's Case, of all such Lands as descended, etc. there, although pleaded by a Predict ', yet an Averment ought to be.  
The like Learning, where sufficient Certainty is in the Patent, as 3 & 4 Mariae in Waste, between Wyburn and Dorril.  
The like in Wortley's Ejectione firmae, in Plowden; where the Grant was, of all that his Farm in the Occupation of A. needs no Averment of the Occupation.  
But in Throgmorton and Tracy's Case, his Per Nomen must not be direct contrary, or repugnant.  
Then, Of the word Continetur 
Continetur.  in Pleading.  
First, Holden 28 H. 6. 3. that to plead, Quod patet by the Obligation, That A. and B. was bound Jointly, ill; but aught to say, In facto, that they were bound.  
But 21 H. 6. 51. good Pleading of a Condition of an Obligation, Quod patet ni dorso, etc. or, Quod patet ni dorso, that part paid; but with a Quaere inde.  
And 1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 118. to plead, Quod Indentura Testatur quod dimisit, ill.  
As 21 Ed. 4. 44. Quod patet per Recordum, etc. and in Browing and Beaston's Case, it was holden ill, to plead the Condition of a Lease by way of Continetur in the Indenture, although the said Indenture is Confessed in Pleading: Otherwise, if Entered, de verbo in verbum.  
As 9 H. 6. to plead the Grant of a Rent, cum Clausula districtionis.  
Then, Touching the Pleading, by, or without the word Predict '. 
Praedict'.   
And therefore, first, see 21 H. 7. 30. where one pleaded a Release apud Villam Westm', and after in the same Pleading, naming Villam Westm', did not say Predict '; and yet the Justices held, That it should be taken by Intendment to be in the same County.  
Yet 5 Ed. 6. Dyer 7. the Plea, Quod quidam I. S. shall not be intended the same Person named before, but another.  
And in the Case of Throgmorton and Tracy, in Plowden, on a Writ of Second Deliverance, one pleaded a Lease made apud Dale Predict ', when not before mentioned, and good.  
Notwithstanding, 
Nota ben●.  in News and Scholastica's Case, in the Reports, upon an Assize; the Writ having this word Praedict' more than necessary, judgement was therefore stayed; quod nota.  
Then, as to this Word, Ut, in Pleading. 
Of the word, Ut, in Pleading.   
It is said 5 H. 7. 2. That in Pleading a Descent one shall say, That it did descend to him, ut filio, etc. or, as in a justification, Quod ipse ut Ballivus, etc. and need not to say in Fait, That he is Bailiff, or Heir.  
But in a Special Verdict, in an Assize, 3 & 4 Mar. Dyer 132. found, That I. S. and I. D. 
Where a General Plea shall be pleaded for avoiding of Mischief.  Ut Supervisores, did Let, and doubted if good.  
Vide 6 Ed. 4. 2. where the Condition of an Obligation was, To serve one by Seven years, without absenting himself at any time without Licence. And the Defendant did plead, Quod servivit per septem Annos, & se non absentavit per idem Tempus, sine Licentia; without showing the Number of Years, he might be Licenced more times.  
And therefore in the Case between Bulkley and Rice Thomas, in Plowden's Com. the Plaintiff did allege, That he was Chosen Knight, per Majorem Numerum, without showing the Number in certain; quod nota.  
Then, 
Of Pleading an Entry, etc.  it appears 22 H. 6. 43. If one do allege an Abatement, Intrusion, or Disseisin, he ought to allege it so Specially, and not, That the Party did Enter, etc. for that may be intended a Lawful Entry.  
And so it is in Plowden's Com. in the Ejectione firmae brought by Williams against the Lord Berkley, touching the Pleading of an Entry upon him, and Letting to another; when he should have said, That he did Enter, and him Disseise: For by his Entry only he could not Let to the other, he being in Possession; quod nota.  
But in alleging an Intrusion for an Abatement, it hath not been holden, such a Sufficient Matter to make the Plea, ill; quod nota.  
Then, touching the Plea of Negative Pregnant, 
Negative Pregnant.  see before in Title Issue, there set down under the Division of Modo & forma, and in the Special Title thereof in Brook's Abridgement.  
And see Dyer fo. 17. Num. 95.  
But especially Plowden's Commentaries, fo. 121. That although the Plaintiff in his Declaration did but show quod licet, he was Chosen Knight, Per Majorem Numerum; yet holden good, and the most Eloquent Pleading: Where you may see also divers Writs, Pleas, and Latin Authors there Vouched, to prove the word Licet an Express Affirmative. 
Licet, an Express Affirmamative.   
Then, Where an express Seisin, or Possession, must be alleged, and not implied, 
Express Seisin, or Possession to be alleged, not implied.  in Pleading.  
For which see 9 Eliz. Dyer 257. where one brought an Action of Covenant upon this word Demise, declaring of a Lease by Tenant for Life to himself, showing his Death also during the Term, and how that he in the Reversion did Enter, and oust him; and Exception taken to the Declaration, for that he did not show Expressly, that he was possessed, and after expulsed, but by Implication.  
Where holden also, That this word Demise, 
Nota bene.  doth not Charge the Executor.  
And in Dyer 9 & 10 Eliz. 254. 
Of the words, Virtute Cujus, or, Per quod, etc.  one brought Debt upon a Lease made by himself to A. who Devised the same to the Defendant, who did Enter, and was possessed: And Exception taken, because he said not, Virtute cujus he did Enter and was Possessed; because he might Enter by reason of another Title.  
And in the Sergeant's Case, 
Quorum praetextu.  in Dyer 7 Ed. 6. 83. where divers Mesn Steps and Degrees are showed in the Plaint, how the Tithes came from the Abbot to the King's Hands; and that to say, Quorum praetextu is very good, and refers to all of them.  
But as it's said 7 H. 7. Nec auget aut minuet sententiam; for there, by reason of Virtute cujus, it shall not be intended that the Use there alleged doth continue.  
Then, How a Deed shall be Pleaded. 
A Deed, how to be pleaded.   
See 5 Eliz. Dyer 221. in a Writ of Annuity against the Successor of a Prebend of A. granted by his Predecessor; he did Declare, That the Predecessor, Per scriptum suum geren' dat' vicesimo die Januarii, & deliberat' eidem Quer' tricesimo die ejusdem Mensis; and did not say, primo deliberat' ut Factum; so that this word, Suum, doth suppose a perfect Deed 20 januarii, at which time the Predecessor was not Inducted.  
See, touching this Matter, a Case 1 Eliz. Dyer 167.  
Then, Of the Pleas, Non est Factum, or Riens passa. 
Of the Pleas, Non est factum, or Riens passa.   
For which see, first, 1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 116. where in an Ejectione firmae of Tithes, the Defendant pleaded a Grant and Assignment from the Plaintiff himself; and the Plaintiff, by his Replication, maintaining his Count, took a Traverse, Absque hoc quod vendidit per praedictam Indenturam totum statum, etc. To which Exception was taken, That he, being privy to the Deed, aught to Traverse the same, especially when the thing granted doth not pass without Deed.  
But by Stamford, he ought to have pleaded, That he had nothing in the Term at the time of the Grant: As, in avoiding a Release, to plead, That the Party to whom, etc. had nothing at the Time: Or, to have pleaded, Non est Factum: And for these Reasons, and others, the Jury were discharged, and a Replegiar' awarded.  
But touching this Matter, Whether he that is privy to a Deed may plead Riens passa; or where one Privy or Estranger shall plead, Ne Enfeoffa; or Ne Granta pas per le Fait; or, Ne Charga pas, Ne Relessa, Non est Factum, Nient Comprise, or the like, see accordingly in Brook, in his Title Estrange all Fait.  
Then, 
Where an ill Plea is made good by Reference to another.  Where a Plea in itself is not good, but by Referring the same to another Plea.  
First, See 28 H. 8. Dyer 27. in Debt upon an Obligation, brought by the Abbot of Westminster, declaring the same to be made at Westminster 10 die Novembris, Anno duodecimo Henrici Octavi: To which the Defendant did plead, an Indenture of Defeasance, not alleging any Date, or saying post Confectionem scripti praedicti; and the words in his Plea, Eisdem die & anno, shall not be referred to the Date of the Obligation mentioned in the Plaintiff's Declaration; because the Defendant is a Stranger to the same, and his Adversary.  
And further, If one of the Defendants in Trespass plead a Release of the Plaintiff made after, and the other plead a Release also Eisdem die & Anno; that's ill.  
And 14 H. 7. one of the Defendants in a Quare Impedit, made Title as Patron, etc. and the Incumbent did plead, That he was Presented by the other ex Causa supradicta; and ill. Quaere tamen.  
And in the same Case it's said, That in Pleading an Indenture, he shall not need to say, Prout per Indenturam praedictam plenius liquet, or apparet; 
Of Pleading, Prout per Indenturam, or Scriptum plenius liquet & apparet.  yet he may say so if he will.  
And so is Mich. 7 & 8 Eliz. Dyer 242. in Pleading an Arbitrement; and likewise in Pleading the Covenants of an Indenture, or a Record, need not say, Quae sunt omnia & singula; 
Quae sunt omnia, etc.  as in pleading a Condition, to Enfeoff the Plaintiff of all my Lands in Middlesex, etc.  
And 19 Eliz. Dyer the Defendant in an Ejectione firmae did plead, That the Lessor Devised to the Plaintiff for years, and then alleged in his Plea, a Custom to destroy the same, and did not say in his pleading, Quae est eadem dimissio; 
Quae est eadem dimissio.  and ill, as it seems. Quaere inde.  
And see 29 H. 8. Dyer The Defendant in Waste did Justify the Cutting of Trees, to Convert to Arable, pro melioratione, without showing, Quod est idem Vastum; 
Quod est idem Vastum.  and Exception taken for that Cause.  
And in the same Book Mich. 7 & 8 Eliz. Dyer 242. the Submission was touching Kelstorne, and the Arbitrement was of Brokes by another Name, and took an Averment, That the same Place and Kelstorne being all one, and ill, without the usual Course. Et non al' neque divers.  
In Partridges Case in Plowden's Com. 
Et non alia neque diversa. Surplusage.  fol. 77. b. is said, That Surplusage in a Plea doth not make the same ill, where was pleaded the Grant of a House, and ten Acres to the same appertaining. And so of the word Predict ', when the thing is not before spoken of.  
Then ought to be observed, 
Pleading▪ Devant son temps or Mispleading,  That a man take care he Plead not his Cause, but in due Time, for otherwise it shall be taken for nothing.  
For which see in Walsingham's Case, in Plowden's Commentaries, where before it appeared in Pleading what Estate Sir Thomas Wyatt had; he pleaded, that Sir, Thomas had Issue yet living.  
As if one Declaring upon an Obligation doth show, That the Obligor was of full Age.  
The like in Pleading a Feoffment to say, It was Simple, and without Condition; and if Issue be taken upon the same, it is Mispleading and a jeofail.  
Then shall be shown, 
Un Plea fait auter bon.  Where an Ill Plea may be made good by Admittance.  
For which see, first, 29 H. 8. Dyer 39 In Debt upon an Obligation, not Declaring at what Place, and the Defendant pleaded a Release; the Declaration good.  
The like 18 Ed. 4. 17. If in Debt the Plaintiff Count in like manner of a Lease for years, and the Defendant pleads, Non dimisit; but otherwise it would have been, if he had demurred: But more question, as the Case was there in Dyer, in an Appeal against an Accessary, declaring his Notice in another County, to which the Defendant did demur in Law: For by Demurring all Matters in Fait, contained in a Declaration, or Pleading, are Confessed.  
As if the Defendant in an Ejectione firmae, will Confess and Avoid the Plaintiff's Lease, by saying, It was made by Tenant for Life, although his Plea be otherwise apparently ill, and the Plaintiff demur upon the same.  
And see 6 H. 7. 10. where the Defendant in Trespass did plead a Concord to do Two things, and pleaded the doing of One; and the Plaintiff Replied, Nul tiel Concord; and found for the Plaintiff, and yet taken to be a jeofail 
jeofail.  by the Court: For that the Bar is not good to any Intent; because a Concord without Satisfaction, is an apparent ill Plea in the Law: And where there shall be such an ill Plea, that is not good to any intent, a Replication or a Verdict cannot make it good.  
But it is otherwise where the Bar is good to some Intent, and to other Intent not: As in this Plea, Riens entermains jour del' Brief Purchase, or Nontenure, in like form, without saying, Ou, ne unque puis, there the Replication, Assets, or Tout jour del Brief; and Verdict thereupon will make it good, because good to some Intent.  
Vide 12 Ed. 4. 6. where an ill Issue; as Negative pregnant, Double Plea, or the like; and found with the same, is made good by the Verdict: Otherwise, if found against it.  
See more hereof in the Titles of Repleaders and jeofails, as also of Verdicts.  
And Note, That the Defendant in Time may waive his Pleading, and betake him to the General Issue.  
As 34 H. 6. 29. the Defendant in an Assize did plead in Bar, and although the same was Entered, and in another Term, yet he pleaded the General Issue.  
And see Mich. 9 & 10 Eliz. Dyer 265. the Defendant did Wage his Law, and at the Day would have Confessed for part, and Waged his Law for the rest; and by the Better Opinion could not, nor Waive his Law, and plead to the Country, without the Consent of the Plaintiff, as it seems.  
For which, see more in the Title of Waiver, in Brook:  
As namely there 31 Ed. 1. The Tenant did Vouch one who was found; and yet he afterwards Waived his Vouchee, and pleaded the General Issue.  
So there 4 Ed. 4. 28. touching Aid Prayer.  
And 4 Ed. 3. 56. one that doth Counterplead the Voucher, may at another Day waive the same, and admit the Vouchee.  
And see there also, That he who pleadeth to the Writ, or in Bar, may afterwards waive the same, and plead the General Issue.  
Quaere, If after Issue, or Demurrer Entered.  
For by the Book of 11 R. 2. Fitzh. Issue 146. after Demurrer, without Consent of the Parties, the Defendant cannot waive the same, and plead the General Issue.  
And so seems 50 Ed. 3. 19 If one plead to the Writ in an Assize, whereupon Issue is Joined, and Adjourned for Trial, he cannot waive the same, and Plead in Bar.  
Quaere, If altogether in respect of the Adjornment; for otherwise it were an advantage for the Plaintiff to have his Writ Confessed to be good.  
And 50 Ed. 3. 19 the Defendant in Cozenage did plead an Estoppel: 
Estoppel.  Judgement, if the Plaintiff shall be received to say, That his Father died seized; and the Plaintiff did Confess and Avoid the Estoppel, and therefore the Tenant would have waived his Plea, and pleaded in Bar, and could not; but said there, That he might well do it in an Assize de Mort d'Ancestor: Nota diversitatem.  
And see the same Book of 50 Ed. 3. 19 and sundry other Books, and Experience, That after Plea by Baily, the Defendant in Person, or by an Attorney, may plead Matter in Bar, whereof a Certificate of an Assize doth lie.  
But 3 H. 6. 16. if an Infant plead by Guardian, he may afterwards come in Person, and Plead himself at his pleasure: For that the Admittance of a Guardian for him is the Act of the Court, which shall in no case prejudice him.  
And also see 5 Ed. 4. 122. The King after Demurrer entered by himself, may waive the same by his Prerogative, and take Issue.  
And so is 28 H. 6. 2. and that he may Declare, de Novo, the same Term; but not in another.  
But see in the Title Prerogative 116. That in an Information he shall not waive his Issue, and Demur; but otherwise upon a Traverse.  
And see accordingly in Plowden's Com. in Partridge's Case, touching his waving of Demurrer, and taking Issue; and è contra: But if another Party be joined with the King, as there, than the King shall have no advantage.   

CHAP. VII. Of Repleaders and jeofails.  
THen the Learning touching Repleaders and jeofails, 
Repleader.  aught to be known. And, First, 
It's Cause.  Touching the Cause of Repleaders; which is, for that the Pleading hath been ill and vicious, 
jeofail, what.  Or the Issue misjoyned, and then it's called a jeofail.  
Or, as 22 & 23 H. 6. and other Books, where part of the Matter contained in the Plaintiff's Suit, is Omitted to be answered, and the like.  
But as 6 Ed. 4. 2. if an ill Plea be made good afterwards by Admittance (as hath been said before) that is no Cause of Repleader.  
But otherwise, as it seems by the Books of 7 Ed. 4. 1. and 35 H. 8. The Court (the Jury being at the Bar) if there be a jeofail apparent in the Record, 
jeofail.  will discharge the Jury.  
And this Repleader, for the most part, hath been upon Misjoyning of Issues, or before Demurrer, and not after.  
Yet 9 H. 6. 35. in a Replevin, the Defendant did plead an ill Bar, and the Plaintiff a worse Replication; whereupon the Defendant did Demur, and a Repleader awarded.  
And so is Dyer 3 & 4 Mar. 139. the like; If the rejoinder had been ill, and they shall begin at the first ill Plea.  
But see Plowden, in Trespass, brought by Hill against Grange, That the Plaintiff Demurring upon the rejoinder, his Replication being good, Judgement shall be gien for or against him, as the Law doth fall out. But his Replication being ill, it seems there, that they shall Replead.  
Quaere inde; for at this time greatly doubted, Whether Judgement shall not, in like case, be given against him that pleadeth the first ill Plea: For, by the greater Opinion, no Repleader after Demurrer.  
And in Smith and Heart's Case, 31 Eliz. the Avowry being good, and the Bar and rejoinder in a Replevin ill, no Repleader after a Demurrer: But if the Declaration be ill, or such an Avowry, which is in nature of a Declaration; or, by that Reason, a Replication where no Title is made in the Declaration; there Judgement shall be given against the Plaintiff without any Repleader. Quaere tamen.  
Then, 
At what Plea the Parties shall begin to Replead.  Where the Parties shall begin to Replead.  
The same Book, 9 H. 6. saith, At that Plea which first was faulty; and so is 21 H. 6. 14. 22 H. 6. 19 and 5 Ed. 4. 18.  
And by that Book 22 H. 6. 
In what Place.  it appears, That an Issue in an Assize, Adjourned in the Common-Pleas to be Tried, in which pleading there was a jeofail, the Parties shall Re-plead in the Bench, and not be Remanded to Replead in the Country; quod nota.  
Then, 
At what time.  At what time they shall Replead.  
For which see 22 H. 6. 57 where Mispleading was, and the Parties after Verdict, by Nisi prius, were awarded to Replead; quod nota.  
Where it's said also, That it hath been often so used until Judgement, although the Defendant have no Day in Court to be demanded.  
And see in Brook, in this Title 39, in Abridging the same Case 9 H. 6. That after the Defendant hath Confessed the Action, yet there may be a Repleader.  
These Mis-pleading, 
Statutes aiding jeofails, or Mis-pleading.  in some sort, are Aided by the Statutes of jeofails, of which there be four in number; namely, 

Anno 32 H. 8. cap. 30.  
Anno 18 Eliz. cap. 14.  
Anno 21 jac. 1. cap. 13. &  
Annis 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 2.    
The, 
32 H. 8. cap. 30.  first, after this manner, viz. That upon Issues tried in any the King's Courts of Record, Judgement shall be given, any Mis-pleading, want of Colour, Insufficient Pleading, jeofail, Mis-continuance, Discontinuance, Mis-conveyance of Process, misjoining of Issues, want of Warrant of Attorney for the Party against whom, etc. or other default of the Parties, their Counsellors, etc.  
The Second, 
18 Eliz. cap. 14▪  namely, 18 Eliz. cap. 14. to this purpose, viz. After Verdict, upon Action in any Court of Record, notwithstanding default of Form, False Latin, or Variance from the Register, or other default in Form in Writs Original or Judicial, Count, Declaration, Bill, Plaint, Suit, or Demand, or Want of Original or Judicial Writ, Imperfect or Insufficient return, Want of Warrant of Attorney, Default in Process upon, or after, any Aid Prayer or Vourcher; but not to extend to Informations: As by the two first Statutes may appear.  
Now hereupon it is observed, That neither of the two Statutes, above-recited, extends to Aid any person before, but after Verdict, and not upon Demurrer.  
And that the Statute of 32 H. 8. which goeth only to Defaults in Pleading and Matters therein mentioned, and not to Declarations, extends but to the King's Courts of Record, and not to other Inferior Courts.  
But touching Mis-pleading, and the Matters therein mentioned, it helpeth in Indictments and Informations after Verdict, which the Statute of 18 Eliz. doth not, but Aids only in Declarations, Writs, and the Cases therein particularly set down; quod nota.  
Out of both which Statutes of 32 H. 8. and 18 Eliz. have since been taken divers Cases, as namely upon the first Statute, if no Issue be joined at all; or as a Report 8 Eliz. by Catlyn, where an Issue is joined that is not proper to the Action, as Not Guilty, in Debt.  
See, touching that, the Book 28 Eliz. Dyer 347. where Not Guilty is pleaded upon an Information of Usury. The like upon the Statute of 18 Eliz. if the Declaration be ill for Matter.  
As if Tenant for Life doth bring a Quod permittat in the Debet only, when the same aught to be in the Debet and Solet: And Agreed by all the Court 31 Eliz. where the Venire facias to the Coroners, without Cause at all; or, as the Case there lies, where the Justices of Nisi prius awarded to the Coroners a Tales, and Verdict thereupon, which was no such Mis-continuance of Process, as is helped by the Statute of 32 H. 8.  
So if the Trial be in a wrong County.  
Quaera tamen inde, for Mich. 2 & 3 Eliz. Dyer 188. and Mich. 21 & 22 Eliz. ibid. 367. seem contrary, although Process awarded to the Coroners without Cause; and although (as the first of the said two Books is) the Trial was not between the Parties to the Writ; but between the Tenant and the Vouchee.  
Yet Ann● 32 Eliz. it was said to be Ruled, That if one pleadeth an Award in Trespass without Satisfaction and Issue, and Verdict taken upon the same, yet not helped by that Statute; quaere inde.  
And Mich. 33 Eliz. in the Case between Upton and Walsh, no Venire facias being put upon the File, Ruled to be aided by the Statute, although it could not be found.  
See a Report 1 & 2 Mariae, where the Declaration doth not warrant the Writ: As in Debt, where it doth appear, that the Day is not yet come; or in Trespass, that the same is committed after the Date of the Writ; or, a Declaration be in the Debet and Detinet, by an Executor. The same, and the like, although Issue and Verdict thereupon, are not helped by the Statute of 32 H. 8.  
Note, by what hath been said, it appears, That the said Statute of 32 H. 8. being (touching Mis-pleading, and the Matters therein contained) in any of the King's Courts of Record, that the same helpeth not, in that Case, in any other Court of Record.  
For, as it seems in Stradling's Case, in Plowden's Commentaries, If a Statute give an Action in any of the King's Courts of Record, the same will not extend to Oxford, although the Style be Cur' Domini Regis, or to the Exchequer or Chancery.  
And yet if a Statute provides Remedy for a thing by an Action that lay before (as it appears in Bro. Tit. Conusance,) and doth not limit by Express Terms where the Suit shall lie, there it will lie in any of the said Courts.  
In which, if the Law be so, then touching Mis-pleading and misjoining of Issues in other Courts, the same is, as it was at the Common Law before the Statute of 32 H. 8.  
See Trin. 29 Eliz. 
Of Matter● Remediable by the Statutes of jeosails.  Goldsborough's Reports 48. where, in Case sur Assumpsit, the Defendant pleaded Non Assumpsit, and found for the Plaintiff; and Moved, There's no Place laid in the Declaration, where the Promise was made; and it's there said, That when an Issue is Mis-tryed, it is not helped by the Statute, and here no place is alleged, whereupon the Trial may be had: But per Cur. the Statute shall be taken liberally; so that if the Verdict be once given, it shall be a great Cause that shall hinder the Judgement; for when it is Tried and Found for the Plaintiff, he ought to have Judgement.  
And Trin. 10 jac. 1. Godbolt 194. In an Action brought in the Common Pleas, after Verdict moved to stay Judgement, that the Venire facias did vary from the Roll in the Plaintiff's Name; for that the Roll was Peter, and the Venire, john, and the Postea agreed with the Roll, his true Name: Where holden, That if no Venire goes forth, the same is aided by the Statute of jeofails; and it is in Effect here, as if there were no Venire fac. or Hab. Corpora; yet, if the Sheriff do Return a Jury, the same is helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
And Pasch. 12 jac. Brownl. 2 Part 167. Upon a Motion to stay judgement, it was Objected, That the words, Et habeas ibi Nomina Iur', were omitted in the Venire fac ', but Venire fac' Duodecim, etc. were in the Writ, and good per totam Curiam; for that the first words are supplied by the last, and the Omission helped by the Statute of jeofails, after Verdict.  
And see Mich. 21 jac. Cro. 2 Part 672. In Case for Words, brought in Chancery by a Clerk there, a Venire was awarded Retornable in B. R. in this Form; viz. Venire facias duodecim quorum quilibet habet 4 l. terrarum, aut minus, etc. Moved to stay Judgement, that the Venire was ill, and not helped by the Statute of 27 Eliz. cap. 6. for that extends only to Writs of Venire fac. in the Kings-Bench, Common-Pleas, [Exchequer 
* Excepted in Stradling's Case before, pag. 179. ,] justices of Assize, and no other Courts, and the Chancery is omitted, and therefore the Venire not waranted by the Statute. But per Cur. This Clause inserted in the Writ, although not waranted by the Statute, yet is not prejudicial to any, but makes the better Trial.  
And, by the Common Law, the Judges may direct a Venire, to be Quorum quilibet habeat tantum de Terris; and Precedents were showed out of Chancery, where the Venire was, as in this Case.  
And per Cur. If it was not good at the Common Law; yet now clearly made good by 32 H. 8. Wherefore Adjudged pro Quer.  
So Trin. 9 Car. 1. Cro. 1 Part 215, & 228. In a Scire facias in Chancery against C. upon a Recognizance of 200 l. The Defendant was Returned Dead, whereupon a Second Scire facias issued against the Heir of C. and the Tenants of the Lands of C. tempore Recognitionis; upon which the Sheriff Returned T. Terr-Tenant of such Lands, omitted to Return any thing concerning the Heir: Whereupon the Defendant pleaded, That he had nothing in the Lands at the time of the Recognizance, nor ever after.  
It was found for the Plaintiff, that C. was seized, and moved in Arrest of Judgement; because nothing was Returned against the Heir, viz. That there was not any Heir, or the Heir had nothing: And it is a Non-Return of the Sheriff, and not a Mis-Return, and is not helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
But per Cur ', Though the Return had been better, if it had been found who was Heir, and that he was Warned, or that there was not any Heir in the said County; yet it was well enough, and the Mis-Return or Insufficient-Return of the Sheriff, quoad the Heir (not being named in the Retnrn) is but a Dis-continuance, helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
Vide Hob● 326. Where the Plaintiff Declared in Debt, upon a Demise for Rent: To which the Defendant pleaded, That before the Rent became due, the Plaintiff did Enter upon him, not saying, He did Expel, or Hold him out; so that Issue was only, Quod Quer' non Intravit; and found for the Defendant, and Judgement given for him: For tho' the Plea was Insufficient; yet the Verdict did fully answer the Issue.  
And see Hob. 76. Banks versus Parker, In Trespass, for taking a Kettle at W. The Defendant Justified, by reason of the Custom of the Manor of T. And the Plaintiff took Issue de Injuria sua propria absque tali Causa; and the Venire was awarded the Visn' de W. & Manerio de T. upon the Roll, and a Verdict for the Plaintiff: And tho' the Plaintiff should not have Traversed the Cause generally, but the Custom; yet that was Adjudged to be helped by the Statute of jeofails, as Matter of Form; because Absque tali Causa contained the Custom, and more.  
And Idem ibid. Parker versus Parker, The Plaintiff brought Trover and Conversion of certain Goods against the Defendant, and the Declaration was Entered upon the Imparlance-Roll, with Blanks or Spaces for the Day and Year of the Plaintiff's losing the Goods, and of the Defendant's finding and converting them to his own proper use; but the Issue-Roll, and the other Proceedings were perfect in this Point.  
And per Cur ', the Imparlance-Roll, being the Original, cannot be made perfect by the Issue-Roll, which was waranted by it; but in regard a Verdict was given for the Plaintiff, upon the Issue of Not Guilty, the Court gave Judgement for him: For the Declaration, as Entered on the Imparlance-Roll, was good enough in Substance; for the Trover and Conversion being laid in the Preterperfect Tense, was before the Action brought, and so the Fault in the Declaration being only in Form, is helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
And Idem 117. Napper versus jasper and George; where Issue was taken in Trespass upon a Prescription, That I. S. Prebendary of the Prebend of P. in the Church of S. and all his Predecessors, Prebendaries, etc. had used Time out of Mind, to keep a Shepherd for certain Sheep of theirs, following the same Sheep, for the better keeping of them feeding together in a certain Pasture, from the Sheep of the Earl of S. in the same Place; and the Issue was found accordingly: And Moved, That this was a Void Verdict; for the Prescription was senseless, and could not stand, That the Sheep could be kept Time out of Mind, from the Sheep of the Earl of S. being but one man's Life.  
But yet the Plaintiff had Judgement according to the Verdict; for the Substance of the Issue was, The keeping the Prebendaries Sheep feeding together, and the other part was but a Consequent of it, That by that means they were kept from the Earl's Sheep.  
Vide Stiles Rep. 206. where the Plaintiff declared upon an Assault and Battery in Surrey: To which the Defendant pleaded Justification in Middlesex; and the Plaintiff Replied, That the Defendant did Beat him in Southwark, which is in Surrey, de Injuria sua propria, absque tali Causa; and the Issue was tried by a Jury in Middlesex, and found for the Plaintiff; and Objected, That the Trial was not good, because the Venire facias was from one Place, when it should have been from both; for here are two Issues to be Tried, and so not within the Statute of jeofails.  
But per Cur ', the Trial is well enough, for tho' two Issues, yet by Pleading they are made one, and so within the Statute of jeofails, and helped by it.  
And see Godbolt 85. where the Plaintiff declared in Account of divers Receipts and Parcels: To all which, except one, the Defendant pleaded to Issue, but for that one Parcel he pleaded nothing: Whereupon it was Moved, That the Plea was Dis-continued for not answering to that Parcel, which Dis-continuance was not aided by the Statute of 32 H. 8. and the Plaintiff could not have Judgement according to his Declaration, because of the Parcel to which no Answer was made, no Judgement could be given.  
But per Cur ', the Statute of 32 H. 8. did Extend to it; for the words of that Statute are,— After Verdict found judgement shall be given, any Discontinuace notwithstanding.  
And see Cro. Part 2. 534. where the Plaintiff declared in Trespass,— Quare Clausum fregit, Et alia Enormia ei intulit: The Defendant pleaded the General Issue, Non Culp. and the Jury found 400 l. Damages, in respect of the Abuse done by the Defendant to the Plaintiff's Wife; and to stay Judgement, it was moved, that the Venire facias wanted these words,— Quilibet Iur' per Pleg', and therefore is, as if there had been no Return of the Writ.  
But per Cur ', this is not a Blank Return, where no Return is at all, or where the Name of the Sheriff is omitted; but this is an Insufficient Return, helped by the Statute of jeofails: For the Omission of the Pledges, is but want of Form, and not like to Hussey's Case, where there was no Pledges Returned upon the Original.  
And Idem Part 2. 353. where the Plaintiff did declare in Trespass against the Defendant, for Entering his Close and House in G. To which the Defendant pleaded in Justification, That the Sheriff had directed a Warrant to him upon a Capias Utlagatum, to Take one I. S. who (as the Common Voice went) was at the Plaintiff's House; whereupon he went thither in a Footpath through the said Close, and asked the Plaintiff's Leave to Enter his House, to search for the said I. S. and the Plaintiff giving him Leave, he Entered the same, and not finding I. S. there, returned the same way: The Plaintiff took Issue upon the Licence, and had a Verdict; and to stay Judgement, it was Objected, That there was not any Replication for the Close, or any Issue joined thereupon; so that all was Discontinued.  
But per Cur ', Judgement shall be given for that which is found; and that which is Discontinued, is helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
Vide Hob. 176. where in Trespass the Defendant did plead, That Locus in quo (no Place being assigned) was two Acres called B. in L. which was his Freehold. And the Plaintiff Replied, That Locus in quo, was a Piece of Land containing Twenty Acres, Al' quam, etc. To which the Defendant Rejoined, Quoad aliquam Transgr' in praedictis viginti Acris— Non Culp'. Upon which the Plaintiff joined Issue, and the Verdict found for him: And to stay Judgement, the Defendant moved, That this was no Issue; for there was no Twenty Acres, nor Place certain in the Declaration.  
Yet per Cur ', the Plaintiff shall have Judgement; for tho' it be not in the Declaration, yet cannot be said a Departure from the Declaration, for both Parties agree the Trespass to be done at L. and so no Verdict out of the Matter, nor Issue; but a Verdict helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
And see Goldesbrough's Rep. 158. where in Trespass, for Entering the Plaintiff's House, and breaking his Close, the Defendant pleaded, That the House and Close contained Twenty Acres, and was his Freehold: To which the Plaintiff Replied,— Quod locus in quo est unum Mesuagium, to which he Entitles himself; and because by his Replication he only made Title to a Message, and did not maintain his Declaration, which was the Mesuage and Close, Awarded Nil Capiat per Billam.  
Quaere, If this amounts to any more, than a Dis-continuance of the Close only, and so helped by the Verdict.  
But Cro. Part 2. 528. In Debt upon four Bonds, for payment of Money, three of them were Tried in London in Trinity Term, and the fourth at Lent Assizes after; and there was not any Continuance from Trinity Term to Lent Assizes, which was much insisted upon; yet the Court gave Judgement for the Plaintiff.  
So Brownlow's Rep. Part 1. fo. 81. a Bill was Exhibited against one of the Clerks of the Court of Kings-Bench for Money due upon Bond; and Issue being joined, the Cause was Tried, and found for the Plaintiff: And to stay Judgement it was Objected, That the Bill not being filled, was not helped by the Statute of jeofails, nor within the same.  
To which Opinion the Court seemed to Incline, but gave leave to the Plaintiff, to File a Bill, that so the Matter might be put to Arbitration.  
So Hob. 181. a Bill was Exhibited in Debt against an Attorney of the Common Pleas, upon which a Verdict was had for the Plaintiff; and to stay Judgement it was Objected, That the Original Bill was not Filled with the Custos Brevium, as it ought to be: But because the Tenor of the Bill was Entered of Record in haec verba, it seemed to be in the Nature of the want of an Original after Verdict, and so helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
To which Opinion the Court did incline; but would Advise of it, because it had been otherwise Adjudged in that Court before.  
But then we shall Inquire, 
Matters not Remedied by the Statute.  What Matters are not Remedied or Helped by any, or either of the Statutes of 32 H. 8. and 18 El. beforementioned.  
For which see, first, Goldesbrough's Rep. fo. 49. where the Plaintiff brought his Action against the Defendant for an Assault and Battery; and the Defendant was Condemned therein by Nichil dicit, and a Writ of Enquiry of Damages issued out; and then the Plaintiff's Attorney died, and another Attorney, without Warrant, prayed the Second Judgement, and had Execution thereupon.  
Cur ', If the Attorney dies after Judgement, a New Attorney may pray Execution without Warrant; but here the Attorney died before the Second Judgement, and therefore he that comes after, aught to have a Warrant of Attorney.  
Prothon. If one of the Parties dies after Judgement, the Writ shall abate.  
And per Cur ', This is not within the Statute of jeofails; for a Verdict is that, which is put in Issue by the Joining of the Parties.  
So Hob. 112, 113. The Plaintiff declared in Trespass for an Assault and Battery made upon him by the Defendant, who pleaded justification, and Conveyed an Estate to himself by Copy of Court-Roll in a certain Piece of Ground, Parcel of the Manor of D. whereof I. S. was seized in Fee; and because the Plaintiff came upon it, he laid his Hands molliter upon him.  
And the Plaintiff, in his Replication also, Conveyed to himself an Estate by Copy of Court-Roll to another Piece of Ground within the said Manor, and lays a Prescription in the said I. S. Lord of the Manor, to have a Way over the Defendant's Piece of Ground: Upon which they were at Issue, and Verdict for the Plaintiff.  
And per Melieur Opinion, this was no Issue at all, nor Thing, nor possibly Issuable, and therefore the Verdict must also be void, and so not holpen by the Statute of jeofails: For a Verdict cannot make that good, which the Court sees cannot be in Law; so that this is in the Office of the Court to judge.  
So Cro. Part 2. 526. In Trespass brought in the Kings-Bench, for Taking and Carrying away three Loads of Wheat, set out for Tithes, contra Pacem Domini Regis, the words Vi & Armis were omitted.  
Per Cur ', the Bill shall abate, for it is the Essential part of the Declaration, and that which induceth the Court to set a Fine for the King, and it is not helped by the Statute of jeofails: And so Adjudged Hill. 13 jac. in the Case between Welsted and Taylor, where Judgement was Reversed, because Vi & Armis was omitted.  
Vide Hoh. 127. In Debt upon the Statute of 21 H. 8. the Writ was, Praecipe A. quod reddat Nobis & B. qui tam pro Nobis, quam pro seipso sequitur Centum & decem Libras, quas Nobis & praefat ' B. debet. And the Count was, for Taking to Farm six Acres of Land, and holding the same for six Months, Per quod Actio accrevit, for 60 l. And for further Taking to Farm other Lands, and holding the same for five Months, Per quod Actio accrevit, for 50 l. To which the Defendant pleaded,— Quod ipse non debet praefat ' B. qui tam, etc. predict as Centum & decem Libras, neque aliquem inde Denarium in forma qua, etc. whereupon Issue was Joined, and the Jury found, That the Defendant did owe 30 l. and for the Residue— Quod non debet.  
And to stay Judgement, it was Objected,  
(1) That the Verdict expresses not for which Farm, nor which of the Months the 30 l. was due; sed non allocatur, for the Demand and Issue were for 110 l. in several, tho' it would have been more formal to have distinguished them.  
(2) The Defendant hath not Answered the Writ and Declaration, for the Plea ought to have been as the Demand is,— Quod ipse non debet dicto Domino Regi, & praefat ' B. qui tam, etc. And this was allowed, because Penal Laws are Excepted out of the Statute of jeofails.  
And see Hob. 101. where Judgement was Reversed, because there were no Pledges to Prosecute Entered for the Plaintiff, and so not within the Statute of jeofails; because a Penal Law excepted out of the same.  
But see Trin. 30 Eliz. in Com. B. Goldesbrough 90. where a Writ of Right was brought against Baron & Feme, of two parts of Forty Acres of Land in S. who pleaded, That I. S. was seized, and devised to his Wife one of the Tenants for Life, the Remainder to B. in Fee, who was his Heir, who died, and they prayed in Aid of B. who joined in Aid with them, and then they came and pleaded to the Grand Assize; and the first Day of the Term the Assize appeared, and sixteen of them were Sworn, whereof four were Knights, the rest Esquires and Gentlemen; and the Title was, as before in Trinity Term, Anno 28. for B. was Tenant in that other Action for the Third part.  
Per Cur ', This is not aided by the Statute, for here is no Certainty in the Grant; yet if the Thing granted had had a certain Name given to it, as Black-Acre, or the like; then, tho' the Parish had been mistaken, it would have been good enough.  
See more of these two Statutes of 32 H. 8. and 18 Eliz. after, in the Title Error.  
In the next place, We shall take a view of the two last Statutes, concerning jeofails, viz. 21 Jac. 1. cap. 13 & 16. and 17 Car. 2. cap. 8. and inquire, what Mis-pleading are aided by the same, and what are not.  
By the Statute of 21 jac. 1. cap. 13. 
Stat. 21 jac. concerning jeofails.  after Verdict given in any Court of Record, the Judgement thereupon shall not be stayed, or reversed for any Variance in Form only, between the Original Writ or Bill, and the Declaration, Plaint, or Demand, or for lack of an Averment of the Parties Life, or Lives, so as it be proved he or they be in Life; or for that the Venire facias, Habeas Corpora, or Distringas, was awarded to a wrong Officer, upon an Insufficient Suggestion; or that the Visne was in some part Misawarded, or sued out of more or fewer places than it ought to be, so as some one place be right named; or for Mis-naming any of the Jurors, either in the Surname or Addition, in any of the Writs or Returns thereof, so as Constat de persona; or for want of a Return of any of the said Writs, so as a Panel be returned and annexed thereunto; or for that the Officer's Name is not set to the Return, so as it appears by Proof that the Writ was returned by him; or by reason that the Plaintiff, in an Ejectione firmae, or in any Personal Action, being under Age, did appear by Attorney, and the Verdict pass for him.  
This Act shall not extend to any Writ, Declaration or Suit of Appeal of Felony or Murder, nor to any Indictment or Presentment of Felony, Murder, or Treason, nor to any Process upon any of them; nor to any Writ, Bill, Action or Information upon any Penal Statute.  
And by 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 8. 
Stat. 16 & 17 Car. 2. concerning jeofails.  it is Enacted, That after Verdict Judgement shall not be stayed nor reversed in the King's Courts of Record at Westminster, or Courts of Record in the Counties Palatine of Chester, Lancaster, or Durham, or Courts of the great Sessions, in any of the Twelve Shires of Wales, for default of Form, lack of Pledges; or but one Pledge to Prosecute, Returned on the Original Writ, for default of Entry of Pledges upon a Bill or Declaration; or for default of bringing into any Court, of any Bond, Bill, Indenture, or other Deed, mentioned in the Pleading; or for lack of Allegation, of bringing into Court of Letters Testamentary, or Letters of Administration; or by reason of the Omission of Vi & Armis, or Contra pacem; or for mistake of the Christian Name, or Surname of the Plaintiff or Defendant, Sum of Money, Day, Month, or Year, being rightly named in any Record preceding; or in the same Record, whereunto the Defendant might have Demurred.  
Nor for want of Hoc paratus est verificare, or Hoc paratus est verificare per Recordum; or for that there is no right Visne, so the Cause were Tried by a Jury of the County or Place where the Action is laid; nor for not Alleging or Omission of Prout patet per Recordum.  
Nor shall any Judgement be Reversed after Verdict, Confession by Cognovit Actionem, or Relicta Verificatione; or for lack of Misericordia or Capiatur; or by reason that a Capiatur is Entered for a Misericordia, or a Misericordia for a Capiatur.  
Nor by reason that Ideo Concessum est per Curiam is Entered, for Ideo Consideratum est per Curiam.  
Nor for that Increase of Costs, after a Verdict in any Action; or where a Nonsuit in Replevin is not Entered to be, at the Request of the Party to whom the Judgement is given.  
Nor by reason that the Costs are not Entered to be by Consent of the Plaintiff,  
But that all such Omissions, Mistakes, and such like as these, not being against the Right of the Matter of Suit; nor whereby the Issue or Trial are entered, may be Amended by the Judges of the Courts.  
This Act shall not Extend to Appeals, Indictments, or Presentments of Treason, Felony, or Murder; nor to Bills, Actions, etc. upon Penal Statutes, other than concerning Customs and Subsidies of Tonnage and Poundage.  
And by the same Statute it is provided, That no Execution shall be stayed in the same Courts by Writ of Error, or Supersedeas after Verdict and Judgement in any Action Personal, whatsoever, till Security given, according to the Statute made in the Third Year of the Reign of King james the First, Chap. 8. whereby it is Enacted,  
That in Writs of Error brought upon any Judgement after Verdict, in any Writ of Dower, or Ejectione firmae, Execution is not to be stayed, unless the Plaintiff in the Writ of Error become bound to the Plaintiff in the Action, as the Court shall Order, That if the Judgement be affirmed, or the Writ of Error discontinued by default of the Plaintiff; or the Plaintiff be Nonsuit in the Writ of Error, that they shall pay such Costs and Damages as the Court shall appoint: And the Court may Inquire, what Special Loss the Plaintiff in the first Execution hath by this Delay; and this the Court must also give him by way of Increase of Damages.  
This Act doth not Extend to Writs of Error brought by Executors, nor Administrators, nor any Action Popular, nor other Action brought on a Penal Statute, Except Debt for not Setting out of Tithes; not to any Indictment, Presentment, Inquisition, Information, or Appeal.  
And here we may also Observe, as before, That neither of these two last cited Statutes extend to Aid any Person before, but after Verdict, and not upon Demurrer. Nor doth either of them help Mis-pleading, or defects in Indictments, Appeals, Informations, Inquisitions, or Presentments, or any Actions or Suits upon Penal Statutes; except such as relate to Customs and Subsidies of Tonnage and Poundage.  
What Defects in Pleading, or otherwise, are aided by the said Statutes, we shall give you some Examples of, as follows:  
And, first, see Pasch. 23 Car. 1. Rotulo 51. in B. R. Morefield and Webb's Case, Reported by Aleyn, fo. Placito Where, in a Writ of Error upon a Judgement in the Palace Court at Westminster, in an Action upon the Case, upon a Promise, and Verdict for the Plaintiff; it was moved for Error, That the Habeas Corpora jur ' was not Returned Served, but only a Panel of the Juror's Names annexed to it; which Case is Aided by the Statute of 21 jac. 1. cap. 13. of jeofails, which helpeth, when there is not any Return upon the Writs of Venire facias, Habeas Corpora Iur', and Distring as jur '; so as a Panel of the Names of the Jurors be Returned and annexed to the said Writs.  
Whereupon it was Objected;  
(1) That the Statute of 21 jacobi extends only to Writs, and not Precepts, which issue out of the Palace-Court.  
(2) That the Palace-Court was Erected by Letters Patents 6 Car. 1. which was after the Statute.  
But Resolved,  
1. That the Palace-Court is within the Intention of that Statute; for it provides Amendment in any Action, Suit, Plaint, Bill, or Demand.  
And Justice jones was angry, That Rolls questioned, if this Statute did extend to the Grand Sessions in Wales.  
But agreed per Cur. That the Statute shall not extend to Inferior Courts in these Points.  
2. Resolved, That it Extends to Courts, Erected after the Statute, and so not within the Equity thereof.  
And see Mich. 13 Car. 2. in B. R. Tubb and Walwyn's Case, Keble Vol. 1. Pl. 137. Tit. Averment, where the Plaintiff moved to stay Judgement in Ejectment, because the Life of the Party (during whose Life the Defendant hath a Lease) was not Averred (according to 10 Ed. 4. 18.) 
Averment de vie.  which by 21 jac. 1. cap. 13. is to be Inquired of by the Sheriff, or other Officer, as the Court shall think fit.  
And by Foster, the like Rule was made before the Statute, in the Lady Morleys' Case, after Verdict, as here.  
But see Mich. 21 Car. 2. Lee versus Edwards, in Modern Reports foe 14. 
Averment de Cure.  where an Action upon the Case was brought upon two Promises:  
And the First was, That in Consideration the Plaintiff would bestow his Labour and Pains about the Defendant's Daughter, and would Cure her, the Defendant did Promise to pay so much, and would also pay for the Medicaments.  
Secondly, In Consideration the Plaintiff had Cured the Defendants Daughter, the Defendant did Promise to pay so much.  
And to stay Judgement, it was Objected by Raymond, That the Plaintiff did not Aver in his Declaration, That he had Cured the Defendants Daughter, the Consideration of the first Promise being Future; and both Promises found, and entire Damages given.  
But Twisden said, It is well enough; for now it lies upon the whole Record, whether he hath Cured her, or not; but if it had rested upon the first Promise only, it had been ill.  
And in the second Promise, there is an Averment of the Cure; so that now, after Verdict, it is helped; and the want of an Averment is helped by a Verdict, in many Cases.  
Vide Hil. 22 & 23 Car. 2. Rotulo 233. in B. R. Hoskins versus Robins, 
Licence Mis-pleaded.  in Sander's Reports, Part 2. fo. 32. where said, That the Insufficiency of Pleading a Licence, is helped by the Statute of jeofails, after Verdict.  
And see Mich. 24 Car. 2. in B. R. Holman against Dodde, 
Issue Mis-joyned.  Keb. Vol. 3. Tit. Amendment, Pl. 15. where the Plaintiff in Debt, upon an Obligation to perform Covenants in an Indenture, assigns Breach for Nonpayment of Rent at Michaelmass, according to the Lease, but then, or 40 Days after, by the Bond.  
To which the Defendant did Rejoin, That he paid the same at Michaelmass; Et de hoc ponit se super Patriam, Et praedictus, the Plaintiff similiter.  
After Verdict, it was Moved by Staples to stay Judgement, for that the Issue is Mis-joyned; and tho' it were quod praedictus Robertus (who was the Defendant) for Rowlandus (the Lessee,) and the Directions to the Clerk were right; yet being no Issue, there was no Verdict, and so not Aided by the Statutes of 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 8.  
And here it's no Issue, That the Defendant did Perform, Et de hoc ponit, etc. Et praedictus, the Plaintiff similiter.  
For (as in 1 Cro. 317. Pl. 380.) it's an Issue by the rejoinder, That Robert did not pay, etc. therefore not Aided by the Statute; according to 2 Cro. 579. Pl. 9 in Aldridge's Case:) But the Rent being Reserved only at Michaelmass by the Lease, tho' the Bond be at Michaelmass, or 40 days after, is well enough.  
Vide Pasch. 26. Car. 2. in C. B. Naylor versus Sharpley, & al', Coronator' come Palatin ' Lanc', in Modern Reports 188, 189. where one brings Debt against the Sheriff of that County, and Sues him to the Outlawry, and directs a Capias to the Chancellor, who makes a Precept to the Coroners of the same County, being Six, to take his Body, and have him before the Justices of the Common Pleas at Westminster at such a day: And one of the Coroners being in sight of the Defendant, and having Opportunity enough to Arrest him, doth it not; but they all Return— Non est inventus, tho' he might have been Taken every day.  
Whereupon the Plaintiff brings his Action in Middlesex against all the Coroners, and has a Verdict for 100 l.  
And to stay Judgement, Sergeant Baldwyn Objected, That the Action ought to have been brought in Lancaster.  
He agreed to the Cases put in Bulwer's Case, in Co. Lib. 7. where the Cause of Action ariseth equally in two Counties; but here, all that the Coroners do, subsists and determines in the County Palatine of Lancaster; for they make a Return to the Chancellor of the County Palatine only, who makes a Return to the Court.  
He insisted upon Hussey and Gibb's Case, in Dyer 38. and further said, That this Action is grounded upon two Wrongs; one, The not Arresting him when he was in sight; and the other, For the Returning, Non est inventus, when he might have easily been taken. Now, for the Wrong of one of them, they are all charged, and entire Damages given.  
He Allowed, That two Sheriffs make but one Officer; but said, That every Coroner is responsible for himself only, and not for his Companion.  
Sergeant Turner and Pemberton, contra; That the Action was well brought in Middlesex, because the Plaintiff's Damage arose there, by not having the Body here at the Day.  
They cited Bulwer's Case, and Dyer 159. b. and Agreed, That the Chancellor of the County Palatine Returns to the Court, the same Answer that the Coroners Return to him; so that their False Return is the Cause of the Prejudice that accrues to the Plaintiff in this Action, the Ground whereof is the Return of Non est inventus; which is the Act of them all.  
That one of them saw him, and might have Arrested him, and that the Defendant was daily to be found, etc. are but mentioned as Arguments, to prove the False Return.  
And they Conceived, That an Action would no more lie against one Coroner, than against one Sheriff in London, or any other Place, where there are two.  
Then, as to the first Objection taken by Baldwyn, they said, That admitting the Action to be laid in another County than where it ought; yet after Verdict it is Aided by the Statute of 16 & 17 Car. 2. if the Venire come from any place of the County where the Action is laid: It is not said, in any place of the County where the Cause of Action ariseth. Now, this Action is laid in Middlesex, and so the Trial by a Middlesex Jury is good, let the Cause of Action arise where it will.  
Cur ', That Statute doth not help your Case; for it is to be intended, when the Action is laid in the proper County, where it ought to be laid, which the words Proper County implies.  
But they inclined to give Judgement for the Plaintiff, upon the Reasons given by Turner and Pemberton.  
And see Keble, Vol. 2. Pl. 8. Tit. Escape, Hepping against Huneyard, where, in an Action on the Case, for Rescuing of one taken in Execution, after Verdict.  
Stroud moved to stay Judgement, on Hetley 34. That no Action upon the Case will lie against the Sheriff, or by him: Sed non allocatur, for the Sheriff may be a Beggar; and therefore though the Plaintiff may have an Action upon the Case against him for the Escape, yet he may take the Prisoner again.  
And as to its being said, That the Party being Arrested by the Sheriff of Devon, at Topsham, the Defendant rescued him at Exeter; the Court agreed, the Escape to be the same all over England; but that it ought to have been showed, how the Party came into Exeter: For this cannot be intended; nor (being the Substance of the Matter) is it Aided by the Statute of 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 8.  
And Idem Vol. eodem Pl. 26. Frain & Uxor Administratrix of Smalman versus Painter, where, in an Action of Debt for Rent, the Plaintiffs did declare, That the Intestate, out of his Term, made an Under-Lease to the Defendant, yielding and paying, etc. and that the Intestate died (such a Day,) and Administration was committed to the Plaintiff's Wife.  
To which the Defendant did plead, That the Intestate Assigned to K. to commence after his Death; Absque hoc, That he died possessed of such a Term, prout: And upon this Traverse Issue was joined, and Verdict for the Plaintiff.  
And to stay Judgement, Sanders Objected:  
(1) That the Action was in the Debet and Detinet; which cannot be by Administrators, as Plaintiffs.  
(2) That the Rent is reserved Half-yearly, and there is a Year and Quarters Rend found due, which is impossible.  
jones pro Quer ', The Right is Tried, and so the Declaring in the Debet and Detinet, when it ought to have been in the Detinet only, is Aided by the Statute of 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 8. of jeofails, as in the Case of Cumber against Walton.  
(3) The Exposition of the Year and Quarter is well enough, the Time being one of the Terms upon which it was reserved.  
Cur ', If it did not appear the Plaintiff were Administrator, as it doth, the Debet were of the Substance, and Aided by the Statute, which the Court agreed; and the Second Exception was mistaken, otherwise it had been ill.  
And Idem Vol. eodem Pl. 51. Tit. Slander, Croft against Winter; where an Action upon the Case was brought for words spoken in London of a Minister, viz. He is a Thievish Rogue, and stole a Plate out of Wadham-College in Oxon. And the Plaintiff having a Verdict in London to stay Judgement,  
Sanders moved for the Defendant, That here was a Mis-Trial, 
Mis-Trial.  which ought to have been at Oxford; as in Ford and Brook's Case, Cro. Part 3. 261.  
jones contra, on the Statute of 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 8. this being Tried by a Jury in the proper Place, and the Justification should have been in London, the Felony being Transitory and not Local; as Robbery, etc.  
And the Court Agreed, this was a jeofail. 
jeofail.   
Twisden, The Felony is Local, whether it come in by way of Justification or Declaration; and as in the Case of Throbwalke, the Justification makes the Matter to arise there; as where a Constable, on an Action laid here in London, doth Justify in Essex, there the Trial must be in Essex.  
Keeling Chief Justice, and the Court Agreed to it in the Case of a Constable: But in Case of a Sheriff, or Bailiff, it's Aided by the Statute, especially the words being confessed to be spoken in London. And Judgement was Affirmed.   

CHAP. VIII. Of Intendment.  
IN the next place we shall give an Account, more amply than before, What Construction the Law doth make of the Intention of the Parties, as to Contracts, and other Matters.  
And for this, first, see Cro. 1 Part 141. Paynter versus Paynter, Trin. 6 Car. 1. in B. R. where, in an Action upon the Case sur Assumpsit, the Plaintiff declared, That the Defendant Promised, if the Plaintiff, ad ejus Instanciam, would Marry his Daughter, he would pay unto him 20 l. and give to him 20 French Crowns towards a Wedding-Dinner.  
And the Plaintiff saith in Fact, That he Married the Defendants Daughter, and required him to pay the 20 l. which he had not paid.  
Upon Non Assumpsit, it being found for the Plaintiff, it was Moved, That the Declaration was not good; for the Promise is but Conditional, viz. If the Plaintiff, ad Instanciam Defendentis, would Marry the Defendants Daughter; and so he hath not Averred the Performance of the Condition.  
But the Whole Court conceived upon this Agreement, To Marry the Daughter ad Instanciam, and he Marrying her; it shall be Intended, ad Instanciam, without Averment.  
And see Cro. 1 Part 163. Mich. 7 Car. 1. in B. R. Taverner and Skingles Case; where the Plaintiff Declared in Debt upon an Obligation, with Condition to Perform the Award of I. S. and I. D. so that they made it before the 10th Day of October next, under their Hands and Seals: And if they do not Agree, then to stand to the Umpirage of I. N. so that he made it in Writing under his Hand and Seal, before the 28th of October following.  
The Defendant pleaded, That I. S. and I. D. did make no Award before the 10th day of October.  
The Plaintiff Replied, It is true, They did not; but I. N. did make the Umpirage and Award before the 28th day of October, (inter alia) the Defendant was to pay 30 l. unto the Plaintiff upon such a day, at such a place: And for Nonpayment, etc.  
It was Moved, That the Submission was void, and incertain; for it is,— That if they do not Agree; and it doth not appear to what they should agree; sed non allocatur, for the words, If they do not Agree, have the Intendment— If they do not Agree, to make their Award under their Hands and Seals before such a day. For otherwise it is quasi a Non-Agreement within the Condition.  
(2) It was Objected, That the Award was void, because the Money was appointed to be paid at the House of one W. S. a Stranger; sed non allocatur; for the Appointment of the Payment of the Money at a Stranger's House (especially as here, being a Common Inn) cannot be unreasonable, nor an unlawful Act; for, by Intendment, the Plaintiff shall procure such Kindness, that the Money may be paid there; so the Award was Adjudged good prima fancy, and the Plaintiff had Judgement.  
And see Style's Rep. 465. Wood and Gunston's Case, Mich. 1655. in B. R. where in an Action upon the Case, for Scandalous words spoken of the Plaintiff, viz. for calling him Traitor; the Issue was tried at the Bar, and the Jury found for the Plaintiff, and gave him 1500 l. Damages: And upon Supposition, that the Damages were Excessive, the Defendant moved for a New Trial.  
It was said, That after a Verdict, Partiality of the Jury ought not to be Objected or questioned, and therefore no New Trial.  
Glyn Chief Justice: It is in the Discretion of the Court to grant a New Trial; but that must be a Judicial, and not an Arbitrary Discretion; and the Court may take notice of the Miscarriages of Juries, and grant New Trials upon them: For a Jury may sometimes, by Indirect Dealing, be moved to side with one Party, and not to be Indifferent between both Parties; but it cannot be so Intended of the Court. And a New Trial was Awarded.  
And see Co. Lib. 5. 120. Long's Case, where in an Indictment of Murder, Error was alleged, because the Indictment was said to be taken before W. S. Coronatore Dominae Reginae infra Libertatem dictae Dominae Reginae Villae suae de Cossam praedict' per Visum Corporis; and it was not alleged to what Places the Liberty did Extend, nor what part, or any part of the Town of Cossam, was within the Liberty: So as it doth not appear, that the Coroner had Jurisdiction; and it was said, That Indictments which do concern Life, and which are the King's Counts, aught to have a plain and precise Certainty, to which the Party may answer, and shall not be taken by Argument.  
But Resolved by the Court, that the Indictment was good enough: For if an Indictment be Certain to a general Intent, the same is good enough: And in this Case the Indictment is certain enough to a general Intendment, because Cossam is within the Liberty of Cossam; and that the Town itself shall be Intended to be out of the Liberty of the Town, is a strained Construction, which the Law will never allow of.  
And see Co. Lib. 4. 65. Fulwood's Case, Mich. 33 Eliz. where A. being seized of a House in London, acknowledges a Statute to the Chamberlain of London, for Orphanage-Mony, according to the Custom; and afterwards acknowledges another Recognizance before the Recorder and Mayor, to B. who sued Execution thereupon, and had a Liberate, but it was not Returned; and the Sheriffs, upon that, delivered the House in Execution to B.  
The Successor of the Chamberlain sued Execution upon his Recognizance, by Elegit, to the Sergeant at Mace.  
Amongst other Matters in this Case, it was Objected;  
That here was no Recognizance in the nature of a Statute found; for the Jurors have found— Quod A. veniebat coram Recordatore Civitatis London, & T. O. Majore Stapulae, Et recognovit se debere B. 200 l. and doth not say,— Secundum formam Statuti, etc. nor— Per scriptum suum Obligatorium.  
Whereas the Statute of 32 H. 8. provides, that it shall be by Bill Obligatory, sealed with three Seals. But it doth not appear by the Verdict, that it was according to the Statute, and although that Verdict, being the words of Laymen, shall be taken according to their meaning, and there needs not so precise Form in them, as in Pleading; yet the Substance of the Matter ought to appear either by Express words, or by words Equivalent; so as there ought to be a convenient Certainty, the which, if it be false, the Party for such Falsity may have an Attaint.  
But it was Resolved, that the Verdict was good; for inasmuch as they have found a Recognizance before the Mayor and Recorder, etc. It shall be in a Verdict of Laymen, Intended according to the Statute, for otherwise they cannot take any Record; and also the sequel of the Verdict doth imply, That there was a Recognizance in the Nature of a Statute, otherwise no Execution could be sued thereupon.   

CHAP. IX. Of Bills of Exception.  
THen touching Bills of Exception.  
This (as it seems by 27 H. 8. in Tatam's Action upon the Case) is, when one of the Parties, for the Insufficiency of the Evidence on the other side (as he conceives it) doth offer to Demur upon the same, and the Court thinking it to be good, or the other Party Refusing the same, do not Agree to it; then the Court ought (upon Request) to Seal to the Party, so refusing, this Exception in a Bill, which upon a Writ of Error (as appears by Fitzh. Nat. Brevium) may be assigned for Error; 
Stat. Westm. 2. cap. 31.  whereupon, by the Statute, a Writ (if need be) is to be Awarded to those Justices, to acknowledge or deny their Deed; but (as it seems) by the said Book of 27 H. 8. need not, de Rigore juris, be allowed in Arrest of judgement.  
And it appears by Fitz. Natura Brevium, and 11 H. 4. That this Bill must be Sealed before judgement, and not after.  
For the Formal Drawing up of Bills of Exception, see one to the Evidence upon the Trial at the Assizes, in an Action of Trespass, Assault, and False Imprisonment, brought by Verdon against Decele, Heyward, and others, in the King's-Bench 2. in Brownl. Latin Redivivus, Tit. Bills des Exceptions, and ibid. Mich. 32 Car. 2. where a Writ of Error was brought in the King's-Bench at Westminster, upon a Bill of Exception, to Evidence upon a Trial at the Bar of the Common-Pleas Court in Ireland, upon an Ejectione firmae, with some others there, under the same Title.   

CHAP. X. Of Verdicts.  
A Verdict, is the Answer of a jury, made upon any Cause committed by the Court to their Trial: Which is twofold, Special, or General.  
A Special Verdict is, when they say at large, That they find such and such Matters to be done by the Tenant, or Defendant, so declaring the Course of the Fact, as in their Opinions it is proved; and as to the Law upon the Fact, they pray the Advice of the Court thereupon.  
And this Special Verdict, if it contain any ample Declaration of the Cause, from the beginning to the end, is also called a Verdict at large.  
Whereof see divers Examples in Stamford's Pleas of the Crown, Lib. 3. cap. 9  
A General Verdict is that which the Jury find in General Terms, upon a General Issue:  
As in an Action of Disseisin, the Defendant pleads, No Wrong, No Disseisin; then the Issue is General, whether the Fact be a Wrong, or not; which being put to the Jury, they weighing the Evidence, do either bring in their Verdict for the Plaintiff, That it is a Wrong, and Disseisin; or for the Defendant, That it is No Wrong, No Disseisin. Vid. Co. 1 Inst. fo. 228. a. and New Book of Entries, Tit. Verdict.  
First, As to a Verdict, it must be sufficient in Matter and Form, be the same Special or General; as, if the Jury do not Assess Costs and Damages, where the same aught to be found, and the like.  
And therefore 21 Ed. 4. 11. where a Tender of Homage was found to be made, and not showed in what County; the same was ill. Quaere thereof, for it appeared in the Pleading, etc.  
Next, 
Damages; where to be found Entire, and where Several.  where the Damages are to be found entire or several,  
Touching which, see a good Case in 1 Ed. 5. 5. where the Plaintiff did Count in Detinue of Damages touching every part in several; and the Jury found for the Plaintiff to the Damage of Twenty Pounds entirely, if the Things could not be had; where, by the Better Opinion, the Damages ought to be found several, as the Declaration was.  
See the same Case more at large in Bro. Tit. Count; and so is 3 H. 6. 43.  
And by 9 H. 6. 66. in Waste, the jury ought to sever the Damages for every several Tree, and every several Parcel; but in a Writ to Inquire of Damages, shall find none, because Confessed.  
And 8 H. 4. 6. The jury severed the Damages in a Praemunire, against the Principal and Accessary, as they ought to do.  
And so 19 H. 6. 32. in Forcible Entry, where some found, to Detain Forcibly, and others, to Enter Forcibly.  
And see also in the Title Damages, in Brook, 22 H. 6. 73. where several Issues, several Damages.  
And see there afterwards, how Damages may be severed; and so it is better to be many times: But Costs, according to 36 H. 6. must be entire.  
And 17 Ass. 22. in Trespass against Two, where one was found guilty of part, and the other of other part, the Damages severed. And so is 22 Ass. 76.  
But 29 Ass. 33. if one Person be found guilty of several Trespasses, the Damages may be assessest entirely.  
And see Bro. Damages 118. 5 Ed. 4. That if one of the Issues be a jeofail, and the Damages entirely assessest, 'tis both ill.  
And 11 H. 7. 19 & 20. in Trespass against Two, of two Horses taken severally, Damages must be several: Otherwise, if one be charged with several Trespasses.  
See more hereof in the said Title of Damages, in Bro. Abridgement.  
And, 
Verdict aid bon Pleading.  Where a Verdict shall make ill Pleading good, see before in the Title of Pleading, in that Special Division.  
As 21 H. 6. Bro. Verdict 91. where the Demandant intending to Counter-plead a Resceit said, That the Plaintiff Riens avoit jour del Brief, and said not, Ne unque puis, which was ill; yet, if it be found for the Priee, the Verdict hath made the Plea good; otherwise not. The like of Non-tenure.  
But by Brook, The same after Verdict is helped by the Statute of jeofails.  
The like 22 Ed. 4. 46. Que le Baron ne suit seisie que Dower jour del' Espousals.  
The like 5 H. 7. 14. If an Executor plead, Riens entermains jour del Brief, etc.  
The like 6 H. 7. 6. 3. H. 7. 8. and 20 H. 6. 22.  
Then, 
Verdict contral' Matter de Record.  Where the Verdict is contrary to other Matter of Record.  
As 11 H. 6. 42. Bro. 96. in a Writ of Error, the Death of one of the Parties to the Writ was alleged such a Day, Et alii è contra; and the Death found accordingly; yet because it appeared by the same Record, That the said Party alleged to be dead, had appeared three Days after in Person at the Nisi prius in the first Action, therefore this Verdict was holden a jeofail.  
And 14 Ass. 9 the Special Verdict was found a Record for the Defendant; and the Plaintiff, to disable the Verdict, showed the Record to be otherwise, and good.  
And 25 Ass. 2. The Defendant in an Assize did plead, That he did Enfeoff the Plaintiff within Age, and after did Enter upon him. To which the Plaintiff Replied, That the Defendant was at Age the same time, and so found accordingly; and the Party being in the Court in Person, was Adjudged by Inspection within Age, and that stood, and the Verdict holden for none.  
And so 9 H. 6. 37. If the Defendant in Debt Plead Matter, that proveth his Deed, and yet conclude Non est factum, and it be found accordingly; yet Judgement shall not be given upon the Verdict, but upon his own Confession; quod nota.  
And 3 & 4 Mar. Dyer 147. a Verdict could not find, That the Party himself was Estopped by Indenture.  
Then, 
Of Special Verdicts.  touching Special Verdicts, there is a Statute, viz. Westminster the 2d, which says, Quod Iustic' add Assisas non Compellerentur, etc.  
By Equity whereof, as it appears in the Parson of Homeland's Assize of Fresh-Force, in Plowden's Commentaries, as well upon every Special Issue, as General, the Jury may give a Special Verdict; where the Issue in that Case was upon the Entry, pendant le Brief.  
And so are divers other Books to that Intent; as 33 H. 6. 30, & 31. and 18 Ed. 4. 48. upon the Plea of Non Detinet.  
And so 43 Ass. 1. upon the Issue Frank, & de Frank Estate.  
And so 42 Ed. 3. Bro. 85. upon the Issue, Ne unque seisie que Dower, or, Ne dona pas.  
And so 41 Ed. 3. 10. where the Resceipt was Traversed.  
And so 33 H. 6. where the Issue was, If the Grantor of a Rent, had any thing at the Time of the Grant.  
And so 3 H. 6. 3. upon the Issue of Assets entermains, and Assets per descent. And so in every General Issue.  
Yet 7 H. 4. 11. upon the Issue of son Franktenement, the Court would not suffer a Special Verdict.  
But 1 & 2 Mar. Dyer 117. One did Traverse a Lease, and the jury found specially, and awarded to Replead.  
And so 11 Eliz. Dyer 284. in Crouch and Butler's Case, where the Issue was by an Absque hoc, and not a General Issue.  
But 30 Ed. 3. Fitzh. Abridgement Tit. judgement, in Parco fracto the Defendant said, That the Plaintiff's Wife delivered the Beasts out of the Pound, Absque hoc, que il infreint le Pound; and the Jury found a special Verdict, That the Headborough, in the absence of the Bailie (according to Custom) did deliver the same, and good; and the Defendant discharged, although the Verdict be Special, upon the Issue of Absque hoc, because there it is as a General Issue.  
And so is 32 H. 8. in an Assumpsit to make Two things: The Defendant said, That he did assume to make other Two things, without that, that he did assume in such manner, etc. and found that he did assume to make one of the Things contained in the Declaration, and not the other, and the Verdict, for that last recited Reason, good for the Plaintiff for that one Thing. Otherwise, if an Issue be upon a Traverse Absque hoc, That A. and B. did Enfeoff.  
And see in Plowden's Commentaries in Walsh's and Sander's Case, That upon an Indictment of Felony a Special Verdict may be found.  
And it appeareth also, Mich. 1 & 2 Eliz. Dyer 173. That in an Attaint a Special Verdict was received.  
Then ought to be known, 
Of what things the Jury may take Cognizance.  What things the jury may take Conuzance of in their Verdicts; as namely, Matters in a Foreign County, Conditions, Records, Releases, and the like.  
And, 
Of Matters in a Foreign County.  first, touching Matters in a Foreign County, the Book of 22 Ed. 4. 19 is, That upon the General Issue in Decies tantum, the Jury may take Conusance of Money taken in another County: The like of Assets, but need not be thereunto enforced; Qu. inde, because Transitory, and not like to Trespass in Land; but may not Specially find the Taking in another County.  
And so seems 1 Ass. 16. That they could not find the Death, or a Letter of Attorney expressly in another County. Quaere tamen. Et vide Bro. 24.  
The like 7 Ed. 4. 15 & 16. of a Resignation in another County, or a Divorce.  
And 3 & 4 Mar. Dyer 132. the jury found a Lease in London, and alleged as an Exception. And touching the Damage that ariseth in another County by an Act they are bound to find; as Battery of the Plaintiffs Servants in one County, by reason whereof he lost their Service in another County, although it be so declared.  
And by 9 H. 6. 62. in Trespass of Battery, or Taking of Goods, the jury may find him Guilty in another Town in the same County: Otherwise of Trespass Local.  
But by 2 Ed. 3. 11. cannot Expressly find a Tender of Homage in another County.  
And it appeareth 7 H. 6. Fitzh. Abridgement, Tit. Assize 359. that the jury may Specially find a Condition annexed to a Feoffment, according to Littleton: But otherwise to a Release; but may not find a Waranty, because that cannot be without Deed. And in a Writ of Right, the jury may find a Release of Right; but not a Collateral Waranty.  
And so is 33 Ass. 11. touching a Feoffment upon Condition.  
And so 28 Ass. 17. and 17 Ass. 20. of a Confirmation that doth Enlarge an Estate; otherwise not: But not a Release.  
16 Ass. 15. and 43 Ass. 41. A Feoffment given in Evidence, the jury in respect of the Livery are bound to find; but may not take Conusance of a Release.  
And by 21 Ass. 28. the Jury did find a Feoffment upon Condition, not given in Evidence.  
Then, 
How the jury may find a Matter of Record.  How the Jury may find a Matter of Record.  
See, first, 3 H. 7. and 2. H. 4. That if a jury find an Utlary, or a Writ of Non Molestando, or another Matter of Record, the same is void.  
Yet 28 Ass. 17. a Verdict found a Recovery, etc.  
And 26 Ass. 5. Verdict found a Fine not pleaded, or given in Evidence sub pede sigilli, whereof is a Mirum made in the Case, by the Reporter: And so the like, the same Year, Placito 3. upon a Recovery found by Verdict.  
And 26 Ass. 2. The Verdict in an Assize found an Attainder, and the Court there took it ill.  
But touching this Learning see Newse's and Scholastica's Assize in Plowden's Commentaries; where 'tis said, That a Note of a Fine, or a Recovery, without the Record itself, Sub pede sigilli, or the Number-Roll, may be given in Evidence, if the Jury will so accept of it: Otherwise of Pleading the same.  
And so holden without doubt upon the same Book 26 Ass. and other Books, That the jury may; and in some Cases ought to find a Matter of Record, which seems, when given in Evidence, Sub pede sigilli.  
See more hereof in the Chap. of General Issue, and Special Evidence, antea.  
Then, 
Spiritual Matter, how to be found by the Jury.  How the jury shall find a Spiritual Matter.  
First, see 21 H. 3. 9 where a Verdict in an Assize found, That the Father of the Tenant had taken the Order of a Deacon, and after Married the Defendants Mother, etc.  
And 8 Ass. 5. it was holden, That the Jury in an Assize, may find the Plaintiff or Defendant to be a Bastard; but if it were Pleaded, it shall be Tried by a Certificate from the Bishop.  
And 29 Ass. 2. A Verdict in an Assize found a Divorce; for that it is not a Matter of Record, but a Matter in Fait; quod nota.  
Then, 
Where the Jury find a Special Matter, and Conclude contrary.  it appears in Amy Townsends Case, in Plowden's Commentaries, That if the Jury, or an Office, find a Special Matter, and Conclude contrary, the Court shall not in their Judgement respect the Conclusion, but the Special Matter found; quod nota.  
And so is 28 Ass. 17.  
But, as appears, 16 Ass. 15. if they find a Special Matter, and Conclude according to the Law, the Special Matter is waived.  
And see 18 Eliz. Dyer 153. The Jury found, Quod non Concessit prout Def. etc. when it should be the Plaintiff, and Assigned in Error.  
Then, 
Verdict varying from Issue; where good, and where ill.  In what Cases the Verdict, varying from the Issue, shall be good, and where ill, and for whom the same doth find.  
For which see before in this Chapter of Verdicts in the Division of Special Verdict, and in the Chapter of Issues, where they find Part, or another Day, and the like: And see the Titles Count or Declaration, and Traverse; as also the Cases ensuing, viz.  
36 H. 6. 2. In the Case of Nul tiel Record pleaded, and a Recognizance upon Condition certified.  
And 16 Ass. 19 it's holden, That upon the Issue, Ne enfeoffa pas, the Verdict may find a Conditional Feoffment.  
And 30 Ed. 3. 5. the Defendant in Account did plead Pleinment Account devant A. & B. and the Verdict found, That he did Account before B. tantum; and a good Verdict for the Defendant; quod nota.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 10. in Entry, upon the Statute of Ric. 2. the Verdict upon the General Issue found him guilty of Entry only into two parts of the same, and good accordingly.  
And 10 H. 6. 13. in Debt against the Heir, who pleaded Riens per Descent; to which the Plaintiff Replied, Assets in Dale, and the Verdict found Assets in S; and a good Verdict, for the Place is not material.  
And 1 Ass. 14. if one of the Defendants in an Assize be acquitted, yet the Plaintiff shall have Judgement against the other; and yet they Pleaded Jointly to the Plaint, Non Disseisiverunt.  
See 2 Ed. 3. 49. Brook, Tit. Verdict 20. If Executors plead, Plene administraverunt, and it be found, That they did fully Administer to Ten shillings, the Verdict doth pass against them, and shall answer the whole Action. Quaere inde.  
And 7 H. 6. 33. the Issue was upon the Feoffment of A. and B. and the Verdict found, That A. did only Enfeoff; and, by the Better Opinion, found against him that doth plead the same. Quaere inde.  
And 40 Ed. 3. 35. If in Debt against Two, who plead Non est factum, it be found to be the Deed of one of them, and not of the other, yet the Plaintiff shall Recover.  
And see 28 & 29 H. 8. Dyer 32. where one Declared in Debt upon a Lease of Twenty Acres: To which the Defendant pleaded, That the Plaintiff Let the same Twenty Acres, and Four Acres over, sans ceo que il demise les 20 Acres tantum; whereupon they were at Issue, and the Verdict found the Demise only of 21 Acres; and great Doubt was, for whom the Verdict was found, or whether for neither of them, and so a jeofail.  
And see Dyer 1 & 2 Mar. 115. in Debt upon an Obligation, the Breach of the Condition was assigned in Cutting down Twenty Oaks, and Issue thereupon; viz. Quod non succidit predict as viginti Quercus, nec earum aliquam: And the Jury found, that he Cut Twelve, and the Plaintiff had Judgement.  
And see 22 Eliz. Dyer 367. in an Information of Usury the Defendant did plead; Quod non habuit aut acceptavit praedictas Octoginta libr as pro lacro, etc. and the Jury found, Quod acceptavit quadraginta libras; Et pro Resid', Non Culpabilis; which was there (among other things) assigned for Error, and nothing else taken notice of.  
And see 47 Ed. 3. 19 One did pray to be Resceived in Default of the Tenant for Life, and the Demandant said, That the Tenant had Riens, Priest, and so at Issue; and the Verdict found, That neither the Tenant, or the Priee, had any thing: Where holden, That it was found against the Priee; and the other Matter, Que ils ne unque ount Riens, not Material; quod nota.  
And see 36 H. 6. 29 & 30. If a man in Pleading confess any thing contrary to his Form of Action, his Writ shall abate; but otherwise if the Verdict find the same.  
Then, 
Where the Jury find more than is in the Issue.  Where the jury find more than their Issue.  
Vide 45 Ed. 3. 25. the Defendant in Trespass of Battery did plead the General Issue, and the Verdict found the Defendant Guilty the day mentioned in the Declaration, and another day also, ad dampnum decem librarum; and good, for intended the Assault did continue.  
And 26 Ass. 35. the Verdict did find, that the Plaintiff in the Assize, was seized and disseised, but no Disseisor named, and the Writ did abate, although not pleaded.  
But 39 H. 6. 13. in Mordancestor the Defendant did plead a Bar, which was found against him; and the Jury enquiring further of the Points of the Writ, did find against the Plaintiff; and yet Judgement given for him, because there the Points of the Writ ought not to be enquired of.  
And see 7 H. 6. 8, 9, 20. if the Verdict found the Issue, and more; as the Issue there being upon a Descent, do find the same, and a Continual Claim, that, as to the Continual Claim, is Surplusage.  
And so 39 Ed. 3. 38. the Plaintiff did Count in Annuity by Prescription, which was Traversed by the Defendant, and the Verdict found for the Plaintiff, and also Riens arrear, and Holden, as to that Surplusage.  
The like 13 Ass. 4. in an Assize of Rent the Defendant made Default, and the Plaintiff, to ascertain the Count made Title to a Rent-Service, and the Jury found a Rent by Prescription, and yet the Plaintiff Recovered; quod nota.  
And 13 Ass. 2. in an Assize by I. S. Clerk; the Verdict found, That he was Prebend, Nient nosm; and the Assize did abate.  
See more hereof in the Division, immediately before the last Case.  
And, 
Verdict for the Plaintiff; yet he is Barred.  In some Cases the Verdict found for the Plaintiff, and yet he shall be Barred.  
As 40 Ass. 6. in a Mortdancestor all the Points of the Writ found for the Plaintiff, and yet he was Barred for this Reason; for although he was Heir to his Father, yet because his Elder Brother by the Half-Blood did Enter, he was Barred.  
Then, 
Where the Jury give divers Verdicts.  Where the jury give divers Verdicts.  
As Mich. 3. & 4 Eliz. Dyer 204. To part they gave a Verdict at the Bar for the Plaintiff, and being Remanded to inquire of the rest, came again and changed that Verdict, and with the rest gave for the Defendant.  
So in Sander's Quid juris clamat, more strongly, where the first was but a Private Verdict; quod nota.  
And know, 
Verdict must be by 12, except by Writ of Inquiry.  That every Verdict, unless by Writ to Inquire of Damages, aught to be by Twelve.  
And therefore 41 Ass. 1. a Verdict taken at the Assizes by Eleven, when the Twelfth would not agree, 'twas holden ill, and a new Venire facias awarded, and so the Original stood; quod nota.  
Where said, That the Justices ought to have carried them in Carts; and by other Authority, The Justices may Fine such a Jury for their Obstinacy, after Examination.  
And Observe, 
Verdict de bene Esse.  That if a Protection be laid at the Assizes, and the Justice's doubt, whether the same do lie, or not, they may take the Verdict de bene Esse; as 35 H. 6. 58. and other Books are.  
Then, 
Where the Verdict shall be void in part, or a jeofail.  Where the Verdict shall be void in part, or in the whole; or where a Repleader, and a Scire facias de novo.  
See the Cases before in this Chapter of Verdict, especially in the Division of Special Verdict; or where it doth vary, or is contrary to the Issue.  
And see afterwards in Misdemeanour of the jury, and the same Case of 41 Ass. of the Verdict by Eleven; and 2 & 3 Mar. Dyer 132. a Doubt only moved, Whether a Verdict shall be void in the Whole, or not.  
And, Lastly, 
Misdemeanour of the Jury, where it makes a Verdict ill.  Where the Misdemeanour of the jury, or one of them, shall make the Verdict ill.  
See Brook in the Title of Verdict; as namely 20 H. 7. 3. where all of them did Eat before they did Commune of the Verdict, at their own Costs, and the Verdict good; but if at the Costs of the Party for whom they found, then ill; otherwise not.  
Where it's said also, That in respect of Necessity or Sickness, one or more of them may Eat, or Drink.  
And accordingly is 14 H. 7. 29. where the Jury, at the Nisi prius, by reason of a sudden Tempest departing from the Bar, one of them entered into an House, where he drank at the Request of a Stranger; that told him, The Earl of Kent' s Part was better; as well for that the Verdict was found against the Earl of Kent, as that the Matter was not showed in time before Verdict; but it was Cause sufficient to Fine the Juror.  
The like of an Escrowl delivered to one of the Jurors, etc.  
And accordingly is 24 Ed. 3. 24. the Justice at Nisi prius being informed, That the Sheriff had let the Jury go at large, to Eat and Drink, Refused the Verdict, Fined the Jury and the Sheriff, and awarded a New Venire facias for Trial of the Cause.  
Yet see 14 H. 7. 1. where, in the Common-Pleas, the Jury found for the Plaintiff, and yet the Defendant had a New Venire facias; for that the Jurors, after their Charge, did Eat and Drink, and Disallowed the first Verdict.  
And it appears in Welden and Elkington's Case, in Plowden's Commentaries, That one of the jurors was Fined, for having a Box of Marmalade about him; but the Verdict not avoided: But after a Privy Verdict, as is 2 H. 4. 21. and 5 Ed. 4. 6. 1. and at their own Expenses, the jury are suffered to Eat and Drink together, until, etc.   

CHAP. XI. Of judgements.  
NExt in Order, 
Forms of Judgements.  We shall Treat of judgements.  
And, First, touching the Form of a judgement, see 3 H. 4. 2. That whether the Plea be to the Writ, Count, or in Bar, and Judgement thereupon to be given for the Defendant, that the Words of the judgement are all one, and shall be Expounded either Peremptory to other Actions; or otherwise, as the Matter of the said Plea doth require.  
As if one doth Demur upon the Count, the Judgement shall be, Eo quod Insufficiens est in Lege Quer' nichil Capiat per Breve: Or Generally, Nichil Capiat per Breve (sive Billam,) Et quod Defend ' Eat sine die; and shall, as before, in another Action be Peremptory, or not, as the Case of the first Plea requireth.  
And 3 H. 4. 11. In Debt in London, the Defendant pleaded a Foreign Plea, and judgement was given for the Plaintiff, Quod Quer' sequatur ad Communem Legem, Et quod Defeat sine die; and there, in a New Action doubted, whether this Judgement might be pleaded in Bar.  
And 3 H. 4. 18. in that Case the judgement is recited to be, Quod Quer' nichil Capiat per Breve, Et quod Def. Eat sine die; quod nota.  
In the next place, 
What Day Judgement shall be given.  What Day judgement shall be given.  
For which see 9 Ass. 11. That it shall not be given until the Fourth Day; and if a Writ of Attaint bears Date before the said Fourth Day, it shall abate.  
Then, 
Where, i e. in what Court Judgement shall be given.  Where judgement shall be given.  
For which see 21 H. 7. 35. where its said, That if an Office Traversed in the Chancery, be sent into the Common-Pleas to be Tried, the Judgement shall be given there, because the one Court and the other is coram Rege.  
And 6 Ass 4. 16. That if an Assize upon a Foreign Release pleaded, be Adjourned to be Tried in Banco, and found for the Plaintiff; if he will Release his Damage, he may have Judgement there: Otherwise, it shall be Remanded to Inquire of Damages.  
Then shall be shown, 
Causes to stay judgement.  What be Causes to stay judgement.  
As 11 H. 4. 10. and 19 H. 6. 10. If the Court think the Damages given to be too great (as the Cases were there in Trespass and Replevin) the Court may stay judgement, until the Plaintiff have Released part of the Damages.  
And so 11 H. 4. 17. where, after Verdict, it did appear by Examination, that one of the Parties had delivered an Escrowl to the Jurors.  
And so 11 H. 4. 71. If it appear by Matter of Record, That the Land is in the King's Hands.  
And 39 Ed. 3. 35. The Court upon Discretion did stay judgement, because it was supposed the Action to be brought by Covin.  
Then, 
Judgement final.  Where judgement shall be Final.  
It appears 26 H. 8. 8. That before the Miso is joined in a Writ of Right, or where the Tenant in that Action Voucheth, no judgement shall be final against the Vouchee.  
Yet see 44 Ed. 3. Bro. judgement 45. A Feme Covert was Received, and did Join the Mice, and Judgement final given against her; yet thereof, and of an Infant, left doubtful, 9 Ed. 4. 16.  
See Fitzh. Nat. Brevium, in his Writ of Right.  
Then, 
Where the Plaintiff may have Judgement for part, and relinquish the rest.  Where the Plaintiff may have judgement for part, and Relinquish for the rest.  
For which see, first, 16 H. 7. 17. where the Plaintiff in Debt did Count part upon a Lease of Land in London, and part of other Land: As to the first, they were at Issue in London; and to the rest, at Issue also to be Tried in a Foreign County; and the first Issue found for the Plaintiff ad dampnum xx d. and Costs xx s. and the Plaintiff did Relinquish the other Issue, and prayed judgement for that, and had it.  
And in the like Case 32 H. 6. 4. the Plaintiff demanded Judgement of that Debt found, and Damages, and Relinquished his Costs until the other Verdict found.  
And so seems 3 H. 6. 37. and 42 Ed. 3. 25. In Debt, part upon an Obligation, and part upon a Contract: As to the Obligation the Defendant did Confess, and to the other the Plaintiff was Nonsuit, and yet had Judgement for the other.  
And 50 Ed. 3. 11. in Trespass against Two, if the one of them be Attainted before the other appears, the Plaintiff shall not have Judgement against him before the other appear and Plead also; except he will Release against the other.  
And so 45 Ed. 3. 3. Where one of the Defendants in Trespass doth make default.  
And 36 H. 6. 13. the Defendant in Debt, as to Parcel pleaded tout Temps priest, and to the rest Nil debet; where it's said, That the Plaintiff may have Judgement of the Parcel confessed Maintenant, and of the Damages, for the Court may Tax the same; but Cesset Executio quousque, because of the Costs.  
But 22 H. 6. 48. if in Debt the Defendant plead to the Issue for Part, and a Nil dicit to the Residue; as to the same the Plaintiff shall have Judgement presently; but as to the Damages, he shall stay until the other Issue be Tried, although it be in Cases where Damages ought to be severed.  
But see 5 Ed. 4. 108. where in Trespass against Baron and Feme, the Baron did plead Non Culpabilis, and the Feme a Foreign Plea; whereupon Issue was taken, that was a jeofail; the Plaintiff cannot relinquish the same, and Pray judgement against the Husband, because the Damages are not to be severed; but the Husband shall have advantage or disadvantage of the Verdict of his Wife, if the Issue were good.  
So if Two other persons in Trespass plead severally, and the one of the Verdicts a jeofail, because of the Entirety of the Damages: Otherwise, if the Defendants were severed in the Process, Pleading, or Demurrer.  
And in Trespass against Two, who plead Non Culp ', the Plaintiff cannot sever his Judgement, but his Execution; and he must have Judgement before the Release.  
And 5 Ed. 4. 124. it appears, That if divers Pleas be pleaded, and one of them goeth to the Whole, the Plaintiff may Release that for doubt of the Sequel.  
And see 15 Ed. 4. 25 & 26. That if in Trespass against Three, one maketh default, and the other pleadeth a Plea that goeth to the Whole, the Plaintiff may pray his Judgement against him that made Default, and Relinquish against the other.  
Then, 
Two Judgements in one Action.  Of Two judgements in one Action.  
As 36 H. 6. 2 & 3. by Prisot, in Ravishment of a Ward, the Judgement shall be of Damages with the Body; and if the Sheriff Return, That the Heir is married, the Plaintiff shall have a Scire facias for the greater Damages; and upon that he shall have another judgement and Execution.  
The like by him in Detinue, and also in Debt against Executors; where in the one Case, if the Sheriff Return, That they are lost, and in the other a Devastavit, the Plaintiff shall have a New Scire facias, and have Judgement de bonis propriis. Quaere, For, according to Littleton, the first Judgement shall be Conditional, viz. De recover les biens cu Guard, etc. Et si, etc.  
And so is 22 H. 6. 41. in Detinue, according to Littleton.  
And, 
Where Judgement shall be with Cesset Executio.  Where the Plaintiff shall have judgement, but Execution shall cease.  
See 24 Ed. 3. 61. in Dower, of Rent granted to Cease during the Nonage of the Heir.  
Also in Perkins; and there likewise, where Dower is brought, and a Term in being before the Marriage.  
And see 15 Ed. 4. 11. & 3. or 4 Ed. 3. 42. in Trespass against Three, they all plead Non Culp ' as to part; and quoad resid ' plead a Gift of the Goods, and Issue thereupon; and at the Nisi prius two make Default, and a third pleads a Concord, puis darrein Continuance, and prayed the Issue might be Tried against the two by Default; for that no Continuance can be made of it, they being absent; and if not Tried now, 'twill be Discontinued.  
Objected, That goes but to Part, and there is now a Plea which goes to the Whole, which is to be Tried first: For if that be against the Plaintiff, tho' he should have Verdict on the other, he can have no Judgement.  
But for the Inconveniency, and for that this Plea to the Whole comes after the Venire facias, and the other was before, therefore 'twas Tried; but if both had been before the Venire facias, it could not have been: and 'twas found for the Plaintiff, and Judgement was had with a Cesset Executio till the other was Tried; for the Concord was laid in another County. So the Plaintiff Released to him, and took Execution, tho' the Judgement was on the first Plea.   

CHAP. XII. Of Executions.  
EXecution is the last Performance of an Act, 
Execution, what.  as of a Judgement in a Suit, viz. Where Judgement is given in any Action, That the Plaintiff shall Recover the Land, Debt, or Damages, as the Case is; and where a Writ is awarded to put him in Possession, or to do some other thing whereby the Plaintiff may be the better satisfied his Debt or Damages, that is called a Writ of Execution; and when he hath the Possession of the Land he sues for, or is paid off his Debt or Damages, or hath the Body of the Defendant awarded to Prison, than he hath Execution.  
And where the Plea is in an Inferior Court, as County-Court, Hundred-Court, or Court-Baron, and they defer Execution in favour of either Party, or other Cause, than the Party may have a Writ de Executione judicii.  
Vide Co. Lib. 6. fol. 87. a. Where is said to be two sorts of Executions, the one final, the other with a quousque, tending to an End.  
An Execution final, is that which makes Money of the Defendant's Goods, or Extends his Lands, and delivers them to the Plaintiff, which he accepts in Satisfaction, and is the End of the Suit, and all that the King's Writ Commands to be done.  
The other Execution, with a Quousque, is tending to an End, but not final; as in the Case of a Capias ad Satisfaciendum, etc. which is not final, but the Body of the Party is to be taken, to the intent to satisfy the Plaintiff; and his Imprisonment is not absolute, but until the same be performed.  
And by Co. Lib. 8. 141. the Method of obtaining these Executions, are by certain judicial Writs, some of which are against the Person, some of them against the Goods and Chattels, some of them against the Lands, and some against the Body, Goods, and Lands.  
And by Co. ubi supra, The Execution for Debt, is Fourfold: 

1. Of Goods only, by Fieri facias.  
2. Of the Moiety of Lands, by Elegit.  
3. Upon a Statute, or Recognizance.  
4. Of the Body, by Capias ad Satisfaciendum.    
Then, 
Against whom Execution by Capias will lie.  Touching Executions upon judgements by Writs of Capias ad Satisfaciendum.  
First, Shall be declared against what Person an Execution will lie by Capias.  
As namely, 26 H. 8. 7. Not against an Abbot; but upon a Testatum, the Plaintiff may have an Elegit into another County: Otherwise of a Knight; the like as an Abbot, of a Bishop, Duke, etc. if it be not upon a Rescous, or other Contempt, as 11 H. 4. 15. and other Books are.  
And by Co. Lib. 8. 141. & Lib. 5. 88 & Lib. 6. 53. & Lib. 3. 12. Magna Charta 2. 18. Westm. 2. 11. This Writ of Execution may not be had against a Duke, Earl, or Baron, or their Wives, but in some Special Cases; nor against an Heir, or an Executor, but in some especial Cases.  
Then, 
In what Cases Execution may be had by Capias.  In what Actions, and other Cases, Execution may be had by Capias.  
See, first, 34 H. 6. and 48 Ed. 3. Bro. 12. That in Scire facias upon a Recognizance, no Capias.  
Yet 7 H. 4. 34. granted for the King in a Recognizance for the Peace.  
Nor against Executors, in whose hands Assets were found, if not (as it seems) upon a Devastavit Returned.  
See more touching Executions against Executors in that special Title Devastavit, in Brook's Abridgement.  
And in 42 Ed. 3. 11. if one Recover in an Action upon the Case against an Ostler, because he is not charged upon a Wrong, but a Laches, no Execution lieth by Capias.  
The like in an Action upon the Statute of Hue and Cry.  
And so is 42 Ass. 17. in the Case of an Ostler, although there was a Capias in the Mean Process.  
But 2 H. 4. 6. and Roll. Abridg. 898. one in Dower did Recover Damages, and could not have Execution of them by Capias, because no Capias in the Mean Process.  
And so 11 H. 7. 15. in an Assize.  
And 7 H. 6. 45. No Execution by Capias against one not Party to the Writ; as there, where, upon Issue in Detinue found against the Garnishee, the Plaintiff recovered the Thing against the Defendant, and Damages against the Garnishee, and could not have Execution of the Damages by Capias.  
And Note this Difference, 40 Edw. 3. 25. That in Detinue of a Bag or Box of Writings, Execution lieth by Capias: Otherwise if there be one or more Writings in Certain; quod Nota.  
Vide Pluis in Bro. Tit. Capias and Process, Court Baron, Ancient Demeasn, Statute Merchant, etc.  
And yet as appears, 11 H. 7. 15. In an Assize, where no Execution by Capias lieth against the Party for the Damages; yet if the Disseisin be found to have been with force, and the Party to be taken by Capias pro Fine, 
Execution by Capias pro Fine.  (either within or after the year, as the said Book is) he shall remain in Execution for the Party, Quod Nota, Et quaere inde.  
And so is 7 H. 4. 39, & 40. Not mentioning whether the Capias were within the year or after; for in all other Cases the difference is taken, where the Defendant is taken within the year upon the Capias pro Fine, and where after:  
For in Fitz. Nat. Br. 121. In the one Case he shall remain in Execution without the Plaintiffs Request, and in the other not, altho' he do request the same.  
And 7 H. 6. 5. Somewhat doubtful, if the Plaintiff request not the same.  
But 7 H. 4. 4. is clear without request of the Plaintiff, because the words of the Writ are, Ad Respondend' tam Nobis quam Parti.  
And see 14 H. 7. 15. and 15 H. 7. 5. In an Assize, where the Disseisin was found with Force, and the Record removed, and the Defendant taken pro Fine Regis within the year; yet could not remain in Execution at the request of the Party, because there he could not have Execution without Scire Facias.  
And so is 1 H. 7. 20. When it is after the Year, or in the time of another King.  
But as appears 11 Ed. 4. 67. This is no Execution for the Party, but at his Election; for altho', as the Case was there, he was discharged by consent of the Plaintiff upon Recognizance given; yet the Plaintiff had at his Pleasure a new Execution.  
And so is 4 Edw. 4. 16. 
Escape.  But more doubted, whether there the Gaoler may let him go at large by the Commandment of the King, and it seems there that he cannot.  
And 22 Ass. 74. One taken pro Fine Regis upon a Disseisin, found Pledges pro Fine, and there said, That he should not go at large, if the Plaintiff request him to be in Execution; quod nota.  
And see the Book of 14 H. 7. 28. That after a Fieri Facias awarded, and not returned, the Defendant was taken within the year upon the Capias pro Fine, and at the request of the Plaintiff could not be detained for his Execution, but found Pledges for the Fine, and went at large: Otherwise if the Scire Facias had been returned Nichil; quod nota.  
Vide Rolls Abridgement, fol. 901. Where said, That if one be condemned for a Fine to the King, and Damages to the Party, in an Action where a Capias lies in the Original, and he is taken by Capias pro Fine at the suit of the King, and after suffered to escape, the Party Plaintiff may have Execution by Fieri Facias or Elegit, or he may sue the Sheriff for an Escape.  
Vide March's Reports, Case 86. Where one is imprisoned for the King's Fine, and upon an Habeas Corpus it is returned, That he is in Execution also for the Damages of the Party, it shall be intended at the Prayer of the Party.  
But by 13 H. 7. 6. If one be taken by Capias pro Fine, in such a Case wherein he shall be said to be in Execution for the Plaintiff also, and he do after sue Execution against the Defendant by Fieri Facias, or Elegit; in that Case the Defendants Body is discharged from Execution as to the Plaintiff.  
Vide Mores Reports, 
Capi●s Utlagatum.  Case 172, and leonard's Reports, First Part, 51. Where G. recovers in Debt in the Common Pleas, and upon Error the Judgement was affirmed, and he had Process of Outlawry, and the Party was taken upon the Capias Utlagatum, within the year after the Judgement, upon Process continued, without Discontinuance against him: And it was held that he should be in Execution without any Prayer for it, and without Scire Facias, because the Process was continued; and tho' the Original Judgement were in another Court, and that after the year he might have a Scire Facias.  
But if one be taken at the Suit of the King pro Fine Regis, after the year upon Process continued, he shall be in Execution for the King, but not without Prayer.  
But if the Defendant be taken pro Fine Regis in a Suit wherein no Capias lies, nor Capias ad Satisfaciendum will lie for the Party; yet in that Case upon the Prayer of the Party Plaintiff, he shall be in Execution for him, but not without Prayer.  
And see Dyer, fol. 306. Where said, That in all Cases generally where the Plaintiff may have a Capias ad satisfaciendum in the Suit, and the Defendant is taken by a Capias pro Fine, or a Capias Utlagatum after Judgement, there the Defendant shall be in Execution presently at the Suit of the Party also, without any Prayer or Motion to the Court: And in Case where he may have a Fieri Facias, and no Capias ad satisfaciendum, as in Assize, Redisseisin, or the like, and the Party is taken by a Capias pro Fine, and Committed to Prison at the King's Suit; In all these Cases upon a Prayer, and Moving the Court, the Defendant shall be in Execution for the Party also, but not without Prayer; and in Case where the Plaintiff hath a Judgement, and doth surcease his time, so that now he cannot have Execution by Capias ad satisfaciendum, or Fieri Facias without a Scire Facias: In these Cases, if the Defendant, after this, happen to be taken by a Capias pro Fine for the King, or by a Capias Utlagatum after Judgement, he shall not be in Execution for the Plaintiff without Prayer, or Moving the Court.  
In the next place shall be shown, Where Execution shall be had by Capias, Fieri Facias or Elegit.  
And, 
Where Execution by Capias, Fi. Fa. or Elegit.  first, you ought to know, That upon Judgements by Course of the Common Law, were only Fieri Fac ' and Capias, as namely in Trespass or Indictments; where Process of Outlawry, Fieri Fac ' or Capias at the Election of the Plaintiff; and where no Process of Outlawry, only Fieri. Facias; until first Remedy was given by the Statute of Westm' 2. cap. 19 which is, If a man recover Debt or Damages, it shall be at his Election to have a Fieri Facias de Terris & Catallis, or the Sheriff shall deliver to him omnia Bona & Catalla (Debitoris) Exceptis Bobus & Affris Carucae, quousque Debitum fuit levat' per Rationabil' Precium & Extent', and if he be Ousted, he shall have Assize and Redisseisin.  
And after in the same Statute, Cap. 47. De hijs quae Recordat' sunt like Execution given upon Recognizances; upon which have been divers Cases in the Law of great Learning put since that time, as namely 50 Edw. 3. 4. In Decies tantum the Elegit was Returned Nichil, and afterwards the Defendant was taken by Capias pro Fine, and by the better Opinion could not stay in the Execution for the Party.  
And by 5 Edw. 4. 41. 19 H. 6. & 30 Ed. 3. in Bro. 93. After an Elegit awarded and returned Nichil, no Execution by Capias.  
And see 13 Eliz. Dyer 299. That after an Elegit the Plaintiff could not have Debt.  
But as 21 H. 7. 19 after one Elegit returned Nichil, the Plaintiff may have another.  
But by all the Books, if the Writ of Elegit had not been returned at all, than the Plaintiff might have a New Execution by Fieri Facias or Capias, as appears by 17 Ed. 4. 4. where before the return of the Elegit the year did Elapse, and after the Plaintiff had a Scire Facias and a Capias.  
And 42 Edw. 3. 11. after divers Writs of Fieri Facias upon Continuance, one was returned Nichil, and the Plaintiff had several Elegits in divers Counties.  
And by 45 Ed. 3. 19 after a Fieri Facias returned Nichil, a Capias was awarded.  
And 10 Ed. 4. 3. after Execution by Fieri Facias of part, the Plaintiff had a Capias for the Rest; and so is 18 Ed. 4. 12.  
But by 22 Ass. 43. the Body being in Execution, no further Execution shall be by Elegit or Fieri Facias.  
And by 15 H. 7. 14, & 15. after a Capias one shall not have an Elegit, no more than a Capias after an Elegit.  
So that hereupon, and by Fitzh. Nat. Brevium it appears, That after a Fieri Facias executed in part, or not executed, the Plaintiff shall have either Capias or Elegit; but if he betake himself either to Capias or Elegit, and those Writs be returned, he must still keep to the same, and to no other Execution; quod nota.  
See more of this in Brook Title Elegit.  
See also Dyer 4 & 5. Mariae 162. How the Plaintiff Recovering 40 l. against one that hath Land in divers Counties, may, dividing his Debt, or entirely, have several Elegits.  
But by Hobart 58. There may not be two several sorts of Executions out an once, but one after another.  
Yet Idem fo. 2. If one Elegit be sued out, and entered of Record, tho' the Plaintiff get nothing by it, yet he shall never have other Execution till something be found, and no man will Record the Execution till he find somewhat.  
Vide yelverton's Reports, fo. 52. Where said, That if a man be taken upon a wrong Writ of Execution, tho' it be returned Executed, yet because he in Truth never was in Execution, a new Capias may issue out against him.  
And Idem 180. Where Goods are taken in Execution in another County, upon a Testatum returned, That the Defendant Nulla habet Bona, etc. in London, where the Action was Tried, but in the County of B. where the Goods were taken, which is false, the Execution shall be avoided, and the Party restored to his Goods again.  
But by Moor, Case 428. though the Court grant an Erroneous Execution, yet that will not excuse the Sheriff where there is an Escape.  
Yet by Hetley, Rep. 157. Where the Sheriff upon a Fieri Facias takes a part of the Defendants Goods in Execution, and delivers them to the Plaintiff, and they be taken from him, he shall have Execution de novo.  
And by Popham in his Reports, fo. 206. one may be discharged out of Execution by word only, as where one is in Execution at my Suit, and I bid the Sheriff let him go, this is a good discharge.  
Vide Dyer, 306. 
Upon Escape, Sheriff chargeable in Debt or Case.  Where said, That in all Cases, where the Law doth once adjudge a Defendant to be in Execution at the Suit of the Plaintiff, if the Sheriff suffer him to escape, he shall be chargeable to the Plaintiff for the same in an Action of Debt, or upon the Case:  
Yet by Popham 41. if he be taken in a Fresh Pursuit, 
Fresh Pursuit.  tho' in another County, by that he shall be in Execution again.  
And by Co. lib. 3. 71. where the Sheriffs of London at the going out of their Office, by Indenture did deliver B. in Execution to the New Sheriffs; and he being in Execution at the Suit of C. and D. did make his Escape. D. only is named, C. sues the Escape, and had Judgement; 
Old Sheriffs must give notice to the New of those in Execution.  and held that B. was not in Execution of the Old or new Sheriffs, and, that the Old are to give notice to the New Sheriffs of them in Execution, tho' they be upon Record; and the Prisoners are in Custody of the Old Sheriffs, tho' out of Office, till delivered to New; and if the Old Sheriffs die, the New must take notice of them at their Peril; and the Prisoners are in Custody of the Law, between the death of the Old and the coming in of the New Sheriffs.  
But see Co. lib. 4. Blomfields Case, where two were bound jointly and severally by Bond, both sued and condemned, and taken in Execution, the one escaped, the other brought an Audita Querela; and held not to lie.  
Vide Rolls Abridgement, 904. Where said, That if A. be taken in Execution on a Capias ad Satisfaciendum at the Suit of B. and escape from the Sheriff, and no return is made of the Writ, nor is the Writ filled, or any Record made of the Award of the Capias; B. may have a Scire Facias against A. and thereupon what Execution he will.  
And see More, Case 1177. and Hob. 55, & 56. Foster and jackson's Case, If the Defendant die in Execution, this is a discharge of the Execution for ever, as an Escape is: Yet Co. lib. 5. 86. contra.  
But by Hob. 59 If two be bound jointly and severally to me, and I sue them jointly, I may have a Capias against them both, and the Death or Escape of the one shall not discharge the other: But I may not have a Capias against one, and another kind of Execution against the other, when I sue them jointly: But when I sue them severally, I may sever them in their several kinds of Execution; but yet so, as if a very satisfaction be had of one, or against the Sheriff upon the Escape of one, the other may be relieved by Audita Querela.  
But if a Capias ad Satisfaciendum be had against one of them in this Case, so as there is such an Execution as is a Satisfaction, no other can be had against him, or his Heir or Executor, if he dies, here none may be had against either of the others: For where the Law gives three or four kinds of Execution by way of Choice, and the Plaintiff chooseth a Capias ad satisfaciendum, and the Defendants Body is taken thereupon, it cannot be for part as in a Fieri Facias.  
Vide Anderson, Part 1. Case 166. Where the Plaintiff sued a Capias ad Satisfaciendum against one of the County of C. that was brought into Court in Custody of the Sheriff, where the Plaintiff was present, and being asked by the Court, whether he would pray, that the Prisoner might be committed to the Fleet, answered, that he would not.  
And this he did because the Prisoner was poor, and not able to pay, and had escaped out of the Sheriff's Custody, against whom, he said, he intended to bring his Action; and thereupon the Court discharged him of his Execution, not committing him to the Fleet, nor leaving him in the Custody of the Sheriff, because the Sheriff did not pray it.  
Then, 
Elegit. It's Force.  as to the Force of an Elegit.  
See Westm. 2. cap. 18. Dyer 206, 335. Co. lib. 7. 49. & lib. 4. 67, 68 Fitzh. Nat. Brev. 48. Plowd. 224. 178. 2 H. 4. 14. Bulstrode part 2. 98, 99 Lane 20. That upon an Elegit the Sheriff is to make Execution of a moiety or one half of all the Houses, Lands, Meadows, Pastures, Rents, Reversions and Hereditaments, whereof, and wherein the Defendant at the time of the Judgement had, or after had any sole Estate, or Interest, in Fee, Tail, or for Life, into whose hands soever the same do afterwards come.  
So also, if the Husband and Wife do hold Lands for their two Lives, they are Extendable upon this Writ.  
But a Right only to Land, an Annuity, Copyhold-land, the Land the Husband holds in Right of his Wife in Fee, or for Life, is not Extendable after her Death, nor liable to Execution.  
And all the Goods and Chattels, except only the Beasts of the Blow, which the Defendant hath, or at time of Execution had, are liable to Execution on this Writ, as on a Fieri Facias: But no Goods and Chattels really, and Bona Fide made away before Execution, are liable to be taken upon this Writ.  
Vide Hob. 57 An Elegit may be sued of Lands in Ancient Demesn.  
And ibidem, it may be sued after a Capias or Fieri Facias both, and after a Capias returned non est inventus.  
But by 13 H. 7. 1 Co. lib. 5. 87. 25 H. 7. 15. 33 H. 6. 47. 28 H. 8. 9 19 H. 6. 4. &. 17 Ed. 4. 4. after an Elegit sued out and returned, the Plaintiff may not have a Capias ad Satisfaciendum, or a Fieri Facias; but he must have an Alias Elegit, or an Elegit in another County.  
And by Hob. ubi supra, The Plaintiff may have an Alias Elegit, or an Elegit in divers Counties, one after another.  
And Idem 58. An Elegit may be had for a Residue after a part is levied by a Fieri Facias; and if upon the Elegit nothing be taken but Goods, which are not enough, the Plaintiff may have a Fieri Facias.  
But ibidem Dubitatur, whether if a Lease of Lands for three years be taken, which is not enough, if now the Elegit be Peremptory.  
Then ought to be known, How a man's Bail, 
Execution against Bail or Mainprize.  or Mainprize shall be had in Execution or discharged.  
For which see, first, 47 Edw. 3. 25. & 26. 
Mainpernors, what?  That Mainpernors are there taken but to observe the day, that is to say, They are such Persons as do take or receive a man into Friendly Custody, that otherwise is, or might be Committed to Prison, upon security given by them for his forthcoming or appearance, at the day assigned, or return of the Writ, or Process: So that he that is Mainprised, is always said to be at large, and go at his own liberty, not of Ward, after the day is set to Mainprize, until the day of appearance, by reason of Summons, or otherwise.  
But it is otherwise, 
Bail, what?  where a man is let to Bail to four or two Persons by a Judge till such a day, for there he is always accounted by Law to be in their Ward or Custody for the time.  
And they may, if they will, keep him in Ward or Prison all the time, or otherwise at their pleasure; so that he that is so Bailed, shall not be said by the Law to be at large, or at his own liberty.  
For, as before, 47 Ed. 3. in Trespass the Defendant coming in by Capias found Mainpernors, and had a Supersedeas, and at the day appeared, and made an Attorney, and the Mainpernors discharged: But Experience is otherwise at this day, for the Mainpernors now answer the Execution in default of the Principal.  
And 8. H. 4. 21. three Persons brought a Homine Replegiando, and found Mainpernors to prosecute with Effect, where said, That if they fail, the Defendant shall have Execution against the Mainpernors.  
And 2 H. 4. 6. an Inquest did pass against the Defendant, who was demanded, and came not, and his Mainpernors awarded to Prison, quod nota, Quaere tamen inde, for by experience at this day, no Execution can be had against the Mainpernors, unless some Writ of Execution be returned against the Principal, Nichil, or Non est Inventus, and the Bail or Mainprize be discharged upon the bringing in of the Principal, either hanging the Plea, or after Judgement before Execution; for after Execution is once had against the Bail or Mainpernors, the Principal is discharged; Quaere tamen inde.  
And this Bail may be after discharged, as by death of the Principal, Demise of the King, etc.  
And as 32 H. 8. Brook Tit. Mainprize, If a Record be removed out of London by a Writ of Privilege, altho' the same be after Remanded by Procedendo, yet the Mainpernors are discharged.  
The like where Judgement is to Replead, and the Plaintiff makes a New Declaration; But if the Privilege were never allowed, than it is otherwise, as it seems 31 H. 8. Procedendo 13. and Surety in Brook 28.  
See likewise 38 H. 6. 4. 12. Where one having cause of Privilege in the Court of Common Pleas, was Arrested in London, and drawn into Plea in one of the Sheriff's Courts there, and before Judgement he delivered a Supersedeas to the Inferior Court, yet they proceeded to Judgement, and the Party was taken in Execution, and brought by Habeas Corpus in the Court of Common Pleas, and the Court awarded, That the Party should be discharged of the Execution.  
Vide Co. Rep. lib. 5. fol. 70. If the Principal upon a Special Bail do not pay the Money, or render his Body, after Judgement, in discharge of his Bail, than (and not before) Execution is to be had against the Bail.  
And see Goldesbroughs Rep. fol. 175. Where said, That Execution may not be sued out against the Bail, till a Default be returned against the Principal.  
But by Hob. 116. If the Bail be in Execution, and a Writ of Error be brought, the Court may not discharge him.  
Vide Touch. Prec. 64. If a Capias be awarded, and returned non est inventus against the Principal, and the Bail bring him not in, if the Principal die, altho' there be no Scire Facias against the Bail, yet the Bail is chargeable; for tho' the Court will excuse the Bail, yet the Bail if they bring in the Principal before the return of the second Scire Facias, this is ex gra●ia Curiae, and not of necessity.  
And Mich. 14 jacobi in C. B. The Case was, That Judgement was given against one in the King's Bench, upon which he was in Execution, and had another Judgement against him in the Common Pleas; in which Court, the Sureties to save their Bail, brought him to Bar by Habeas Corpus to render his Body; but, before that, he had brought a Writ of Error in the King's Bench to reverse the Judgement in the Common Pleas; but the Record was not removed: In this Case the Court said, That when a Man comes in to save his Bail, he shall not be Committed, if the Party do not pray it; but when Error is brought, before that he be in Execution, it is a Supersedeas, so that they cannot Commit him at the Prayer of the Party.  
And Waller, Praenotary, said, That the Bail is to render the Principals Body in Execution, so that the Plaintiff may have it in Execution; but here he cannot, in regard a Writ of Error is brought, and therefore the Bail shall be discharged.  
Vide Latch's Rep. fol. 192, 193. One had Judgement in Debt in the Common Pleas against the Defendant, and there, after the year, without any Scire Facias took out a Capias against him, and Arrested him; and upon this he brought Error in the King's Bench, where the Judgement was affirmed; whereupon he was discharged, and the Plaintiff took him again by a Capias ad Satisfaciendum, without any Scire Facias out of the King's Bench; and there this difference was taken, where one is lawfully taken in Execution, and after discharged by Writ of Error, upon which Judgement is affirmed; there a New Capias will not lie against him, but Execution shall go out against the Sureties, unless he will render himself; but otherwise, where one was never lawfully in Execution, when the Judgement is reversed, there he may be taken again.  
Vide Rolls Abridgement 888. If in Debt against I. S. two become Bail for him, and the Plaintiff Recover, and the Process continued till Judgement against the Bail, Execution may be against either of the Bail, without naming the other.  
And, Idem 896. he may have Execution against one of the Bail at one time, and after have Execution against another of the Bail.  
But, Idem 897. if a man have once Execution against the Bail, he may never after have Execution against the Principal: Or, if once against the Principal, never after against the Bail.  
And, Idem ibid. if the King Recover in a Scire facias, on a Recognizance acknowledged in Chancery, he can have no Execution against the Body: But a Capias lies on a Judgement in a Scire facias on a Recognizance acknowledged by the Bail, in an Action in the Kings-Bench.  
But no Capias will lie upon a Judgement in a Scire facias, on a Recognizance acknowledged by the Bail in the Common-Pleas; but there an Action of Debt will lie upon the Recognizance.  
So, if the Bail, in an Inferior Court, enter into a Recognizance, That if the Principal pay not the Damages and Costs recovered, or render himself to Prison; Tunc Concedit the Damages and Costs, de terris & catallis suis levari ad opus Querentis, no Capias will lie upon this Recognizance.  
So, neither for the Plaintiff in Detinue, to recover Damages against the Garnishee, because (as by 7 H. 6. 45. before-cited) not party to the Writ.  
So, if an Inferior Court be held by Charter, and the Bail there Enter into Recognizance, no Capias will lie for this.  
But by Hobart 284. Abridged by Rolls 898. If the Principal, after Judgement, render his Body in Court in Exonerationem Manucaptorum, and the Plaintiff doth not take him in Execution, and this is Entered of Record (as it must be) the Plaintiff may after this Take him in Execution by Capias ad satisfaciendum.  
And, Idem 899. if A. Recover against B. in the Kings-Bench, Damages and Costs, and upon this hath Judgement against the Bail, after Scire facias; and after B. and the Bail join in a Writ of Error upon the Statute, in the Exchequer-Chamber, and while this is Transacted, the Year and Day is Elapsed; in this Case, the Court of Kings-Bench may grant Execution: For it is a void Writ of Error, and as if none had been brought.  
And, Idem 891. if a Recognizance of Bail be taken by a Judge of the Kings-Bench at Serjeants-Inn in London, upon an Original brought in London, and it be Certified and Enrolled in the Kings-Bench; it seems it may be extended in London or Middlesex.  
In the next place we shall Consider, 
Execution by, or without Scire facias.  Where Execution may be had by Scire facias, and where it may be had without.  
And, 
Scire facias, what.  first, as to the Writ of Scire facias ought to be known, That Execution must be had within a Year of the judgement; otherwise it cannot be taken out, till there be first sued out a Scire facias, which is a Writ judicial going out of a Record, and lies, where one hath recovered Debt or Damages in the King's Court, and he sueth not to have Execution within the Year and Day, he must have his Writ to warn the Party, and if the Party comes not, or if he comes and says nothing in discharge or stay of the Execution, than the Plaintiff shall have a Writ of Fieri facias, to Command the Sheriff to levy the Debt or Damages of the Defendant's Goods.  
Or, where the Process is a Capias, he may have another Writ of Execution, called a Capias ad satisfaciendum, to Take and Imprison the Body of the Defendant, till he satisfy the Party, Plaintiff.  
And so on a judgement to Recover Lands; if the Plaintiff do not sue out Execution within the Year after the Iudgmen●▪ he may not have Execution till he have 〈◊〉 Summoned the Defendant to show C●use; why Execution should not be had against him.  
And if the Defendant cannot be found upon Summons, or cannot, or doth not show Cause, why Execution should not be made, than a second judgement is awarded, That Execution be done upon the first judgement.  
And here (by Co. 1. Inst. 290. and Dyer 148.) this Writ of Scire facias being Entered, the Tenant or Defendant may thereunto plead any Matter accrueing after the Judgement, as Release, Outlawry, etc. to prevent the Execution:  
But it appears by Old Natura Brev. 163. Dyer 270, 271. Hobart 56, & 57 Cro. 1 Part 185. Bulstr. 2 Part 230. Lane 16. Finch's Ley 477. That if the Plaintiff sue out Execution within the Year, he may Continue the judgement after the Year, without Scire facias.  
But see Fitzherbert's Natura Brevium, Tit. Scire fac ', and Brook's Abridgement 134. by which (as also by divers other Books) it appears, That Execution may be had within the Year against a Party to the Judgement, without a Scire facias; but otherwise, if the Record be removed into another Court.  
And with these Authorities doth agree 14 & 15 H. 7. And it appears also there, That the Year shall not be accounted from the Time of the Recognizance, but only from the Time of the Payment.  
And, 23 H. 8. ibid. 119. if one Recover in Annuity, a Fieri facias shall go out within the Year, and after Scire fac ' infinite, because Executory.  
And with this agrees Bro. 28. where said, That if one Recover in a Writ of Annuity, he may have a Fieri facias of the Arrearages incurred within the Year, and a Scire facias after, as oft as the Annuity is behind, and no Writ of Annuity after. And in every Scire fac ' in which he Recovers, after the first Judgement, he shall have Execution of the Arrearages within the Year, by Fieri facias.  
And 11 H. 4. 34. Bro. 119. after Judgement had in Annuity, the Plaintiff after a Scire fac ' may have a Fieri fac ', to levy it as it becomes due.  
And 21 Ed. 4. 1, & 2. if Rent be granted by Fine, the Party may have a Scire fac ' in Infinitum (as before in Annuity, or) as in Covenant upon Covenant, as one Recovering in Trespass may bring a New Action.  
And 22 H. 6. 15. Bro. 54. one Condemned in the Common-Pleas, and in Execution, Attainted after in an Assize, Remanded also thither, and could not be Committed there, for that Execution also, without Process.  
And see 39 Ed. 3. 15. Bro. 122. One had a Scire fac ', to Execute a Judgement in a Praecipe quod reddat, and Execution thereupon by Default; and after surmised to the Court, That the Person against whom he had his Writ of Scire fac ' and judgement, was not Tenant, but one B. against whom he had another Scire fac'; quod nota.  
And Note, by the Book of 22 H. 6. 11, & 12. That at the Common Law, until the Statute of Westm. 2. De hiis quae, etc. If one had Recovered in Debt, and taken out no Scire fac ' within the year, he was obliged after the year to take out a New Writ of Debt.  
And see by the Book of 5 Ed. 4. and Experience, That where a Scire fac ' is had upon a judgement, there shall be no Execution without a Garnish, (i. e. giving Notice, or Warning to the Party) or two Nichils returned.  
Vide 19 Ed. 4. 5. where said, That in all Cases where the Heir, Executor, or Administrator may sue to have an Execution of any thing recovered by the Ancestor, Testator, etc. he must first have a Scire facias against the Party against whom the Judgement is had, to warn him to show Cause, why Execution may not be had for him against the Defendant; and than if he either make Default, or at his Appearance cannot show good Cause, why Execution should not be had against him, Execution shall be awarded for the Plaintiff, as it should have been for him under whom he claimed.  
Vide rolls Abridg. 890. If one recover Damages of A. whereof part is levied by a Fieri facias, but not all, and A. dies; the Plaintiff may have a Scire fac ' against the Heir at his Election.  
And, Idem 900. a Scire facias lies upon a Recognizance (if the Conusor be dead) against the Heir in general, or against I. S. Son and Heir of the Conusor, without suing of the Ter-Tenants, for he shall have no Contribution against the Ter-Tenants.  
And see Dyer 208. If a Judgement be had against one that hath Land, who dies, and the Land descends to his Heir, after a Scire facias had, he may have Execution of this Land in the Heirs hands, by Elegit against him.  
Vide Co. Lib. 5. 88 If a Judgement be had in the Common-Pleas, and removed from thence by Writ of Error into the Kings-Bench, and there confirmed within the year; the Plaintiff may have the same kind of Execution in that Court, as he might have had in the Common-Pleas, without any Scire facias.  
But by Hob. 196, 197. where the first Action is laid, there the Execution must be by Scire facias, if it be had.  
Vide Godbolt 76. where W. had Judgement in Debt, in the Common-Pleas, against F. and after the Year, without Scire facias, took out a Capias against him, and Arrested him; whereupon he brought Error upon the Judgement in the Kings-Bench, where the Judgement was affirmed, and F. was discharged. W. took him again by an Alias Ca sa. without any Scire fac ' out of the Kings-Bench, and upon that the Sheriff returned a Cepi. It was Moved, 
Vide Tit. Error▪ Division 1.  He might be discharged, for that having been once in Execution in the Common-Pleas, and set at liberty, by Sureties, in the Kings-Bench, upon a Writ of Error, he ought not to be taken again: But denied by the Court. For there said, That one being in Execution, and discharged by Privilege, may be in Execution again.  
But 16 H. 7. 2. and 21 Ed. 4. 67. as also 8 H. 7. 10, & 12. contra.  
Vide Cro. 1 Part 334. where Judgement was had in Debt by Husband and Wife, for the Debt of the Wife, as Administratrix of her former Husband, and after Judgement and before Execution the Wife died; the Husband brought a Scire facias, and Scire feci being Returned, had Judgement by Nichil dicit; and held, the Scire fac ' aught not to have been brought by the Husband; but being done, the Judgement thereupon, though Erroneous, must stand, till Reversed by Error.  
Next, 
Matter and Pleas that stay Execution.  we shall consider, What Plea or Matter will stay Execution.  
For which see first 10 H. 6. 6. That in Debt, or Scire fac ' upon a judgement, or Redisseisin, no Plea that the Defendant hath Error hanging of the first Judgement.  
And so is 37 H. 6. 16. in a Scire facias in the Common-Pleas after the Record removed, until it be Reversed: For it's there said, that 'tis but Tenorem Recordi removed, and that if nothing be done in the Kings-Bench upon Error, or the Judgement be affirmed, then at the Election of the Plaintiff in the first Judgement, he may have Execution in the Common-Pleas; quaere tamen.  
But 19 H. 6. 7, & 8. if the Record be not removed, or the Party be not delayed, the Court useth to grant Execution, notwithstanding Error.  
And so 7 H. 6. 42. if the Plaintiff in Error do not sue out a Supersedeas, Execution shall be granted, notwithstanding his Writ of Error be allowed.  
But 4 H. 6. 31. no Debt, or Scire fac ', after the Record be removed by Error, unless for a Nomine poenae in the Annuity.  
See more hereof afterwards, in the Title Error.  
Next, 
Pleas in Bar of Execution.  What other Pleas one shall have in Bar of Execution.  
See Brook 6. in Abridging the Case of 20 H. 6. a good Plea, That formerly the Sheriff by another Writ levied the Money, or took the Body in Execution, although the Writ was not Returned.  
And so 21 H. 6. 5. where also 37 H. 8. and 19 Ed. 3. are Vouched somewhat differing.  
The like 44 Ed. 3. 18 in a Scire fac ' upon Arrearages of Annuity; although there, Payment, or Riens arrere, be no Plea.  
Vide Dyer 344. If a Judgement be against an Heir by Nichil dicit, in an Action against him on the Deed of his Ancestor, on a Scire fac ', he cannot plead Riens per Descent at the time of the Writ brought; but Execution shall be against him of his own Lands by Elegit.  
And see Godbolt 79. where Judgement was given on an Obligation of 400 l. and a Scire fac ' was sued on the same Judgement for 300 l. and the Party did not acknowledge, that he had received the other 100 l. and held, That the Scire fac ' should not Abate, and that he should have Execution.  
But by More, Case 693. in a Scire fac ' on a Recognizance, joint-tenancy will Abate the Writ.  
Vide Noy 143. where A. recovered against B. in Debt, and afterwards brought a Scire fac ', To which B. pleaded, That A. was Outlawed, and held a good Plea, if he be Outlawed after the Plea in Bar pleaded in the Action of Debt.  
But otherwise it is if he be Outlawed before; for then B. might have pleaded that in Bar of the first Action.  
And it was said there, That the Money being in Court, if the King's Counsel pray to have it for the King, they must show the Outlawry sub pede Sigilli, and he must confess himself the Party Outlawed.  
And see Godbolt 96. where Debt was upon a Recovery in a Scire fac ' in London, on a Recognizance taken in the Chamber of London; and it was not showed, That it was a Court of Record, and that they had been used to take Recognizances: And Exception was taken to it, and Cases put, That though a judgement were void, yet Execution might be by Scire fac ', and the party might not plead that in a Writ of Error.  
And this difference was taken, where Execution was sued on such a Judgement, and Debt brought upon it; and held, tho' Debt might not be brought on such a Judgement, yet, That upon a voidable Judgement a man should recover, and might take out Execution, and that it should stand good until the Judgement were Reversed.  
And see Mo. Case 672. where said, That in a Scire fac ' to have Execution, it is a good Plea to say, That the Plaintiff hath assigned the Damages to the King, tho' the King hath not levied them; so that the Sheriff hath levied them by Fieri fac ', tho' he hath not Returned the Writ.  
By Co. Lib. 8. fo. 12. if one pleads a Plea to a Scire facias, unto which the Plaintiff demurs, the Defendant may join in Demurrer, and plead over part of a Statute ad Informandum Curiam.  
By 1 Cro. 65, 66. The Plaintiff shall not, after Issue, find a Fault in his own Plead, and take advantage thereof: As in a Scire fac ' against an Administrator, durante Minori Aetate Executoris; the Defendant pleads, Plene Administravit specially: The Plaintiff Replies, Quod Devastavit, but doth not say Quis Devastavit; but the Issue was, Quod praedictus A. B. (the Administrator) non Devastavit; and it was found for the Defendant: Upon which it was moved in Arrest of Judgement by the Plaintiff, and alleged for Cause, That it is not said in the Replication, who Devastavit, and so might be the Executor under Age; sed, non allocatur, for the Plaintiff shall not take advantage of a Fault in his own Replication after Issue.  
And with this agrees 1 Cro. 135. where said, That the Plaintiff, after Verdict shall take no advantage of his own ill Declaration.  
Vide 1 Cro. 39 Co. Lib. 5. 39 b. Lib. 7. 4, 6. Lib. 8. 59  
Vide Mo. Case 11. fo. 78. where an Executor pleads to a Scire facias upon a Judgement against him, Plene administravit jour del Brief purchase, and ill, for he might have paid Specialties before.  
The like, if he had pleaded Nulla bona temps del mort le Testator, ou unque puis; but the Plaintiff lost the advantage he might have made of that ill Plea, by taking Issue.  
Where there be several Defendants, they must join in Dilatories, tho' they may sever in Pleas to the first Action.  
As Pasch. 26 H. 8. Pl. 7. where a Scire facias was brought against Two, for Damages recovered in Assize by Three; one of the Defendants pleaded, That one of the Plaintiffs suggested by the Writ, to be dead, was alive at the time the Scire facias was brought; and the other Defendant pleaded, That another of the Plaintiffs supposed by the Writ to be alive, is dead; and ill: For they ought to Join in their Pleas to the Scire facias, because they are Dilatories; tho' there said, they might have severed in their Pleas at first to the Writ or Action.  
But Mich. 7 H. 7. Pl. 8. Mich. 10 H. 7. Pl. 6. and Mich, 12 H. 7. Pl. 3. one Imparls, and the other demands the View in a Praecipe quod reddat: Quaere tamen de hoc.  
Then, 
Venditioni Exponas.  of the Venditioni Exponas.  
If the Sheriff Return— Quod cepit bona ad Valenciam, Et quod non invenit Emptores, the same Writ of Venditioni Exponas is to be awarded out.  
Touching which see 34 H. 6. 36. where the Sheriff did Return, That the Goods were not taken by him, but by his Predecessor, Et ideo venditioni exponere non potuit; and thereupon a Distringas nuper Vic' was awarded: See the Form thereof in Brook 11.  
And see Cro. 1 Part 567, 568. where the Sheriff took Goods on a Fieri facias, and before Sale the Record was removed by Error, and a Supersedeas awarded; and yet upon Cepit bona returned by the Sheriff, a Venditioni Exponas was awarded.  
And by Yeluerton 6. If one recover Debt on an Obligation, and delivers a Fieri facias to the Sheriff, to levy the same, and the Defendant brings a Writ of Error upon the Judgement, and hath a Supersedeas upon it to the Sheriff; here so much Goods as the Sheriff took by virtue of the Fieri facias, before the Supersedeas came to him, shall be liable to satisfy the Plaintiff, and a Venditioni Exponas shall go out upon it: But after the Supersedeas comes to the Sheriff, he must not proceed upon it.  
And by Dyer 363. If the Sheriff Return upon a Fieri facias— Quod cepit bona, & non invenit Emptores, or delay to deliver the Goods, the Plaintiff shall have a Vendition● Exponas to compel him to sell the same and bring in the Money: But if he Return, That the Goods were taken by his Predecessor, the Plaintiff may have a Distringas nuper Vic', to Command the former Sheriff to sell the Goods, and bring in the Money.  
But by Co. Lib. 3. 12. after the Sheriff hath Returned on a Fieri facias,— Non invenit Emptores, the Plaintiff cannot have a Capias ad satisfaciendum, or an Elegit.  
Vide Co. Lib 5. 90. If the Sheriff levy Money on Execution, and give it to the Plaintiff, tho' he Return not the Writ, yet the Execution is good: And the Sheriff ought to use his utmost Endeavour to levy the Money on a Fieri fac ' upon the Defendant's Goods and Chattels, and for that purpose to Inquire after them; and it behoves the Plaintiff to Inquire also, and search diligently if he can find any; and upon finding them; to give Notice to the Sheriff, who ex Officio is to take and sell them, if he can; otherwise he must be Impowered by a Venditioni Exponas; by virtue whereof he may sell them, and give the Plaintiff his Money.  
But by Yeluerton 44. If the Sheriff do seize the Defendant's Goods on a Fieri fac ', the Property is not altered; yet the Sheriff may not sell them without a Venditioni Exponas, where he hath made no Return of his Writ, and is out of his Office.  
Then, 
Clericus Beneficiatus.  Touching Execution against a Clerk.  
If the Sheriff Return, Clericus est Beneficiatus upon a Fieri fac ', then shall be awarded a Writ to the Bishop, to Sequester his Spiritual Promotion. See thereof 13 H. 4. Abridged by Brook, Pl. 38.  
But that seems upon the Return of Nulla habet bona, etc. See hereof more in Brook, Process 2.  
And see 21 Ed. 3. 7. Bro. 44. 
Where the Defendant may be Committed by the Court, without Process.  That if the Party Condemned be present in Court at any time within the Year and the Day, and deny not, but that he is the same Party, the Court, at the Request of the Plaintiff may Commit him in Execution: Otherwise, after the Year and the Day; quod nota.  
And so 21 Ed. 4. 13. if the Defendant be present in Court at the Judgement.  
See also accordingly, Dyer 2 & 3 Eliz. 182, 183. and 14 Eliz. 306.  
And see more hereof in Bro. Tit. Office de Court.  
And see 21 Ed. 3. 29. 
Of Executions in the Ports or Franchises.  where, upon a Return of a Writ of Execution upon a Statute Merchant Returned Nichil, the Plaintiff did surmise, That the Lands did lie in the Cinque Ports, and had a Writ of Execution to the Constable of the Ports.  
And see 1 Ed. 4. 10. 
In Durham.  for Lands in Durham.  
And by 22 Ass. 12. 
In Court Baron.  Execution shall be in Court Baron, but by Distress; as in a Return Irreplegiable.  
Yet 38 Ed. 3. 3. seemeth otherwise.  
And so seemeth 7 H. 4. Abridged by Bro. Pl. 26.  
And see 18 Ed. 4. 4. 
Of the Sheriffs Breaking open a Door, or Chest, to do Execution.  and Co. 5 Part 93. That if the Sheriff do make Execution upon a Fieri facias, or otherwise, at the Suit of a Common Person, and break open his House, Door, or Chest, Trespass doth lie against him, for Breaking of his House, Door, or Chest, although the Execution will be good; fieri non debet factum valet.  
Yet by 18 Ed. 2. Abridged by Fitzherbert, Tit. Execution 152. The Sheriff may break Door or Chest to do Execution; for otherwise th' Plaintiff shall lose the Effect of his Suit.  
And 11 H. 4. 7, & 9 
Franchise.  if the Sheriff enter into a Franchise, and do Execution, the same is good according to the Rule above; and yet he is a Trespassor to the Lord of the the Franchise, who may have an Action of Trespass upon the Case against him, for Infringing his Liberty. But if a Bailiff of a Franchise do any such Execution without his Franchise, that will be void.  
And by 40 Ed. 3. 21, & 22. The Sheriff in Execution of Dower of Rent cannot drive the Beasts from the Ground, although he may deliver Execution by the Beasts, a Clod, or Bough.  
But upon a Capias Utlagatum, or a Capias for Felony, the Officer may break open the Doors.  
Otherwise (as it seemeth) not, although the Execution be a Non omittas propter aliquam Libertatem.  
But the Sheriff, or his Under-Officer, may (as it seemeth) upon any Capias, Enter into any man's Ground, or House open, to Arrest any man that he seeth Enter; and if his Prisoner Escape, may follow and break open Doors to take him. Quaere inde.  
And see Bro. Abridgement, Tit. Faux Imprisonment.  
And by Justice jones and Berkley, 12 Car. 1. in B. R. If the Sheriff have a Fieri facias, or Capias ad satisfaciendum against a man, and before Execution he pay him the Money, he may not do Execution afterwards; for if he do, Trespass, or False Imprisonment will lie against him for it.  
And see Co. 4 Part 91. Iinmayn's Case, where it appeared, That there were two Joint-Tenants of a House, one of which acknowledged a Statute, and died possessed of divers Goods therein; and the Sheriff came to Extend the Goods, and he and the Jury offered to Enter the House, to Extend the same; but the Defendant, intending to disturb the Execution, shut the Door, so as the Sheriff could not Enter to do his Office.  
In which Case, these Points were Resolved;  
First, That if a Recovery be in a Real Action, or in an Ejectione firmae, the Sheriff upon an Habere facias Seisinam, or Possessionem, may break the House to do Execution; because after the Judgement, it is not the House of the Defendant.  
Secondly, In all Cases where the King is Party, after the Sheriff hath signified the Cause of his coming, if no Door be open, he may Break-open the House to do Execution; but if he may Enter it without Breaking of it, or upon a Request, if in such Case he Break the House, he is a Trespassor.  
Thirdly, In all Cases of a Common Person, If the Door be open, the Sheriff may Enter the House of a Subject, to do Execution against Body or Goods.  
Fourthly, That it is not lawful for the Sheriff, upon Request and Denial, in Case of a Common Person, to Break the House of a Subject, to Execute any Process: And the Sheriff cannot Break the House by virtue of a Fieri facias, but he shall be a Trespassor: But if he doth so, and doth Execution, the Execution done by him is good.  
And see for this Co. 11 Part 82. Bowle's Case; and see 18 Eliz. 44. by all the Justices.  
Then ought to be known, 
Discharge by Error, and Mainprize.  How one in Execution shall be delivered without Payment.  
And therefore, by 16 H. 7. 2. If the Party be in Execution, and the Record be removed by Error, and he find Mainprize to Prosecute with Effect, and to satisfy, etc. although the Judgement be affirmed, he shall never be in Execution by his Body upon the same, unless he will render his Body, to save his Sureties voluntarily.  
And so is 21 Ed. 4. 67. if the Plaintiff be once in Execution.  
And so is 8 H. 7. 10.  
But by the said two Books last cited, 
Execution in B. R. after Error.  If no Execution be awarded before the Writ of Error, than Execution in the King-Bench may be awarded.  
And so is 6 Ed. 4. 19 If a Judgement in a Mean Court be reversed by a Writ of False judgement, or Error in the Common-Pleas.  
And so is 12 H. 4. 24. if he that Removed the Record do nothing.  
See accordingly 39 H. 6. 3 & 4. and after, in the Title Error.  
Then is to be Observed, 
Discharge by Escape.  That in some Cases an Escape is a Discharge of Execution for ever: As namely, If the Prisoner in Execution go at large, by Consent of the Plaintiff, or of the Gaoler.  
But as 13 H. 7. 1. is, If he Break Prison of himself, and afterwards the Gaoler take him again, because of his own Wrong, whereof he shall have no advantage, he shall remain for the first Execution, unless the Plaintiff, by bringing an Action of Debt against the Gaoler, do refuse that Advantage against the Prisoner.  
And so seemeth Stamford.  
Yet 14 H. 7. 1. although the Gaoler may take him, yet the Plaintiff shall have no Advantage thereof.  
But by 11 H. 4. 12. the Plaintiff may also have Debt against the Party.  
And by 41 Ass. 15. after an Escape of the Prisoner and Death of the Keeper of the Prison, the Plaintiff prayed a New Capias against the Defendant, and it was granted.  
Quaere, If not to be in Execution again, because no Remedy else for the Plaintiff.  
And 33 H. 6. 47. If the Party in Execution die, the Debt is discharged.  
So, against him, if he Escape.  
See Mo. Case 1177, and Hobart 55, 56. Foster and Iackson's Case; where said, That if the Defendant die in Execution, it is a Discharge of the Execution for ever, as an Escape is.  
Yet see Co. 5 Part 86. contra.  
But by Hob. 59 If two be Bound jointly and severally to one, who sues them jointly, he may have a Capias against them both, and the Death or Escape of the one, shall not discharge the other.  
But he may not have a Capias against one, and another kind of Execution against the other, when he sues them jointly; but if he sues them severally, he may sever them in their several kinds of Execution; but yet so, as if once a very Satisfaction be had of one, or against the Sheriff upon the Escape of one, the other may be relieved by Audita Querela.  
But if a Capias ad satisfaciendum be had against one of them in this Case, so as there is such an Execution as is a Satisfaction, no other can be had against him, or against his Heir or Executor, if he die: For where the Law gives several kinds of Execution, by way of Choice, and he Chooseth a Capias ad satisfaciendum, and the Body is taken, it cannot be for part, as in a Fieri facias.  
But see the Statute of 21 jac. 1. cap. 24. how the Law is thereby changed in this Point. For it is Enacted by that Act, That he, or they, at whose Suit any Person is charged in Execution, for Debt or Damages recovered; their Executors or Administrators may, after the Death of the Person so charged in Execution, lawfully sue forth New Execution against the Lands and Tenements, Goods and Chattels of the Person so Deceased, in like manner, as if the Person Deceased had never been in Execution.  
And see rolls Abridgement 903. That if one Recover in Debt against I. S. and then Outlaw him on the Judgement; and afterwards I. S. is taken within the Year by Capias Utlagatum, at the Suit of the King, and dies in Prison before any Prayer made by the Plaintiff, That he might be in Execution at his Suit: This is no Satisfaction; therefore the Executor or Administrator of him that is dead, may be charged for the Debt, notwithstanding he was in Execution by being taken upon the Capias Utlagatum.  
But by Anderson 1 Part, Case 273. if one that hath an Execution of Land, Release one Acre of the Execution, all is Extinct by the Release of the Execution in one Acre.  
And by Hobart 60. If the Party in Execution Escape of his own wrong, the Plaintiff can have no other Execution of him or of his Executors. But if he take one in Execution, where there are several Debtors by one Obligation, there he may take another after the Escape of that one; or he may have Satisfaction from the Sheriff upon the Escape, at his Choice.  
And by Co. 5 Part 86. and 6 Part 13. and 8 Part 152. and Dyer 152. If the Defendant pay the Money, he is discharged: But if the Plaintiff makes any Release, or other such like Act, to the Defendant, being in Execution, amounting to a Discharge; this will not be a Discharge Ipso facto, but by this means he may have a Discharge. And yet, if the Plaintiff himself shall deliver the Prisoner out of Execution, he is thereby Ipso facto, discharged of the Execution for ever.  
So, if the Plaintiff doth acknowledge Satisfaction upon Record.  
So, by 13 H. 7. 1. Ploughed. Com. 36. and 33 H. 6. 47. If one taken in Execution upon a Capias ad satisfaciendum doth Escape, and the Plaintiff bring his Action against the Sheriff, or hath a Cepi Returned on the Writ, and it be Filled; by this the Defendant is discharged against the Plaintiff for ever. But if no Cepi be Returned, nor Action brought against the Sheriff, the Law will Adjudge the Party to be out of Execution.  
But by Co. 5 Part 86. If Two be in Execution for one Debt, on a Bond made by Two, and the Sheriff suffers one of them to Escape, this will not discharge the other, till the Plaintiff hath Recovered his Debt of the Sheriff.  
But by Co. 8 Part 143. and 38 H. 6. 4. If one be in Execution upon a Capias ad satisfaciendum, and the Court adjudge the Judgement or Execution Erroneous, and so null it; by this the Defendant is discharged of that Execution.  
Yet by Fitz. Nat. Brev. 146. If Two be in Execution for one Debt, and one of them dies under Execution, that will not discharge the other.  
But 38 H. 8. Dyer 6. 
Discharge by Privilege of Parliament.  One in Execution being a Burgess of the Parliament, and discharged by a Writ of Privilege; doubted, whether discharged for ever.  
But by the Statute of 1 jac. 1. cap. 13. it appears, That if a Prisoner be delivered out of Execution by Privilege of Parliament, it is no discharge; but after the Privilege is gone, he may be taken again.  
So, Trewynyard's Case, where Trewynyard, being a Burgess of Parliament, was taken upon an Exigent, after a Capïas he brought a Writ of Privilege of Parliament, and the Sheriff let him at Liberty:  
In this Case it was Resolved,  
First, That the Privilege was Grantable, notwithstanding the Execution; because the King and Realm have an Interest in the Body of every Burgess of Parliament, and the Common-Weal shall be preferred before the Interest of any private Person.  
Secondly, That, after the Parliament ended, he might be taken in Execution again: For that the Plaintiff shall not be prejudiced in his Execution by the Act of the Law, which doth Wrong to no man.  
See 3 Ed. 6. Dyer 66 & 67. 
Going at large by Baston, i e. Keeper, or Tip-staffe.  where the Sheriffs of London, in Debt upon an Escape, by going at large by Baston in London, did plead, That their Predecessors let him at large, and good.  
And Note, by Dyer 4 & 5 Mar. 162. 10 Eliz. 275. and 12 & 13 Eliz. 206. If the Prisoner have the King's Protection to go at large by Baston, it is an Escape; and the Warden of the Fleet may be Charged upon an Escape.  
And see the same Book of Dyer 10 Eliz. where Debt was brought against the Marshal of the Kings-Bench, or his Deputy.  
And see Plowden's Commentaries, in Platt's Action of Debt against the Sheriffs of London; where it seemeth, That by the Custom of the City of London, one in Execution in Ludgate, may go by Baston within London; but otherwise in Southwark.  
But Note, the same Book of Dyer, in 3 Ed. 6. That the Sheriffs of London were there Charged, for suffering one in Execution in Ludgate, to go at large in London by Baston; quod nota.  
Then, 
Discharge by Act of the Court, Law, or Plaintiff.  Where the Act of the Court, of the Law, or of the Plaintiff, doth discharge the Party of the Execution.  
As namely 24 Ed. 3. 44. If one recover the Land and Body in a Writ of Ward, and Release the Body, the Land is thereby discharged.  
But otherwise of a Grant.  
The like seemeth 40 Ass. although the Land be Extended and Granted over.  
The like in Pope's Case, in Plowden's Commentaries, If the Cognizor, after Execution, Enfeoff the Cognizee of part; but it is otherwise before Execution; for there the Lands be in the Hands of the Cognizor, and his Body is Charged.  
See 6 Ed. 4. 4. 
Attaint of Felony.  and 24 Ed. 3. 45, 46. That if one in Execution be Outlawed, or Condemned for Felony, and afterwards have his Pardon; yet touching his Body, the same shall still remain in Execution.  
Notwithstanding, by the same Book of 6 Ed. 4. if he take himself to his Clergy, he shall be out of Execution: And so seemeth the Book 7 Eliz. 248.; but ibid. 261. è contra.  
See hereof Bro. Abr. 272.  
And see 10 Eliz. 275. 
By assent of the Court, and Parties.  That one in Execution, by Agreement of the Parties and the Chief Justice, went at large for a time, and came afterwards to Prison, and no Discharge.  
But by 4 Mar. Dyer 162. and 12 Eliz. 296. and other Books, The Licence of the Queen, or of the Barons of the Exchequer, by Baston, or any of the Chief Justice's Licence, is no sufficient Warrant for the Gaoler to suffer the Prisoner to go at large.  
Then, 
Sheriff Fined for Disobeying a Supersedeas.  Where the Sheriff shall be Fined for a Contempt in doing Execution, after a Supersedeas delivered to him.  
For which see Hill. 11 jac. in B. R. Thomas and Owen's Case, Bulstr. 2. Part 194; where, after a Judgement in Ejectione firmae, and Habere fac' possessionem, a Writ of Error was brought, and a Supersedeas granted, directed to the Sheriff, to stay Execution; and this Writ of Error and Supersedeas were showed to the Sheriff, who contrary thereto did Execute the Writ of Habere fac' possessionem. It was holden by the Court to be a great Contempt; and a Writ of Restitution was Awarded.   

CHAP. XIII. Of Error, and False judgement.  
THe word ERROR, 
Error, what.  hath a twofold signification:  
And, first, it is taken for some Fault in a Suit at Law; which is sometimes in the Proceedings before judgement, and then it makes void the whole Record, and sometimes in the Judgement itself, and then it hath the same Effect: But if it be after Judgement in the Execution, than the Execution is only thereby destroyed; but the Judgement itself, and all the Proceedings, had before the obtaining thereof, shall stand good, and a New Execution is only to be made out. And where there are two Judgements, as in some Cases there be, there the last may be avoided, and the first stand good. And where the Execution is avoided for such Mistakes, the Party shall have Restitution of that which was taken from him thereby.  
And in this Sense it is sometimes in Matter of Fact, as where one of the Parties to the Suit is dead when the Judgement is given; and this, if it come to be Tried, is to be Tried by Jury: And so of the like Errors.  
Or, it is where any Discontinuance is in the Suit, or undue Proceeding, appearing by the Record itself.  
And this sometimes is in Matter of Law, when it shall appear by the Record itself, That the Judgement in the Action was not given according to Law.  
And these two last kind of Errors, appearing in the Record itself, are to be tried and determined by the Judges of the same, or some other Court.  
These Errors also, are some of them in the Lineal Proceedings of the Suit; as in the Writ, Count, Plea, Replication, rejoinder, Sur●ejoynder, Rebutter, or Surrebutter.  
Or, they are in some Collateral Matter relating to the Suit; as in the Bail, Removal of the Suit, or the like.  
Or, it may be in the improper, or undue Commencement of the Action, namely, where one Action is brought for another, or in the Form of the Writ, or the like.  
Secondly, Error is taken for the Writ of Error itself, which is the Remedy given to the Party, who suffers by the Error, for his Relief.  
This Writ of Error, 
Writ of Error, what.  called in Latin, Breve de Errore corrigendo, is thus defined by Fitzherbert in his Natura Brevium, fo. 20. A Writ of Error doth lie to Redress a False judgement given in any Court of Record, as in the Common-Bench, London, or other City, having Power (by the King's Charter or Prescription) to hold Plea of Debt, or Trespass above 40 s.  
In what diversity of Cases this Writ lies, see the Statute of 27 Eliz. cap. 8. and Register of Writs judicial, fo. 34.  
And see the Statute of 3 jac. 1. cap. 8. That no Writ of Execution shall be stayed by any Writ of Error to be brought, until a Recognizance with two Sureties be given in the Court to prosecute it, and to pay the Costs and Damages assessed, if the Judgement be affirmed.  
And see the Statute of 21 jac. 1. cap. 24. That double Costs shall be paid by him that brings a Writ of Error to delay Execution, if it be after Verdict and Judgement in Debt for Tithes, in an Action upon the Case, on a Promise to pay Money, upon Trover and Conversion, or in Detinue or Trespass.  
See also the Statute of 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 8. whereby it is Provided; That in Writs of Error, to be brought upon any Judgement after Verdict, in any Writ of Dower, or Ejectione firmae, Execution is not to be stayed, unless the Plaintiff in the Writ of Error be bound to the Plaintiff in the Action, as the Court shall Order: That if the Judgement be affirmed, or the Writ of Error be discontinued by Default of the Plaintiff, or the Plaintiff be Nonsuit in the Writ of Error, that they shall pay such Costs and Damages as the Court shall appoint: And the Court may Inquire what special Loss the Plaintiff, in the first Execution, hath by this Delay; and this the Court is to give him by way of Increase of Damages.  
But this Act is not to Extend to Writs of Error, brought by Executors or Administrators, nor any Action Popular, nor other Action brought on a Penal Statute; except Debt, for not setting out of Tithes, nor to any Indictment, Presentment, Inquisition, Information, or Appeal.  
In the next place shall be shown, How one shall proceed to Reform Erroneous Proceedings against him.  
As namely, If the Judgement be in the Common-Pleas, than it shall be by Writ of Error returnable before the Justices of the Kings-Bench, as appears by Fitzherbert's Nat Brevium; upon the Return whereof, after the assignment of the Errors, and not before, 
Scire facias.  he shall have a Scire facias, if the Matters assigned be doubtful to the Court, otherwise not.  
But in Error against the King, there shall be no Scire facias.  
And Note, That the Record shall not be Entered, till the Parties have a Day by Scire facias; and if he assign one Error, he shall have advantage of all other in the Record; except such as be Errors in Fact, which he shall never have advantage of after a Scire fac ' awarded, and but one Error in Fact may be assigned.  
And the Form of Assigning of Errors, 
Form of assigning Error.  as there appeareth, is to assign them particularly, and not in omnibus Erratum est.  
And against an Assignment of Error in Fait, there in omnibus Erratum est is no good Plea.  
Where it also appeareth, 
Discontinuance.  That if all that Term in which the Record is removed, the Plaintiff in Error doth nothing; or if he assign his Errors, and sue out no Writ of Scire facias, retornable the same Term, or the next, all is Discontinued, without a New Writ out of the Chancery— Quae coram vobis resid '.  
And so it is (as it seemeth) by 9 H. 6. 13. 
Nonsuit.  if the Plaintiff be Nonsuit in a Writ of Error.  
And so 3 H. 6. 26. if the Writ abate.  
But of a Writ of False judgement otherwise, as it seemeth.  
And as the same Book 9 H. 6. If the Plaintiff in Error do nothing, the Plaintiff, in the first Judgement, upon two Scire fac ' shall have Execution, or if he be Nonsuit in the first Writ; quaere.  
And by 20 H. 6. 18. If upon the Scire fac ', then if the Plaintiff be Nonsuit, the Court may award Execution, unless he bring a New Writ of Error presently.  
And where the Plaintiff is in Execution, 
By Attorney.  there he must assign Error in Person; otherwise by Attorney.  
And Note, 
Record, not Transcript removed.  That upon a Writ of Error the Record itself is always removed, and not the Transcript.  
But by 24 Ed. 3. 24 & 25. 
Original.  the Original Writ is not at first removed, unless the want thereof be assigned.  
Except upon a Fine, 
Fine.  which if the Justice's Reverse, they shall send for the Record of the Fine, and avoid it.  
And so 44 Ed. 3. 28. Bro. 24. 
In a Franchise.  how Error of a Fine non ritè levat ', in a Franchise, shall be prosecuted.  
And sometimes Errors shall be redressed in the same Court, 
In the same Court.  as Error in Process in the King's Bench, because the Default of the Clerks; but not without Writ, tho' the same Term.  
But the like may be done the same Term, in the Common-Pleas, without Writ; but in another Term, neither by or without Writ.  
And it appears by the same Book, 
Durham.  That Error in Durham, in any Mean Court there, shall be redressed by Writ of Error there, before the Bishop himself.  
And the like in Ireland, 
Ireland.  in the Kings-Bench there; but Error there, or before the Bishop himself in Durham, shall be redressed in the Kings-Bench here.  
And 19 H. 6. 12. Error in County-Palatine, 
Palatine.  to be redressed here at Westminster; and Errors in Wales, 
Wales.  to be redressed (by Justice's Errants there, if there be any, otherwise) in the Kings-Bench here; quod nota.  
And 21 H. 7. 33. 
Calais.  Error in Calais was Redressed here, although the Judgement was there, according to the Civil Law.  
And see 24 H. 6. 241. 
Chester.  and 18 Eliz. Dyer 15. How Error in Chester shall be redressed.  
And touching Erroneous Proceedings in London, 
London.  if they be in the Sheriff's Court, the Writ shall issue out of Chancery, causing the Record to come before the Mayor (be the Judgement upon Writ out of Chancery, or upon Plaint only;) 
Supersedeas.  and another Writ, that after the removing of the Record, they Award no Execution.  
But if the Plaintiff, in Error there, will not proceed; then a Writ is to be Awarded to the Mayor, to make out Execution.  
But if the Erroneous Judgement in London be given before the Mayor and Sheriffs, 
Hustings.  in the Hustings, then to be Reversed by Commission out of the Chancery; upon which the Commissioners shall Award a Precept, to cause the Record to come before them, and to summon the Parties.  
And by the same Book, last cited, 
In Assize.  the form of a Writ upon an Erroneous Judgement in an Assize, be the same Adjourned into the Bench or otherwise, doth appear.  
And where an Erroneous Judgement is given in the Chancery, 
Chancery.  the same shall be Reversed in the Kings-Bench.  
As 14 Eliz. Dyer 315. where a Deed bore Date before the Recognizance, and delivered after.  
And touching Erroneous Proceedings in all other Inferior Courts of Record, 
Inferior Courts of Record.  the same are to be Reform by Writ of Error out of the Chancery, retornable at the Pleasure of the Party, either in the Kings-Bench, or the Common-Pleas; and to assign Errors, and warn the Parties, as before.  
And see 14 Eliz. Dyer, ubi supra, 
Error in Chancery reform in C. B.  That an Erroneous Judgement in the Chancery, was Reversed in the Common-Pleas.  
Quaere of the Erroneous Proceedings in the Cinque-Ports, 
Cinque-Ports. — Ubi Brevia Domini Regis non currunt. For by the Book 30 H. 6. 6. of Debt, against a Gaoler of the Cinque-Ports, upon an Escape; Holden, That an Erroneous Judgement there was Reversable before the Constable of Dover.  
And so seems the Book of Diversity of Courts, by a Special Writ out of Chancery, directed— Custod ' Quinque Portuum, who shall write to the Barons for the Record.  
And so 23 Eliz. Dyer 376. 
Shipway.  at Shipway; and, if it be Reversed, the Mayor and jurats to make a Fine, and the Mayor to be Deposed.  
But 3 & 4 Eliz. Dyer 206. 
Attaint of a Judgement in Romney-Marsh. False Judgement.  an Attaint here of a False Judgement in Romney-Marsh.  
But if Erroneous Proceedings be in the County-Court, Hundred-Court, or Court-Baron, either in Plea Real (as Droit Patent) or Personal, or by Writ or Plaint, the Writ shall issue out of Chancery: If in the County-Court, then directed to the Sheriff; and if in another Court, then is the Writ an Accedas ad Curiam to the Sheriff, and aught to be Certified by the Suitors; for if no Suitors, than no Writ of False judgement.  
And Note, 
Real Action.  That upon a Judgement in a Real Action in an Inferior Court, the Writ of False judgement lieth against the Tenant of the Land, and not against him that is Party to the Judgement.  
Neither doth it lie for the Defendant in a Real Action, until the Demandant hath Entered upon him.  
The like, 
Personal Action.  as it seems, in Personal Actions, not before Execution.  
But in an Assize of Fresh Force, 
Fresh-force.  no Writ of False judgement, but a Writ of Error.  
And when all the Record is Certified, as well the Original, as all the Mean Process, than the Plaintiff is to Assign his Errors. And if he proceed not, but be Nonsuit, the other shall not have Execution without a Scire facias, against the Plaintiff in the Writ of False judgement, who then shall Assign his Errors, and put in Sureties, etc.  
And it appears in the said Writ of False judgement, That if the Defendant in that Writ of False judgement make Default after Appearance, a Grand Distress shall be awarded against him. And, if he make Default again, or cannot save his first Default, Judgement shall be given against him, without respect to the Errors, as it seemeth. And if, upon the Record Returned, the Defendant offer to Aver, That the Record was otherwise, it shall be Tried by the Country; quod nota per Stat. 1 Ed. 3.  
And touching Error in the Exchequer, 
Error in the Exchequer.  none lay at the Common-Law before the Statute of 32 Ed. 3. which speaks only of Error in Process; and that they should amend the Rolls, and send them into the Exchequer, to proceed to Execution; and yet they do Reverse Judgement, etc.  
But by the Book of 15 Ed. 4. 18. the Chancellor and Treasurer cannot proceed to Execution, as the Justices of the Kings-Bench may do; but must Remand the same into the Exchequer for that purpose.  
And it appears, 
Forma brevis de Errore.  28 H. 6. 11. That the Writ of Error ought to recite the Judgement to be given coram Baronibus, and not coram Thesaurario & Baronibus.  
And of Error in the Common-Pleas, 
Error in C B.  the words of the Writ must be, Coram Capital' Iustic' & Sociis suis; for that is the Form of Entry of the Pleas there.  
And touching any Erroneous Judgement given in the Kings-Bench, 
Error in B R.  see the Statute of 27 Eliz. cap. 8. How Erroneous Judgements in certain Actions in the Kings-Bench, there particularly named, and not touching the King, may be Reform in the Exchequer-Chamber, or in Parliament; and if in the Exchequer-Chamber, then before the justices of the Common-Pleas, and the Barons of the Degree of the Coif, and the Record to be brought back again into the Kings-Bench.  
And see the Statute of 31 Eliz. cap. 1. of Discontinuance of Writs of Error in the Exchequer and the Kings-Bench, That it shall not be needful for all to be present.  
And by the Writs of Error in the Register it appears, 
By a Stranger to the Judgement.  That sometimes a Stranger to the Judgement may have his Writ of Error, as, Tenant by Resceit, Vouchee, He in the Reversion or Remainder, and the Tenant, both at one time. And if the Feme be Resceived upon the Default of the Husband, both of them may have Error, or False Judgement.  
And if Erroneous Execution be awarded upon a Recognizance, the Feoffee may have a Writ of Error, as appears 17 Ass. 24.  
See Dyer 4 H. 8. 1. accordingly, and that he in the Reversion by the Common Law might have it when his Title accrued; and by the Statute of 9 R. 2. presently.  
But 21 Ed. 4. 27. in Debt against a Sheriff, upon an Escape, he shall have no advantage of Error in the first Record, because he is a Stranger to it.  
And so is 9 Ed. 4. 3. That a Stranger shall not Falsify, but in that which disproveth the Cause of Action.  
But 22 Ed. 4. 30. the Vouchees, Tenant by Resceit, Garnishee in Detinue, or Foreign Attachment in London, may have these Writs.  
Then shall be considered, 
Heir, Executor, or Successor.  Whether the Heir, or Executor, or Successor, shall have these Writs.  
And first, by Fitzh. Nat. Brev. touching the Successor, if the Matter touch, and lie in Succession, than the Successor of the Abbot, Parson, and the like, shall have these Writs.  
But if Judgement in Debt or Damages in an Action Personal, be given against a Bishop or a Parson, his Executor, and not the Successor shall have these Writs.  
And for Debt or Damages recovered, the Administrator or Executor, and not the Heir shall have these Writs.  
But touching that which the Heir is to have by Descent, of that the Heir shall have Error, and False Judgement.  
The Heir shall likewise have a Writ of Error, to Reverse an Utlary of Felony or Treason against his Father; as appears by Fitzh. Nat. Brevium; and by that Reason the Executor shall have a Writ of Error to Reverse an Utlary in Trespass or Debt against his Testator, because of his Right to the Goods.  
And so is 11 H. 4. 65.  
But where the Writ of Error doth both Entitle the Heir and Executor; 
Damage●.  as where Judgement in an Assize, or Entry sur Disseisin, etc. is given against one, who dieth; if the Heir do not bring Error or Attaint for the Principal, the Executors are remediless for the Damages and Costs recovered.  
And so seems the Book of 9 Ed. 4. 12. 314.  
But if the Heir Reverse the Judgement, he shall not (as it seems) be restored to the Damages; but the Executor, by Scire facias upon that Judgement of Reversal.  
Yet if two Jointenants' lease Land and Damage, the Survivor shall be restored to the one and the other.  
And accordingly 46 Ed. 3. 13. the Feme had an Attaint of a Verdict against her and her Husband, although the Goods of the Husband subject to the Damages.  
And so 19 Ed. 4. 6. the Executor shall not have Damages recovered in Detinue of Charters, before the Heir have a Scire facias to have the Charters.  
And see 50 Ed. 3. 3. where one in the Remainder in Tail recovered in Waste, and before Execution died without Issue, and his Executor had Execution.  
And see 11 H. 4. 16. That if one of the Sisters after Abatement die, and the Aunt and Niece join in Mortdancestor, the Damages, from the Death of the Aunt Jointenant, and before the Damages for the surviving Aunt, to be several: Where also appeareth, That if found for the Baron and Feme, Plaintiffs in an Assize, and that the Goods of the Husband were taken, like Judgement as before shall be given.  
And 14 Ed. 3. Fitzh. Execution 15. if three Coparceners recover, and one of them die before Execution, the Damages survive not, except they had once joined in an Elegit.  
See more hereof before in the Title Execution, and in the Abridgements of Brook and Fitzherbert under that Title.  
And by this Reason the Heir to the Land, 
What Heir shall have these Writs.  and not the Heir at the Common Law, shall have these Writs; as the Heir in Tail Special, and Borough English, and the like: For it is not like to a Condition, or Waranty, as are 9 H. 7. 24. 3 H. 4. 19 and other Books.  
Then we shall see, 
Of Es●oppels in assigning Error.  What things one shall be Estopped by or past the Advantage, to assign Error.  
For which see Fitzh. Nat. Brev. as followeth, viz. That if one Utlawed do purchase his Charter of Pardon, yet he may have Error to Reverse the Utlary.  
And so is 18 Ed. 3. But against a Disclaimer, the Tenant shall have no Writ of Error.  
But as there, and 6 Ed. 3. after Non-tenure found against him, he may.  
And one Condemned shall not assign Error in the Process.  
Yet he that doth Confess the Action, shall have a Writ of Error.  
And it appeareth there also, 
Entry sur Disseisin.  That if in a Writ of Entry sur Disseisin there want these words— Quod clamat esse Ius & Haereditatem, if the Tenant plead, he shall not have advantage thereof by Error.  
And so in a Writ of Detinue of Charters of Land, and in the Count the Certainty of the Land is not declared; yet thereof is a qu●ere.  
And so of the like to this (for which see Brook's Abridgement, Tit. Error, and 25 H. 8. Dyer 5.) That the Party having Interest in the Land by Descent, or otherwise, shall neither have Error, or Attaint.  
Some things there be also, 
What shall not be Assigned for Error.  that one shall not Assign for Error: As,  
That the Clerks of their own Heads gave Judgement: Or, That the Jury gave a Verdict contrary to the Judgement; because these are Repugnant to that which the Court do as Judges.  
Neither, as there appeareth, may many Things be assigned for Error, that were for the advantage of him that doth Assign them: As,  
That he made an Attorney; was Essoined; had Aid; the View, or the like, when it ought not; or that he had a Day longer than he ought, as appears in Bro. Abridg. Tit. Error.  
See 14 Eliz. Dyer. 315. that the Plaintiff shall not Assign, That he wanted the Judgement— Ideo in misericordia; nor the Defendant— Quod Capiatur, etc.  
And touching Diminution; 
Diminution, what.  which according to Fitzh. Nat. Brev. 25. and Bulstr. 1 Part 43. is, where a Record is Certified in part, but not all of it, so that there is some Diminution in part thereof, than the Party concerned in it may have a Writ directed to the Court from whence it came, to send the whole 〈◊〉.  
See the Book of 9 Ed. 4. 32. where one of the Errors assigned, was the want of a Writ of Re-summons: To which the Defendant did plead, In nullo Erratum est, and had a Writ to Certify; and yet upon the Assignment of Error in fait— In nullo est Erratum was held no Plea.  
And so Note, That after the Plea of— In nullo est Erratum, the Defendant had advantage to allege Diminution.  
Yet 7 Ed. 4. 25. to the contrary.  
See 22 Ed. 4. 24. touching this Matter.  
See also 11 Ed. 4. 10. That one shall not allege Diminution in a thing mere contrato the Record.  
And see 15 Eliz. Dyer 321. That where Diminution is alleged, a Certiorari shall be awarded.  
And Note, by the Book of 19 H. 6. 7 & 8. If after the Writ of Error be allowed, 
Supersedeas.  the Plaintiff in Error Remove not the Record, the judges of the Common-Pleas will award Execution: Or, if he make the return of the Writ of Error too long; or, if they think the Errors assigned to be frivolous.  
But the Court of Kings-Bench may award a Supersedeas.  
And by 21 H. 6. 26. If one in Prison, upon a Judgement to Account, brings Error; yet he shall remain in Prison; quod nota.  
And it appears 21 Ed. 3. Bro. 61. That a Writ of Error hanging, is no Supersedeas to have a Scire facias against a Stranger to the Judgement.  
And as appears by 28 & 29 H. 8. Dyer 32. and 18 Ed. 4. Debt lieth upon the Judgement, notwithstanding Error, and for the Costs, although the Judgement be Reversed.  
See 23 Eliz. Dyer 375. where, 
Error in Parliament.  upon a Recovery in Assize, Error was brought in the Kings-Bench, and the Judgement there affirmed; and a New Writ was brought in Parliament upon that Judgement, and the Lord Chief Justice of the Kings-Bench, brought the Record into Parliament, as likewise the Transcript; and after that they were Examined, Remanded the Record; and divers Errors were assigned in the Kings-Bench.  
Then touching Amendment of Errors escaped in the Proceedings of a Suit, 
Of Amendments of Erroneous Proceedings.  and in what Cases the Judges of the same Court may amend them, and save the bringing of the Writ of Error; and where they must be Redressed by Writ of Error, and cannot be otherwise done, see 14 Ed. 3. cap. 6.  
And see Cro. 2 Part 479, 526, 528, 545, 672. That there are some Errors in the Proceedings of Suits, that the judges of the Courts wherein they are depending, aught to take Notice of, and Cause them to be amended; as all apparent Faults in Proceeding in the Action, as in False Latin, want of Form in the Writ, Insufficiency in an Office or Indictment, Misawarding of Process, etc. As if an Exigent go forth where none lieth; Impossibility in the Plea, as, in Account, supposing the Defendant to be the Plaintiff's Receiver for Seven years, and he pleads— Plene Computavit (tali die,) which is the first Day of the Seven years.  
In these and the like Cases, the Court is to take notice of it ex Officio, to Abate the Writ, award a Supersedeas upon such Offices, Indictments, or Process, to stay Judgements, if the Defendants Plea be found against him, etc. and this without any Exception taken, or motion made by the Party.  
The Judges likewise are to see, that neither Party in a Suit be prejudiced by any Error or Mistake in the Clerks of the Court, as by writing a Syllable or Letter too little, or too much, or by Razing, Interlining, Adding or Diminishing of Words or Letters, in any Record, Process, Warrant of Attorney, Writ, Panel, or return: All which, tho' they appear suspicious to the Court, yet the Judges may amend them.  
And see Co. Lib. 4. 62. Lib. 5. 37, 45. Lib. 8. 133. Lib. 11. 6, 7. Dyer 367. and Stat. 21 jac. 1. cap. 13. That in Case of Appeals, and Indictments for Felonies and Utlaries thereupon, and after Demurrer joined and entered, the same Court wherein they are depending, may amend the Imperfections in want of Form, other than such as the Party demurring unto shall particularly set forth in his Demurrer.  
And after a Verdict given in any Cause, on either side, neither Party in the Suit shall be hurt, by reason of any Variance in any Matter of Form only, between the parts of the Record, or for lack of an Averment for Life (if the Party be alive, and it be proved by Examination) or by reason any Venire, Habeas Corpora, or Distringas is awarded to a wrong Officer, or that the Visne is Misawarded, or any one of the Jurors Misnamed in any of the Writs or Retorns, so he appear to be the same Person; or for lack of Entry, or Mis-entry of the return of those Writs, so a Panel be returned and annexed to them; or for that the Officers Name is not put to the return, so the Writ be returned by him; or that the Plaintiff, being an Infant, doth prosecute in Ejectment, or any Personal Action, by Attorney: For the Judges of the Court have Power of themselves to amend all these things.  
And see Bridgman's Reports 70. Bulstr. 1 Part 178. Brownlow's Rep. 30, 35, 57, 80, 130, 136, 144, 149, 151. Co. Lib. 1. 76. Lib. 2. 57, 77. Lib. 5. 38, 144. Stat. 23 Eliz. cap. 3. and Stat. 27 Eliz. cap. 9 By all which it appears, that most Mistakes in Fines and Common Recoveries are not fatal, but may be amended.  
But by More, Case 332. the Justices may not Reform Error in Law before themselves, though it be the same Term; but Error in Fact, or Process, they may.  
So, by Dyer 195, 196. an Utlary in the Kings-Bench was Reversed by Error in the same Court; but that was for Error in Fact, not in Law, as if no Utlary in the Case.  
And Trin. 26 Car. 2. in B. R. it was holden, That the Clerk in the Kings-Bench may amend the Roll, until a Recordatur be made thereof, either upon Writ of Error, or by Rule of Court.  
And see Mich. 8 jac. 1. in C. B. Co. Lib. 8. fo. 156. where said, That before the Statute of 8 H. 6. cap. 12. no Original might be amended in the Common-Pleas; and this Statute enables that Court to amend only Misprisions, namely, when the Clerk mistakes one word for another, or where he writes Words which are not Latin: As,  
9 H. 7. 16. hos breve, for hoc breve; or  
Bendloe's Rep. fo. 19 Imaginavit for Imaginatus fuit; or by Mistaking the Words of an Original, to say, Ostens'. quare non fuit, for fuerit.  
Or, as 22 Ed. 4. Mistaking the words of Form, namely, Praecipe quod solvat, for Praecipe quod reddat. In all these Cases there shall be no Amendment.  
But Mich. 9 jac. 1. in C. B. in Ejectione firmae, Weeks against Blackstead, Lessee of Camden; where, after Verdict to stay Judgement, the Defendants Council Objected, that there were two Errors in the Record, one in the Declaration, namely, prout praedictus Willielmus, for praedictus johannes; and the other was in the Issue, viz. Et de hoc ponit se (meaning the Defendant) super Patriam, Et praedictus Willielmus (the Defendant again, for johannes the Plaintiff) similiter.  
Per Cur ', these are but Misprisions of the Clerk, and not Errors, and shall be amended, being like to the Mistake in 10 H. 7. 23. and 11 H. 7. 2. where Defendens was written for Querens, and johannes for Rogerus, and amended by the Advice of all the Justices.  
And by Coke Chief Justice, Misprisions were amendable the same Term at the Common Law; because, during the Term, the Record is said to be in pectore judicis, and not esteemed to be on the Roll so absolutely, but that they may amend the same at their Discretions.  
But the Justices of the Common-Pleas, after a Writ of Error, cannot at all amend the Roll, where a Judgement was given the same Term, and is mistaken in the Entry, because the Roll is not a Record of that Term.  
And by 5 Ed. 3. this was so at the Common Law, until the Statute of 14 Ed. 3 gave power to amend Misprisions in another Term.  
But 46 Ed. 3. the Case was, that Defendens was mistaken for Querens; but could not be amended, because an Old Roll; and the Statute gives Power only to amend New Rolls of the same Term they are Entered.  
By the Statute of 26 H. 8. the Justices of the Common-Pleas, have Power to amend a Plea-Roll, in Misprision only; but not Omissions.  
Misprisions are Vicia Scriptoris, Faults of the Clerk; as the Declaration varying from the Writ, or the Roll from the Original, or the Mean or Judicial Process; these by 19 H. 6. shall be amended, if it be only in default of the Clerk.  
But if in a Plea, 
Errors not amendable.  that be Omitted which should be Averred, this shall not be amended, because it ought to have been part of the Plea, and cannot be said to be any Default of the Clerk; but a mere Omission, which makes the Plea imperfect.  
So, Mich. 5 & 6 Mar. Dyer 164. a Record came out of Ancient Demesn in Banco, by Writ of False judgement, and the Writ was— Sub sigillo suo & sigillis quatuor legalium hominum ejusdem Curiae; which according to Fitzh. Nat. Brev. fo. 18. b. aught to have been— per quatuor legales homines, etc. upon which the Court doubted, if it might be amended; but seemed to be of Opinion, That the Plaintiff might have a New Writ to the Justices of the Common-Pleas, to Authorise them, to proceed to discuss the Errors in the Record, which lay before them.  
So, 2 Mar. Dyer 105. a Common Recovery was suffered to Bar the Issue in Tail; and the Warrant of Attorney was, That— Alicia po. lo. suo, for Elizabetha; also the Writ of Error was— de loquela quae fuit in Cur' nostra coram Iustic' nostris per breve nostrum— It was a Quaere, if it were amendable; but Resolved in Blackmores' Case, Co. Lib. 8. fo. 152. quod vide, & nota.  
And see Brownl. Rep. 2 Part, fo. 300. where a Writ of Error was brought by Frances Fulgham against Sergeant Harris, in this manner— Praecipe, etc. quod, etc. Franciscae Fulgham, Viduae, contrary to the Form of the Register, which is— quae fuit Uxor, and not Widow; and the subsequent words were— rationabilem dotem Tenementorum quae fuerunt Francisci Fulgham quondam viri sui. Per Cur', this is Error; for tho' it varies not in substance; yet because it is contrary to the Form of the Register, it shall not be amended.  
So Cro's Iacobi 21 Merrel's Case, in a Writ of Error, of a Judgement in the Common-Pleas in Ejectment, it was assigned for Error, That the Plaintiff declared, that I. S. 25 Martii, Anno sexto jacobi, had demised to him for Seven years, by virtue whereof he Entered, and was thereof possessed, until the Defendant, postea scilicet Anno sexto, did oust him.  
After Imparlance, the Plaintiff made a Second Declaration, wherein he supposed the Ejectment to be done 26 Maii Anno supradicto, and of this Ejectment the Writ was brought; it was found against the Defendant, and Judgement for the Plaintiff, and whether it was Erroneous, because no day was mentioned in the first Declaration, was the Question.  
Agreed, That the first Declaration is the Principal, and if any Matter of Substance be omitted in it, it cannot be helped or amended by the second, for that is but a mere Recital; and therefore if the first be not good, the Trial is Erroneous.  
But per Cur ' the first Declaration was good, for the Demise is laid to be 25 Martii, sexto jacobi, which is the first Day of the year, and the postea scilicet 6 jacobi, that the Defendant Ejected him is certain enough; for the Year when the Ejectment was made, and the Day of the Ejectment, are not material, being before the Action brought.  
Then, 
Of Error in Fines and Common Recoveries.  Of Errors in Fines upon Writs of Covenant, and Common Recoveries upon Writs of Entry in the Post.  
For which see, first, Brownl. Rep. 2 Part, fo. 300. where, upon a Fine the first Proclamation was made in Trinity Term 5 jac. the second in Michaelmass Term, 5 jacobi, the third in Hillary Term 6 jacobi, when it should have been Hill. 5 jacobi, and the fourth and fifth Proclamations were in Easter Term 6 jacobi.  
Per Cur ', This is palpable Error; for the fourth Proclamation was not entered at all, and the fifth was entered as of Hillary Term 6 jacobi, when it should have been of Hillary Term 5 jacobi, and so cannot be amended, because it was of another Term.  
And see Cro's jac. 77. Earl of Bedford's Case; where, in a Writ of Error to Reverse a Fine, it was assigned for Error, that the Writ was— Praecipe, etc. quod teneat, etc. Conventionem, etc. de octo Mesuagiis, duobus Toftis, decem Gardinis; and it was Certified, de octo Mesuagiis, decem Gardinis, etc. and Adjudged no Error.  
But see Cro's Caroli, fo. 300. Done and Smithy's Case; where a Writ of Error was brought to Reverse a Fine levied by Baron and Feme, and others; and the Writ of Covenant what directed to the Coroners, with this Clause— fiat Executio brevis praedict' per Coronatores, ita quod Vic' se non intromitteret, because the Sheriff was one of the Cognizees; and this was Objected for Error; because, as there said, if the Sheriff had been sole party to the Fine; yet the Writ ought to have been directed to him, because but a Summons, for the Sheriff may summon himself.  
But Resolved to be Error, because a Doubt in Law, if the Sheriff, as Plaintiff, may Execute a Writ upon himself; and therefore the general Course is, to direct the Writ to the Coroners, to avoid such Doubt.  
And see Co. Lib. 5. fo. 38. Tey's Case, where A. and B. his Wife levied a Fine of divers Manors, Lands and Tenements to I. S. and I. D. in several Towns in the County of E. in which divers Grants and Renders were made; and in the third Render, all the Manors, Lands and Tenements were rendered to A. and B. and the Heirs of the Body of A. and in the fourth Render, part of the Premises were rendered to B. in Tail, the Remainder to the Right Heirs of A.  
It was Resolved, that the same was not Error;  
First, That the fourth Render, as to that was contained in the third Render, should be in the quality of a Charter, which needs not such a precise Form as a Judgement.  
Secondly, That the Conusor should not assign that for Error, because he gets an Estate by it; and no man shall reverse any thing for Error, unless he can show that the Error is to his advantage.  
So More, Case 202. 
Infant.  If an Infant levy a Fine, and take an Estate by Render, he may not have Error for this.  
And see Mich. 31 Eliz. in B. R. Leon. Rep 1 Part 317. Pigot and Harrington's Case, where Baron and Feme were Tenants for Life, the Remainder in Fee to an Infant, and they three levied a Fine, and the Infant only brought Error to Reverse it.  
It was Objected, that they all Three ought to join in the Writ, according to 29 Ed. 3. 14.  
But per Cur ', the Writ is well brought, for the Error is not Assigned in the Record; but, without it, in the person of the Infant, and that is the Cause of Action for him, and for no other; and the Fine was reversed, as to the Infant only.  
Vide Cro's jacobi 330. Points Case, and Bulstrode's 1 Part 206. Bats and Ienning's Case; where Inspection of an Infant in Error, to Reverse a Fine upon the day of Adjornment of the Term, held good by all the Judges of England.  
And see Mo. Case 701. That a Writ of Covenant, Retornable before the Date, is Error.   

CHAP. XIV. Of Appeals, Indictments, and Informations.  
APPEAL, according to Co. 
Appeal, what?  on Littleton, Lib. 2. cap. 11. comes, from the Latin word Appello, to Call; quia Appellans vocat Reum in judicium, and is used in our Law, for the private Accusation of a Murderer, by a Person who had Interest in the Party murdered.  
It is as much as Accusatio with the Civilians; for, as in their Law, Cognizance of Criminal Causes, is taken either upon Inquisition, Denunciation, or Accusation, so it is in ours upon Indictment or Appeal. Indictment comprehending both Inquisition and Denunciation. Accusation, or Appeal, being a lawful Declaration of another man's Crime (of Felony at least; for tho' there be an Appeal of Mayhem, yet that, according to Bracton, is but in a manner an Action of Trespass) before a Competent judge, by one who sets his Name to the Declaration, and undertakes to prove it, upon the Penalty that may ensue of the contrary.  
Appeal, by others, is defined to be, The violent pursuing of a Subject unto Death; and is the most nice kind of Suit that is commenced at the Common Law, for every small matter will quash the same, if it be not freshly pursued; and shall in divers respects be taken strictly in favorem vitae.  
And Note, That the Process in every Appeal, is to bear Date the same day of the return, and if not, it will be a Discontinuance of the Process.  
Note also, That the Omission of any word, which is material, in the Writ of Appeal, will abate the same.  
And it is to be Observed, That the Process in an Appeal, doth vary from all other Proceedings at the Common Law; for there shall be no Amendment of a Writ of Appeal, nor is the Discontinuance of it helped by any Statute.  
Then, 
Where the Heir shall not have an Appeal of Murder.  Where an Appeal of Murder will not lie for the Heir.  
For which see Mich. 33 H. 8. Dyer 50.  
The Statute of 31 H. 8. made it Treason for a Woman to Poison her Husband. A Woman Poisoned her Husband: Afterwards the Statute of 32 H. 8. Of General Pardon, pardoned the Offence; the Heir brought an Appeal of Murder: And it was the Opinion of all the Justices, that now an Appeal of Murder did lie for the Heir; for that now Murder was turned into Treason, and the greater Offence shall extinguish the lesser.  
And see Co. Lib. 6. fo. 13. in the Case of Pardons acc. and 7 Eliz. Dyer 235. where Petty Treason is pardoned by a General Pardon, there one who killed his Master was Indicted of Murder, and holden, the Indictment did not lie against him; but being found Guilty, was Reprieved.  
And see Mich. 33 H. 8. Dyer 51. and 33 Eliz. Co. Lib. 4. 45. where an Appeal of Murder was brought against W. to Answer to A. B. alias dict' A. B. Fratri & haered ' of the Person murdered; but because the Plaintiff in the Appeal was named Brother and Heir in the Alias dictus, which is no part of the Name, the Appeal did Abate, and the Defendant discharged by the Court.  
And see 5 Ed. 6. Dyer 69. where there were three Brothers, and the Middle Brother is killed, and the Eldest Brother dies within the Year, without bringing any Appeal, and the Question was, If the Younger Brother might maintain an Appeal? It was not Resolved, but left a Quaere.  
See 11 Ed. 4. 11. Stamf. 59 20 H. 6. 43. by Fortescue, that he shall not; but 16 H. 7. 15. contra.  
Then, 
Appeals brought by Infants.  How Appeals shall be brought by Infants.  
First, See Pasch. 17 Ed. 4. Pl. 4. and More, Case 646. where an Appeal was brought by an Infant, and the Defendant prayed to be dismissed, because the Plaintiff was an Infant.  
Per Cur ', If the Defendant be guilty, he shall stay in Ward till the Infant comes of Age.  
But by 27 H. 8. 1. b. the Plaintiff now shall appear by Guardian.  
By Co. 2 Inst. 5. If an Infant bring an Appeal of the Death of his Ancestor, the Parol shall not demur for want of Battle, but the Infant shall be outed of it, as if the Appellor were Old, or Maimed.  
But Mirror of justices 127. contra, the Parol shall demur.  
And see 2 Ed. 4. 19 b. and 20. a. acc. and 11 H. 4. 93. a.  
And Pasch. 27 H. 8. 25. an Infant brought an Appeal of Murder in the time of H. 8. and prayed, that the Parol might demur; and Resolved it should not.  
By 35 H. 6. 10. If an Infant be found guilty of Felony, 'tis in the discretion of the Court to give Judgement or not, as they find the Infant hath Discretion, or Malicious Intent.  
By Owen 59, 63. 
Of pleading to Appeals.  and Popham 115. in an Appeal of Murder, after Pleading to the Writ, the Defendant must Plead over to the Felony, else it is a Confession of it, for there his Life is in question.  
And see 3 Cro. 223, 224. where in an Appeal of the Death of an Husband, the Defendant pleads— Ne unques accouple, etc. and quoad, etc. Not Guilty. The Plaintiff Replies,— fueront accouple, but pleads nothing to the rest; yet it seems the Plea is not Discontinued, because the first Plea is not Triable at Common Law, so answers not the Plea over.  
See 1 Cro. 247. Southby and Price's Case, An Appeal of Murder was brought in A. being the next County to B. where the Murder was done, the Writ shall abate: For by 26 H. 8. cap. 6. Indictments may be in Counties next adjoining; but not Appeals.  
By Yeluerton 204. Bradley and Bank's Case, and 2 Cro. 283. Discontinuance of Process in an Appeal is not aided by Appearance afterwards.  
And by Yeluerton, ibid. Conviction with Clergy is a good Bar in Appeal.  
And Idem 205. Non Culpabilis ad Murdrum & Feloniam praedict', is a good Bar in an Appeal of Manslaughter.  
See Dyer 348, 349. where A. Appeals one as Accessary to B. C. of D. in the County of E. who pleads Nulla talis persona in rerum natura, as B. C. die impetrationis brevis, nec unquam postea: 'Tis good tho' there be one named B. C. in another County.  
And so it is, if he were dead the Day of the Writ brought.  
But 26 H. 6. 8. A. brings an Appeal, and the Defendant pleads, Nulla talis persona in rerum Natura die impetrationis brevis. It seems not to be a good Plea, for he should have pleaded, Quod Quer' obiit ante diem impetrationis brevis; or, Nulla talis persona unquam fuit in rerum Natura.  
By Keilway 106, 107. the Court will not suffer the Defendant to plead Variance between the Appeal and the Indictment, and to Conclude to the Felony.  
Vide eundem ibid. What Pleas are Peremptory in Appeals.  
By Co. Lib. 3. fo. 30. If a Struck be struck in one County, and the Party die in another County, an Appeal of Murder may be brought in either of the Counties, although nothing be done in that County where he died, towards his Death.  
By Co. Lib. 4. fo. 47. one Appeal of Murder must be brought against all the Parties, Principals and Accessories, and not several Appeals; and the Declaration must be against them all; for the Wife brought an Appeal of Murder of her Husband against divers, and afterwards brought another Appeal against others.  
Resolved by the whole Court,  
That all the said Appeals, but the first, should abate.  
That she ought to have one Appeal against them all.  
That she cannot have two Appeals of Death, but aught to join all in one Writ.  
That if one brings an Appeal of Death against divers, and all but one makes Default; yet the Plaintiff must declare against them all.  
But by Keilway 83. In Murder an Appeal shall be first brought against the Principal, and after that, another against the Abettor.  
So per eundem ibid. an Appeal of Robbery shall be first brought against the Principal, and then against the Accessary.  
An Accessary shall be discharged, where the Principal before Judgement obtains his Pardon; as appears by Co. Lib. 4. foe▪ 43. where the Brother and Heir brought an Appeal of Murder against A. B. as Principal, and C. D. as Accessary of the Death of his his Brother.  
The Principal pleaded, Not Guilty; but was found Guilty of Manslaughter, and had his Clergy.  
It was Resolved in this Case, 

1. That the Accessary was discharged, because he could not be guilty before the Fact, in case of Manslaughter.  
2. Although the Principal was Convicted, yet, forasmuch as he had his Clergy before Judgement, the Accessary shall be discharged.    
So, where the Principal upon his Arraignment confesseth the Felony, and before Judgement obtains his Pardon, the Accessary is thereby discharged.  
Vide Cro. Car. 382, 383. where an Appeal was brought against two, one for Petty-Treason, the other for Felony: The Defendants pleaded Not Guilty the same Term in which the Appeal was Arraigned, and therefore there was no other Declaration filled: But if they had pleaded a Plea which was adjourned to another Term, or had not pleaded that Term, than it ought to have been filled.  
And it was then agreed by the Court,  
That the Plaintiff might take out one or several Writs of Venire facias, for doubt of Challenge.  
And see Co. Lib. 4. fo. 45. That Auterfoits Indicted of Manslaughter, and thereof Convicted, and Clergy allowed, was a good Bar in Appeal of Murder.  
But contra, if the Indictment be insufficient.  
And see 6 Ed. 6. Dyer 88 where an Appeal is brought by a Woman, of the Death of her Husband: To which the Defendant pleaded Not Guilty, and afterwards the Plaintiff took another Husband; and it was Adjudged, that the Appeal was determined by her Intermarriage.  
See 3 H. 7. 5. where in an Appeal of Death one Challenged above 35, and had Judgement of Pein fort & dure, that is, was Pressed to Death.  
So 21 Ed. 3. 18. Bro. Tit. Corone, Pl. 43. fo. 181. where one against whom an Appeal of Robbery was brought, did stand Mute out of Malice; and it was found by the Jury that he could Speak; whereupon he was presently Condemned to be Hanged, and the Appellor had his Goods: But if it had been by Indictment at the King's Suit, he should have had Judgement of Pein fort & dure.  
Lastly, by Co. 3 Inst. 212 If the Defendant in an Appeal be Vanquished or Slain, the Judgement is the same, that is, Suspendere per Collum.  
And thus much shall suffice of Appeals.  
In the next place, We shall say something of Indictments, and the Plead thereupon, and what will Maintain or Quash the same.  
An Indictment is an Accusation, 
Indictment, what?  drawn and engrossed in Form of Law, in the nature of a Bill (or Declaration) against one for some Offence, Criminal or Penal, and presented to the Grand Jury to be Inquired of, who, in case they Find the same, do write Billa vera upon it; but otherwise do Endorse the word Ignoramus thereupon.  
An Indictment is always at the Suit of the King, so that he who Prefers it, is no way tied to the Proof of it upon any Penalty, except there appear Conspiracy. It ought to be drawn with the greatest Exactness, Curiosity and Certainty; and the Day, Year and Place must be sure not to be omitted.  
Indictments are called Pleas of the Crown, and are exhibited for Treason, Felony, Misprisions of Treason, High Misdemeanours against the Common-Weal, and all other Crimes which touch the Life, or Mutilation of a Man; and these cannot be Prosecuted in the Name of any one but the King, because he only can Pardon them, as Offences committed against his Crown and Dignity.  
By Co. 3 Inst. 106, 107. If any of the Grand Jury discover what persons are Indicted of Felony or Treason, they are guilty of high Misdemeanour, and shall be Fined and Imprisoned, for thereby the parties Indicted may Escape.  
Vide Co. 3 Inst. 230. and 4 Rep. Sier's Case, where said, That it is not necessary for the Coroner to set down the Day precisely in his Inquisition of Felony or Murder; for if it be alleged to be a day before, or after the Fact done, the Jury ought to find the party Guilty, and also find the Day when it was done, and the Attainder shall relate to the Day found in the Verdict: And if he be found Guilty thereupon, he may plead Auterfoits acquit.  
But if they find him Guilty generally, his Feoffee or Lessee may falsify the time, if alleged before it was done to their prejudice.  
By Co. 4 Rep. 46, 47. Wrote and Wiggs Case, an Inquisition was taken before the Coroners of the Sejeantry and of the County, concerning a Death, etc. at D. within the Verge, and, by him that pleaded a Conviction in Bar thereupon, averred to be Indented; but, it not appearing to be so by the Inquisition itself, it shall be intended otherwise, and so the Inquisition insufficient, and the Conviction thereupon void, and no Bar.  
Vide Dyer 323. a. 323. b. where an Indictment was brought against divers for saying, and hearing of Mass, and every one was Fined one hundred Marks upon the Statute of 1 Eliz. where said, That the word Minister includes Priest, and Clerk is sufficient to prove one a Priest, And where one is Convicted of three Offences upon three Indictments at one time, he shall be Fined only for the first.  
And by Popham, in his Rep. fo. 93. In Indictments of jesuits upon the Statute of 27 Eliz. for coming into England, mention must be made, that he was born within the Kingdom of England, and that he is a jesuit; but need not show where he was made a jesuit.  
Vide Style's Rep. 245, 312, 324, 350. That an Indictment or Information brought against Two, or more, for speaking Words, etc. may be good; but in Cases of Felony a joint Indictment against them is not good.  
By Cro. 2 Part 479. the Court is to take notice ex Officio, of all apparent Faults, as Insufficiency in Indictments, and toaward Supersedeas thereupon, if it be found against the party Indicted, without any Exception taken by him thereunto.  
And by Dyer 367. Co. 11. Rep. 6. in Case of Indictments and Outlawries thereupon, the Court may amend all Imperfections therein, as to want of Form.  
But by Style's Rep. 437. a Caption of an Indictment of a former Term, cannot be amended in another Term; but the same Term it may.  
Then, 
What shall Quash an Indictment; what not.  What shall be sufficient Causes to quash Indictments, and what shall not.  
See, first, Dyer 50. b. Co. 4. Rep. 41. a. 44. b. 47. a. 3 Cro. 739. One strikes a man in March, who died thereof 15 April, and the Indictment concludes, that he killed him in March: 'Tis not good; but that he killed him upon the 15th of April is. But the best way is to Conclude generally, and say, he killed him, without naming the day.  
And Note, That in an Indictment of Murder, the word Murdravit supplies ex Malitia praecogitata; and so doth Furatus fuit, Felonice cepit.  
But where an Indictment was, That A. assaulted B. at C. & ipsum Murdravit, without saying, adtunc & ibidem, it was holden to be ill, for want of naming the Place; for the Assault and Murder are several things, and may be done at several places.  
So, an Inquisition taken by a Coroner in this Form— Berk ss. Inquisitio capt' primo die Maii, without saying where, was Adjudged to be ill.  
So, by Co. 3 Inst. 135. if one be Indicted for Poisoning another with Ratsbane, and it be proved, that he was Poisoned with Cantharideses, it doth well maintain the Indictment, because Poison is the substance of them both; but killing by Weapon, or otherwise, will not maintain such Indictment.  
But if the Indictment be for killing with a Sword, Dagger, or other Weapon, it will maintain the Indictment, because 'tis killing under the same Clauses, by Weapons.  
See Dyer 99, a. 285, a. 370, a. where holden, That an Indictment de Morte, or for stealing the Goods, Cujusdam ignoti is good; for the party slain, or robbed, may not be known.  
So, Style's Rep. 124. an Indictment for Assaulting one john of the Parish of A. omitting his Surname, holden to be good, as well as of Killing quendam ignotum; and if he should be Indicted again, under the whole Name, he may help himself by Averment.  
But by Cro. 2 Part 606. an Indictment for Striking in the Churchyard, was quashed, because it was— Ad Generalem Sessionem Pacis tent' apud B. not mentioning the County; for tho' the County were in the Margin, and so may be intended that County; yet Indictments shall not be taken by Intendment.  
Yet by Cro. 3 Part 108, an Indictment was of a Riot, That he coram A. & B. Iustic' Domini Regis, etc. and Exception was taken to it, that it should have been, coram A. & B. duobus Iustic', etc. But Resolved by the Court, That false Latin shall not quash an Indictment where the Intendment is evident.  
But see Style's Rep. 155. and Cro. 3 Part 331. contra.  
And see Cro. 3 Part 137. an Indictment of Murder— quod in Brachia sua dextra percussit— held to be senseless and uncertain.  
And so, to say— instanti die obiit, without the word Ibidem, or naming the Place where, is as ill.  
So, by Co. 3. 194. an Indictment for Murder, on the Coroners Inquest, being— quod percussit cum gladio, not saying Felonice, was quashed for that Reason.  
So Idem ibid. 583. an Indictment— quod felonice & burglariter fregit domum, was held to be no good Indictment for Burglary, because it wanted the word Noctanter.  
But by Gaudy Justice, 'tis good for the Felony; yet because the Addition was in the Alias dictus, and not in Primo nomine, it was quashed as to both.  
And Id. ibid. 920▪ an Indictment of Burglary was— quod Burglarit fregit, and Exception taken to it, because not said Burglariter; but Resolved to be good.  
Yet Co. Rep. 4. 39, b. Burglarit for Burglariter, was Adjudged ill.  
So, in Ryley's Case, Murderaverunt for Murdraverunt, held not good.  
So, Idem, ibid. and Dyer 261, a. 304, b. Felonice & ex Malicia sua praecogitata fregit, will not serve instead of the word Murdravit; for vocabula Artis are not to be supplied by words that tantamount.  
And by Style's Rep. 12. the like Law is in Cases of Rape.  
So, by Cro. 2 Part fo. 20. an Indictment shall be taken strictly, not by Intendment; and therefore to say, quod Rapuit Foeminum, without saying Felonice, was held ill.  
See a Notable Case in Co. 5 Rep. fo. 120, 121, 122. where an Indictment was upon the Coroner's Inquest for Murder, and Exceptions taken to it:  
First, Because 'tis super Mammillam in anterior' parte Corporis; and Mamilla is spelt with a double m, and so false Latin: But Resolved, false Latin shall not quash an Indictment, tho' it will an Original; but an Insensible word, in a Material place, may. Also super Mammillam is but a Redundancy, for super anteriori parte Corporis, intending the Trunk, was certain enough. But super Caput, super Faciem, in dextra parte Corporis, in sinistra parte Corporis, super sinistram or dextram Manum, Brachium, Latus, etc. without addition, is not.  
Secondly, 'Tis Dans unum vulnus, for unam plagam; but that was Ruled, well enough.  
Thirdly, The length, breadth and depth of the Wound was not showed, but because it was showed, that he was shot through with a Pistol, that was certain enough; for they are but set forth to show the Mortality.  
Fourthly, 'Twas said Dans unum vulnus totaliter penetrans, etc. and thereto Objected, That it was not the Wound, but the Total did penetrate; but that was Ruled to be 〈◊〉 enough, for the Wound went through.  
Fifthly, There wanted the word Percussit, for it was dans unum vulnus without the word Percussit; and for that, tho' it was shooting with a Pistol, the Indictment was quashed as Insufficient.  
And see Cro. 1 Part 334. an Indictment against Two, for striking in a Church, where the Grand Jury found Billa vera as to or 〈◊〉 Ignoramus for the other; and Exceptions taken to it,  
First, Because the Bill is laid jointly— quod fecerunt, sed non allocatur; for that is but false Latin, which of itself shall not quash an Indictment.  
Secondly, The Bill is— contra formam Statuti, and yet it doth not appear by the Indictment, that the striking was with a Weapon, and that lies not within the first Clause of the Statute, and the second Clause gives only Excommunication to the Offender ipso facto; and contra formam Statut ', cannot stand in an Indictment of Battery at Common Law.  
So Leon. Rep. 2 Part, 183, 184. an Indictment was upon the Statute of 5 Ed. 6. 4. for Drawing in the Church upon one A. B. without saying, That he did it with an Intent to Stab him, and for that Cause holden to be ill; and moreover, for that it Concluded— contra formam Statut ', it did not appear to be like to an Indictment at Common Law.  
See Cro. 697. acc.  
And see Noy's Rep. 171, 172, 173. an Indictment for striking one in the Churchyard, quashed upon two Exceptions:  
First, Because it is laid— quod extraxit Gladium & percussit, instead of Extraxit Gladium ad percutiend', according to the words of the Statute, which are— If any person maliciously Strike in the Churchyard, or Draw any Weapon there with an Intent to Strike, etc.  
Secondly, Because the word 〈◊〉 was omitted in the Indictment, which is a Material Error, because expressly named in the Statute.  
Then, For Indictments of Nuisances, 
Nuisances.  take these Rules:  
See Cro. 3 Part 63. where an Indictment against one, for making a Nuisance in the Horse-way, was quashed, because it was not said the Kings-way, or the Highway.  
And Note, by 22 Ass. an Indictment doth not lie for a Nuisance done to a partilar Place; for it must be ●aid, to be done to all the King's Liege-People.  
So, Idem, ibid. 148. an Indictment for stopping an Highway, was said to be— ad Nocumentum diversorum Lige●runs Domini Regis, etc. and quashed, because too particular, for that thereby only is intended a Nuisance to some, not all the King's Subjects.  
So, Leon. 2 Part 183, 184. an Indictment was for not Repairing a Bridge; where said— Ita quod Ligei Domini Regis ibidem transire non possunt, ad Nocumentum eorum; and for that Exception was taken to it, because not said— ad Commune Nocumentum; for when the King's Subjects are named in an Indictment, it ought to be expressed to be a Common Nuisance.  
So, Mich. 16 Car. 2. in B. R. Rex versus Morris, an Indictment for keeping a Glass-House— ad magnum Nocumentum Subditorum Domini Regis, was quashed, because not said— ad Commune Nocumentum; and Sergeant Maynard doubted, if this Offence were Indictable.  
And see Cro. 3 Part 90. Leon. 1 Part 117. and 27 Ass. 6. one was Indicted at the Assizes— Quare vi & armis, he enclosed Land wherein others had Common; and Ruled, That an Indictment lies not in this Case, because it is no Public, but a Private Nuisance; and the vi & armis ill, for one cannot forceably enclose his own Land.  
Lastly, it was Objected, That the Indictment did not lie here, because Justices of Gaol-Delivery have no power to take an Indictment of Nuisance.  
And see Bendl. Rep. 152. an Indictment was Exhibited against one, for Erecting a Wear in the River W. which Concludes— ad Nocumentum omnium Inhabitantium in Comitatu H. and Resolved by the whole Court, tho' not said to be— ad Commune Nocumentum, or— Nocumentum omnium Ligeorum, or Subditorum; yet General enough, because a Nuisance to the whole County of H.  
And see Cro. Car. 274, 275. 
Vi & armis.  an Indictment against one— Quare vi & armis, he burned his own House; jones and Berkly were of Opinion, That it did not lie Vi & armis, because the House was in the parties own possession: But Croke was of the contrary Opinion, and said, That if a Servant runs away with his Master's Goods, committed to his charge, the Indictment against him shall be Vi & armis.  
And Note, That an Indictment upon the Statute of Hen. 6. of Forcible Entry,— Quod pacifice intravit & ipsum expulit & extratenuit, was Adjudged to be ill, for want of the words Vi & armis, & manu forti.  
So, Cro. jacobi 20. an Indictment upon the Statute of H. 6. not showing how the Entry was Pacifice, or Falso, was holden ill by two Judges.  
And Mich. 13 Car. 2. in B. R. an Indictment upon the same Statute, saying Pasifice ingressus, for Pacifice, and having no Manu forti in the whole Indictment, was for that Reason quashed, and the Clerk of the Peace fined for it.  
So Cro. Caroli 422. 
Contra pacem.  an Indictment for Erecting an House upon the Highway, and straightening it, ill, for want of the words contra Pacem.  
Mich. 16 Car. 2. in B. R. an Indictment was against one, for Seducing a Man into an ill House, and cheating him of his Mony.  
By 29 Ass. 45. an Indictment against one as Communis Latro, 
Incertainty.  or Common Forestaller, Champertor, Conspirator, etc. without charging the Party with some particular Fact, is not good.  
But by 30 Ass. 37. an Indictment of Common Confederacy is.  
And by 38 Ass. 11, 12. an Indictment for taking Charters of Land quashed, for not setting forth what the Charters were.  
But Pasch. 18 Car. 2. in B. R. and rolls Abridg. 2 Part 79. an Indictment against one for being Communis Oppressor, was Ruled good upon Exception; but the Court was of Opinion, that— Communis Forstallator is not good.  
See Mo. Case 302. touching the words Communis Fur, Latro, etc.  
Pasch. 16 Car. 2. in B. R. Resolved, 
A Rule to distinguish, where an Indictment, and where an Action of the Case doth lie.  That an Indictment lies for the Breach of a Private Statute, where no particular Penalty is provided; if the Statute concern a multitude of Persons, so as an Action of the Case will not lie: But if it concerns a Particular Person or Interest, an Action of the Case lies, and not an Indictment.  
An Information, 
Information, what?  is a kind of Declaration, as well at the Suit of the King, as the Informer (therefore called a Qui tam, from the words in the Information, A. B. qui tam pro Domino Rege, quam pro seipso sequitur) for the Breach of some Statute, or Penal Law, wherein some part of the Penalty, as a Moiety or Third part, is given to him; and may be either by Action of Debt, or Information.  
Informations are also brought by the Attorney General only, in Cases where the whole Penalty or Forfeiture is given, by some Penal Law, to the King.  
Vide Co. 6 Part, Gregory's Case, 3 Inst. 43, 194, 223. 340, 356. 15 Eliz. ca 5. 29 Eliz. ca 5. 21 jac. 1. ca 4. Cro. 3 Part 375. touching the Duty of an Informer.  
By 18 Eliz. ca 5. Every Informer upon Penal Statutes must Exhibit his Information in Person, not by Attorney; and pursue it by himself, or Attorney; a Note of the Day of the Month of the Entry of it must be made; no Jury must be Compelled to Westminster, to Try any Offence done Forty Miles off, unless the Attorney General, for special Reasons requires it; and the Informer not to make Composition, without Licence of the Court, on pain of Pillory.  
By 15 Eliz. ca 5. Defendants in Informations upon Penal Statutes, may Appear by their Attorneys, where they are Bailable by Law; or by the leave and favour of the Court.  
But by 31 Eliz. ca 10. This last Act shall only extend to Natural Subjects, and Denizens.  
By the Statute of 21 jacobi ca 4. for all Offences against Penal Laws, the Information must be laid in the proper County where the Fact was done, and not to be received till the Informer hath made Oath, That it was done in that very County, and that within a Year before; and the Defendant may plead thereto the General Issue.  
But this Statute shall not extend to Informations, touching Recusants, Tonnage and Poundage, Transportation of Gold, Silver, Powder, Shot, Wool, Woolfells, or Leather.  
And by Cro. 3 Part, 138. Co. 3 Part, 138. 5 Part, 48. 583. 11 Part, 65, b. 3 Inst. 141, 238. Mo. Case 715. Leon. 1 Part. 292. If the Informer dies, the Attorney General may proceed for the King's Moiety after his death.  
And so 'tis, if the Informer will not Prosecute any further.  
And so, if the Attorney General will not Prosecute any further, or will not Reply, as the Course is for him to Reply alone, in these Cases the Informer may Prosecute for his Part; for after the Suit begins the Informer hath an Interest, which the King cannot Release, or Pardon.  
And it appears by Style's Rep. 329, 330. where an Action or Information is— tam pro Domino Rege quam pro parte; there, if the Judgement be Entered only for the Party, 'tis Erroneous.  
And Idem 318, 319. upon an Information, where part of the Money did belong to the King, the Party sued Execution of all to himself; the Execution was ordered to be stayed, and a New one awarded, and in the mean time the Money to be brought into Court.  
And Idem 387. an Information was Exhibited for several Things; whereof some of them appeared to be done before the Date of the Information, and other part of them afterwards; yet all well, if done before the filing of the Information, and Bail upon it, for then the Action begins.  
See Mo. Cases 165. Cro. 1 Part 24. 2 Part 366, & 666. by Dyer, where a Statute appoints the Information to be brought within a Year; yet if it be brought within six years after, 'tis sufficient for the Party.  
And so Cro. 1 Part 341. in Demands less than due, good for the King, tho' ill for the Informer.  
And see 35 H. 6. 27. b. in an Information for Detaining the King's Goods, 'tis sufficient to say, That they were in his Possession, without showing how they came, as it must be in Trover, or Detinue, by a Common Person.  
See Noy's Rep. 118. where the Defendant pleads to an Information upon the Statute of 23 H. 8. for selling Beer without Licence, that there is another Information depending in the Exchequer for the same Offence; 'tis a good Plea, if there be no Covin in the Case, and if there be, the Informer may set it forth in his Replication.  
Mich. 22 Car. 2. an Information was brought in the Kings-Bench against one, for being Perturbator Pacis & Communis Oppressor, and for that he took unreasonable Distress of divers of his Tenants; after Verdict, Judgement was stayed for Three Reasons:  
First, Because not said which of his Tenants.  
Secondly, For that Information lies not for unreasonable Disterss; but Action upon the Statute of Marlbridge 43.  
Thirdly, Because Communis Oppressor, and Perturbator Pacis, are words too General to ground an Information upon.  
So Hill. 15 & 16 Car. 2. an Information was brought in the Kings-Bench against one for using the Trade of a Draper; and Ruled to be ill for two Reasons:  
First, Because not saying, it was a Trade at the time that the Statute of 5 Eliz. was made.  
Secondly, Because it wanted the words Contra pacem.  
But Mich. 24 Car. 2. in B. R. an Information That diversis diebus & vicibus, between such a day and such a day the Defendant did such Offences, held good, tho' in a Criminal Case.    

A TABLE OF THE CHAPTERS, And Their CONTENTS.  

CHAP. I. p. 1 Of Counts or Declarations.  
A Declaration, what? ibid.  
Of the formal parts of which a Declaration ought to consist, p. 2  
Counts shall not abate for want of Form, so that they have substance, by the Statute of 36 Ed. 3. cap. ult. ibid. p. 3  
And Counts, when defective, Relieved by 18 Eliz. cap. 14. of jeofails, ibid.  
Contra, per Maximi, for a Count in Substance, must be good to every Intent; tho' it sufficeth, that a Bar be good to Common Intent, p. 3  
Tho' a Declaration must be certain to every Intent; yet in what Cases it shall be holden good by Intendment, ib. 4  
Vide Chap. 8. of Intendment, p. 207.  
A Declaration shall not abate for Surplusage, p. 4  
But a Blank, or Space in the Declaration, shall abate the same, ibid.  
Either Anno Domini, or Anno Regni only, may be mentioned in the Declaration, according to the Specialty, ibid.  
In Debt against the Ordinary; or against a Gaoler, the Plaintiff needs not declare how they were made Officers, because an Action lieth against Officers in possession, p. 5  
Where a Condition contained in the Obligation is to the advantage of the Plaintiff, there he must declare thereof: Otherwise, if it be to his disadvantage, or contained in the Condition of the Obligation, ibid.  
Of Declaring upon Indentures of Covenants, ibid.  
Of Declaring in Annuity pro Consilio impenso & impendendo, by a Counsellor, Attorney, etc. or by a Special Officer, as a Keeper, Baily, Steward, etc. and the difference Ruled therein, ib. 6  
In Formedon, the Plaintiff may Declare of a Gift without Seisin; otherwise in a Bar, p. 6  
Where two Defendants, and the one appears, and the Plaintiff Counts against him in Trespass, that he (Simulcum the other, such a day) did the Trespass, and against the latter the Plaintiff varied in the Day, ib. 7  
Of several Counts in one Declaration, p. 7  
Where the Plaintiff shall Count de Novo, and where not, ibid.  
Rules to be observed in declaring of the Day, Year and Place, p. 8  
The disadvantage of Mistaking the Time, Years, or number of Acres in a Lease, ibid.  
Of several days of Payment, and where Execution upon the first default, where not, p. 10  
Reasons for Pleading the Common-Bar, and giving a New Assignment by Replication, Where the Writ and Declaration are general, as in Trespass, etc. p. 11, 12  
That Declarations in Trespass have ab antiquo been certain, as they are at this day, by Rule of Court, in the Common Pleas, p. 13  
Rules for declaring in Replevin and Trespass, p. 14, 15, 16, 17   

CHAP. II. p. 18 Of Bars, or Pleas to Declarations.  
A Bar, or Plea, ibid. 19  
What Pleas shall Conclude the Defendant by his Appearance, Continuance, etc. p. 19  
Of Pleas to the Jurisdiction of the Court, p. 20  
Of Foreign Pleas, ibid.  
Of the Order of Pleading, p. 21  
Of Pleas to the Person, ibid.  
Of Pleas to the Count, ibid.  
Of Pleas to the Writ, p. 22  
Of Pleas to the Action of the Writ, ibid.  
Of the Form of the Defendant's Pleading, p. 23  
Where the Defendant shall make Defence, and where not, ibid.  
Of the Defendants making but Half Defence, ibid.  
Of the ordinary Full Defence, p. 24  
Misnosmer, how pleaded, 25  
Of Protestations, ibid.  
Of Colours in Pleading, what is properly signified by the same, and in what Actions they shall be given, p. 26, 27, 28  
What be sufficient Colours, and in what manner they are to be pleaded, p. 29  
Colour ought to be by a Title, or Possession, doubtful to the Lay-People, whether the same be good in Law, or not; and must be given to the Plaintiff, and not to another that Enfeoffeth the Plaintiff, p. 31  
How the Defendant shall conclude his Plea, p. 33  
Of Averments in Pleading, p. 34  
Averment defined, ibid.  
When the Defendant shall aver his Plea, p 35  
Of Pleas in Bar, p. 43  
Of Bars to avoid Circuit of Action, p. 44  
How to plead the performance of the Condition of an Obligation, p. 46  
Of Conditions to save harmless, p. 47  
Of Conditions to perform Awards, p. 48, 49  
Of the difference in pleading an Arbitrement, and a Concord, p. 52  
Of Conditions for Appearance, ibid.  
Of Conditions, not to disturb the Plaintiff in his Possession, p. 53  
To Account, ibid.  
Of Bars to Common Intent, ibid.  
No substantial part of a Bar to be omitted, p. 55  
Upon what Plea the Plaintiff shall have present Judgement, p. 57  
Of Pleading Accord, or Arbitrement, p. 59  
Where Waranty is a good Bar, p. 60  
Where Auterfoits Bar shall be a good Bar; where not, p. 61  
Of Pleading a Recovery of Land in question against the Plaintiff; or one whose Estate he hath in the same, or higher Nature of Action, p. 62  
A former Recovery by the Plaintiff pleaded, no Bar, without Execution, p. 63  
Where the Plea shall go to Part, or to the Whole, ibid.  
Of Certainty in Pleading, p. 64   

CHAP. III. p. 69 Of Replications, Rejoinders, etc.  
REplication, rejoinder, Surrejoynder, what? ibid.  
Where the Plaintiff is in a manner bound to answer the Defendants Plea; yet, if he will, may plead at large, without answering the same, ibid.  
Plea at Large, what? 70  
In what Cases there is no occasion either for Replication or rejoinder, p. 72  
Where one Replication shall go to several Bars, p. 73  
Rebutter, what? p. 74   

CHAP. IV. p. 75 Of General Issue, and Special Evidence.  
ISSUE, what? ibid.  
Evidence, what? p. 76  
Of the proper Evidence upon the Plea of Non Culpabilis, ibid.  
Of Evidence for Abridgement of Damages, p. 78  
What Evidence may be given upon the Issue of Nil debet, p. 79  
Where the Defendant pleads— Nul Escape, he cannot give in Evidence— No Arrest, p. 80  
Of the Evidence to be given upon the Issues Ne Enfeoffa pas, or Non Feoffavit; Ne Lessa pas, or non dimisit; or where the Parties are at Issue upon a Grant or Feoffment pleaded by Deed, or where a Demise to Baron and Feme is pleaded; as also upon the Issue Ne Dona pas, or Non Dedit, ibid.  
What Evidence shall be given upon the Pleas Non est factum, Riens passa, etc. p. 81  
In Actions of Maintenance, or other Actions upon the Statute, in some Cases, the General, and in others the Special Issue shall be taken, p. 81  
Of the Plea Horse de son Fee, and what Evidence shall be sufficient to be given thereupon, p. 82  
Of Evidence upon the Issues Ne unques Executor, or Pleinment Administer, p. 83  
Where the Issue is upon Prescription, if the Plaintiff give in Evidence a Deed, Within time of Mind, the Defendant may Demur upon the Evidence; but otherwise, if Time out of Mind, ibid.  
Of giving Evidence upon a Prescription for Common appurtenant, ibid.  
Of Evidence given upon a Custom, p. 84  
Where the Defendant may Traverse any part of the Plaintiffs Conveyance of his Action, and not be forced to the General Issue, p. 85  
Where the Defendant shall be forced to the General Issue, or may Traverse the Place laid by the Plaintiff in the Declaration, p. 87  
In what Cases the Defendant may plead Specially, and not be forced to the General Issue, p. 88  
Where the Evidence doth stand or agree with the Issue, and where not, p. 91  
What is sufficient Evidence, that the Jury shall be obliged to take Cognizance of, p. 92  
What Deeds and Writings are sufficient Evidence, such as the Jury are to take notice of, or shall be delivered unto them, p. 94   

CHAP. V. p. 97 Of Special Issues, and the manner of joining them.  
WHich of the Parties in their Pleas shall first offer the Issue, ibid.  
That he who pleadeth the first Negative, shall Conclude the Issue, ibid.  
That Issue shall be always joined upon a Negative, after an Affirmative alleged before; or è contra, p. 98  
That, if the Defendant do plead in the Negative to the Writ, the Plaintiff shall Reply in the Affirmative, and Conclude the Issue, ibid.  
That, if the Plaintiff Declares in the Negative (as, That the Defendant did sue him in the Name of N. without his assent, it sufficeth the Defendant to say, That he sued him by the Consent of N. and offer Issue thereupon, ibid.  
Where the Defendant did plead to the Writ, That he was abiding at D. no Plea, without saying also, and not at B. as the Plaintiff did name him; because the Issue shall always be upon a Negative, ibid.  
So, one of the Defendants in Trespass pleaded, That one of his Companions was dead the day of the Writ purchased; no Plea for the Plaintiff to Reply, That he was alive at D. but must also say, and not dead. As to say, by way of Replication, in the like Case, Mulier, and not Bastard; or Frank, and not Villain; and offer the Issue, p. 98  
The Defendant pleaded, That the Place where, etc. was the Freehold of J. S. etc. and the Plaintiff Replied, That it was his Freehold; he must say also, and not the Freehold of J. S. or he must Traverse, Absque hoc, That it is the Freehold of J. S. etc. ibid.  
That, he who taketh the Traverse by Absque hoc, ought not properly to Conclude the Issue; but the other Party beginning his Plea with Ut prius dicit, etc. may, p. 99  
That, he who pleads Parts ad Finem nichil habent; or doth Counterplead the Possession; or pleads, Ne unques seisie que Dower; Ne Dona pas; Nul Tort; Non Culpabilis, and the like; because these Pleas be in the Negative, he shall Conclude with the Issue, Et de hoc ponit se super Patriam, ibid.  
But in the Plea of Parts ad Finem, etc. the Party pleading the same, may have his Election to Conclude the Issue, or not, ibid.  
So, where the Defendant pleads in the Negative, he may Traverse, and not Conclude with the Issue, but with Unde judicium si Actio, because a Perfect Issue may be joined thereupon, ibid.  
Where Issue shall be taken upon Affirmatives only, without Negatives, ibid.  
Of Tender and Refusal in Pleading, p. 100  
Of the Issue Negative pregnant, p. 101  
Of the words Modo & Forma in Pleading, p. 102  
Of Traverse in Pleading, p. 103  
Time, where and how Traversable, p. 104  
Rule, concerning Departure in Pleading, p. 105  
Place and County, where Traversable, p. 107  
Where the Plea is good without Traverse, and where the Taverse shall make the Plea ill, p. 109  
Where the Dying seized, or Descent, is Traversable, p. 112  
When the Descent, or Abatement, shall be Traversed, p. 113  
Where the Dying seized, the Conveyance, or the Disseisin alleged, shall be Traversable, p. 114  
That a Disseisin alleged either in Bar or Replication, is always Traversable, p. 115  
Difference, where the Disseisin is alleged in Fait, and where only by way of Supposal, ibid.  
Disseisin Traversable, ibid.  
In Trespass, the Disseisin, not the Descent Traversable; otherwise in Assize; ibid.  
Where Seisin alleged in Fee, shall be Traversed, ibid.  
Where a Traverse holden a jeofail, p. 116, 117  
Of the Traverse, Aliquo alio modo, p. 118  
Which of the Conveyances alleged to be Traversed, p. 119  
That the most material Matter alleged by the Defendant, is always Traversable, ibid.  
But where, by way of Replication many Conveyances are pleaded, the Defendant may Traverse which of them he pleaseth, ibid.  
Where the Plaintiff against a General Bar, makes Title by Feoffment and Descent, whereby he is Remitted, there the Defendant cannot Traverse the Feoffment, but the Descent, as the most Material part of the Title, p. 120  
Where the Defendant is to Traverse the Disseisin, as most Material, ibid.  
Tho' the Defendant Convey by Mean Degrees from the Plaintiff himself; yet if he plead false in any Point, the Plaintiff by like Pleading may Traverse him, ibid. 121  
Where the Commandment is Traversable; as, where the Defendant pleads the Freehold is to I. S. and that he did the Trespass by his Commandment, and the Plaintiff makes Title from a Stranger, and Traverses the Commandment of I. S. and good, ibid.  
But made a Quaere if, where the Defendant Justifies by the Commandment of the Owner, the Commandment is Traversable, ibid.  
But, in all Cases, where the the other Conveys from the same Person, the Commandment is Traversable, p. 122  
The like of Qui Estate, if both Parties claim from one Person, ibid.  
Where several Traverses shall be taken in one Plea, ibid.  
Where there are Three Traverses to one Replication, ibid.  
Where two Traverses to one Plea, p. 123  
Where a Traverse may be upon a Traverse, p. 123  
Where the Defendant may Traverse without making Title, ibid.  
Of the Plea of Tout Temps priest, Uncore priest, or Semper paratus, and Tender, ibid.  
Where Tender shall be made in Court, where not, p. 125  
Uncore priest, in what other Case to be pleaded, p. 126  
Of Estoppel, or Counterplea to Tout Temps priest, p. 128  
Of the Plea De son Tort demesn, or Injuria sua propria; That upon many Justifications, the Plaintiff is to Answer Specially to the Matter, and not to Traverse generally, De Injuria sua propria, absque tali Causa, p. 128  
As where the Defendant Justifies in Trespass, by the Commandment, Licence, or Delivery of the Plaintiff, ibid.  
Or, where the Defendant Justifies in False Imprisonment by reason of a Robbery, and that the Common Fame went upon the Plaintiff, ibid.  
Or, where the Defendant Justifies by Matter in Law, and to see if Waste were done; and to Enter a Tavern to drink, p. 130  
Where the Defendant Justifies in Trespass the seizing of the Plaintiff by his Master's Commandment, for that the Plaintiffs Ancestor held of his Master by Knight's Service, there the Commandment is to be Traversed by the Plaintiff, ibid.  
And so it is in the Case of an Apprentice, p. 130  
And so, where the Plaintiff pleaded a Grant, ibid.  
But, where the Defendant Justifies in Replevin by Reason of a Recovery in a Court-Baron; or, if the Defendant Justify by the King's Patent; there De Injuria sua propria general by the Plaintiff, to such Justification, no Plea; because Matter of Record, ibid.  
The like, where the Defendant Justifies in Trespass, to make Replevin by a Warrant of the Sheriff; or comes in Aid of the Servant, that hath a Warrant to Arrest the Plaintiff; or, where the Defendant in Replevin makes Cognizance, as Bailiff to A.; or, where the Defendant Justifies in Trespass, for taking away of Tithes, severed from the Nine parts, p. 129, 130  
In Trespass, the Defendant Justified by reason of a Way; and the Plaintiff Replied, De Injuria sua propria, Absque hoc, That the Defendant, and his Ancestors, had used to have such a Way, etc. p. 130  
That the Issue of De Injuria sua propria, absque tali Causa, shall be sufficient, where the Defendant makes no Title to himself, but as Servant; or comes in Aid of the Sheriff, or the like; and in all Cases of the Assault of the Plaintiff; or, where the Sheriff makes a Warrant to his Servant; or, for Suspicion of Felony, or the like: And, where the Defendant Justifies by Custom of Faldage; or, in Trespass for Wreck; and, in many other Cases, where he Justifies by Matter in Fait, there the General Replication, De Injuria sua propria hath been admitted, p. 130  
Of the Plea Que Estate, Qui Estate, or Quell Estate; that is, Which, or The same Estate, what? p. 131  
That the Plaintiff in his Declaration, or Title, shall not Convey to himself by a Que Estate, p. 131  
But, in a Replevin, after Avowry, he may; for then the Defendant is become (Plaintiff, or) Actor, ibid.  
So, where the Defendant by his Bar doth admit the Plaintiff Tenant to the Land, there the Plaintiff in his Replication, Conveying to himself Title by the same, may do it by a Que Estate, ibid.  
So, the Avowant may in his Avowry Convey to the Plaintiff an Estate in the Tenancy by a Que Estate, because he is a Stranger to his Title, ibid.  
That a Term cannot be Conveyed in Pleading (be the Party Actor, or otherwise) by a Que Estate; be the same a Term, or Estate for Life or in Tail, p. 132  
Yet the Defendant in an Assize did Convey from one by a Statute, by a Que Estate, ibid.  
And so of Tenant in Tail, especially if the Party be to Aver his Life, ibid.  
That the Tenant may Rebut, by reason of a Waranty by a Que Estate; but not be Vouched, ibid.  
That a Que Estate is not to be alleged in any of the Mean Conveyances, but to the Tenant himself, without showing how; notwithstanding the same hath been suffered, p. 132  
That in Pleading a Que Estate, the Party by whom such Estate is Conveyed, must be showed in Pleading to have a good Estate; as, by Recovery, Feoffment, Release, or the like; and not sufficient to say, That A. was seized, whose Estate the Defendant hath, ibid.  
Tenant in Dower, coming in by Law, may Convey by a Que Estate, p. 133  
So, he that comes to the Land by Disseisin. So, he that he recovers the same, ibid.  
That a thing that lieth in Grant, cannot be made Title to by a Que Estate, although by way of Bar. ibid.  
As of an Hundred, Rent, or Common: Except it be incident to some thing that may pass without Deed; unless he show a Deed to Maintain his Prescription, ibid.  
Que Estate not Traversable, but in Particular Cases, ibid.  
Of a Double Plea, and what it is? p. 134  
Where one Answer will make an end of all, as Ne dona pas, or the like, there no Doubleness; or if the Defendant plead divers Matters, and rely upon one of them; or do show in his Pleading divers Matters of Inducement, or of Suspicion; or alleges two Presentments in a Quare Impedit, the one in the Guardian or Particular Tenant, and the other in the Party himself, there no Duplicity, ibid.  
But divers Matters may be alleged to oust the Conusance, or prove a Maintenance, p. 134  
Yet Appendancy and Prescription, and a Lease and Release, will make a Plea double, ibid.  
Where one binds himself in 10 l. in the Indenture to Perform divers Covenants, the Plaintiff can declare but upon the Breach of one of them, if he demand the 10 l. but otherwise, if he brings an Action upon the Covenants, p. 135  
Where one pleads, That he was seized, until by the other Disseised, against whom he did Recover; not double, because the one part of the Plea is a Conveyance to the other, ibid.  
So, where one cannot come to the one Plea, without the other, there no Doubleness; as Seisin, Feoffment, etc. ibid.  
Non dederunt Arbitrium in scriptis, held by some to be double, ibid.  
So, a Collateral Waranty and Assets, double, ibid.  
But, Barganizasset and Concessit, not double, but words of one signification, ibid.  
How one shall have divers Pleas, when one of them shall go to the Whole, ibid.  
As, where an Assize of the Office of Clerk of the Crown was brought by two Persons, and the Defendant pleaded to one of the Plaintiffs, That he was an Alien, and to the other Nul tiel Office; here, because the Last part went to the Whole, the Plea was holden to be double, ibid.  
Yet the Defendant pleaded a Fine to the Whole, and did Conclude to the Moiety, and so for the other Moiety, and good, ibid.  
So, the Defendant did Justify to the Third Part for one Cause, and to the other two Parts by another Cause, p. 136  
So, the Defendant in Trespass of Trees may plead, as to the Cutting, Non Culp ', and as to the Taking, he may plead a Gift of them, ibid.  
So, in Debt against an Executor, the Defendant pleaded an Acquittance to part, and plene Administravit to the rest, ibid.  
If a Person pleads divers Pleas, and one of them goes to the whole Writ or Action, that only shall be received. ibid.  
Which of the Pleas shall be first Tried, ibid. 137  
Where the Plea is ill, without showing the Deed or Record, ibid.  
Where the Estate is Executed, there needs not the Deed, for the most part to be showed, p. 140  
How the Vouchee shall be forced to show a Deed, p. 141  
How an Action may be upon Record, without showing, p. 142  
Tho' one have not the Deed, yet if it appear of Record in the same Court, pleaded by another at that time, he shall have advantage of it, p. 143   

CHAP. VI p. 145 Of Pleading in General.  
WHere one in Pleading shall show, how he was seized, ibid.  
Where one may Convey to himself an Estate, without showing, how he that gave it was seized, ibid.  
In a Writ, or Count may be said, Quod quidam J. S. dimisit, without showing, how he was seized; but otherwise by way of Bar, or Title, ibid.  
Where one shall say, He was seized in Dominico suo, etc. ibid.  
Where in Pleading shall be said, in jure Uxoris. p. 146  
Where Lands are given to Two, and the Heirs of one of them, the Pleading shall be, Quod fuer' seisit'; viz. the one In Dominico suo ut de feodo; and the other, In Dominico suo ut de libero Tenemento, ibid.  
Of the Plea, In jure Coronae, ibid.  
Of the Plea, In jure Domus, p. 147  
Whether it be sufficient to allege a Seisin in any, without showing of what Estate, ib.  
How he that hath but an Estate for Life, or an Estate Tail, or an Use, shall plead the same without showing the beginning thereof, p. 148  
Where, in Pleading, for Certainty to every Intent, it must be showed, that the Estate did Continue at the time, p. 149  
Which of the Parties shall set forth, the Place where, etc. in Pleading, p. 150  
Bona Notabilia in divers Dioceses, how to be pleaded, p. 152  
Where the County shall be taken by Intendment, ibid.  
Where the Day, or Years shall be certainly alleged in Pleading, p. 153  
Acts Spiritual, how to be pleaded, p. 155  
Of Pleading Matters of Record, as Utlary, Recovery in Debt, Recognizance, return of a Writ, etc. p. 155, 156  
How the words [Inter alia] are to be used in Pleading, p. 157  
Acts of Parliament, how to be Pleaded, ibid.  
Per Nomen, how pleaded, p. 160  
Of the word Continetur in Pleading, p. 162  
Of Pleading by or without the word Predict ', ibid.  
Of the word, Ut, in Pleading, p. 163  
Where a General Plea shall be pleaded for avoiding Mischief, ibid.  
Of Pleading an Entry, etc. p. 164  
Of the Plea Negative Pregnant, ibid.  
That the word Licet is an Express Affirmative, p. 165  
Where an Express Seisin, or Possession, must be alleged, ibid.  
Of the words Virtute cujus, Per quod, Quorum praetextu, etc. ibid.  
A Deed, how to be pleaded, p. 166  
Of the Pleas Non est factum, or Riens passa, ibid.  
Where an ill Plea is made good by Reference to another, p. 167  
Of Pleading Prout per Indenturam, or Scriptum plenius liquet & apparet, p. 168  
Of the words, Quae sunt omnia & singula, etc. in Pleading, ibid.  
Of the words, Quae est eadem Dimissio, in Pleading, ibid.  
Of the words, Quod est idem Vastum, in Pleading, ibid.  
Of the words, Et non alia neque diversa, in Pleading, p. 169  
Of Pleading out of Time, or Mispleading, ibid.  
Where an ill Plea may be made good by Admittance, ibid.  
Where the Defendant may waive his Pleading, and betake himself to the General Issue, p. 171   

CHAP. VII. p. 174 Of Repleaders, or jeofails.  
'Cause of Repleaders, ibid.  
jeofail, what? ibid.  
At what Plea the Parties shall begin to Replead, ibid.  
In what Place, ibid.  
At what Ti●e, p. 176  
Statutes aiding jeofails, or Mis-pleading, viz. 32. H. 8. cap. 30. 18 Eliz. cap. 14. 21 jac. 1. cap. 13. and 16 & 17 Car. 2. cap. 2. ibid.  
Observations upon the two first Statutes, p. 177  
Cases upon the said two Statutes, p. 178  
Of Matters Remediable by the Statutes of jeofails, p. 180  
Of Matters not Remedied by the Statute of jeofails, p 189  
Of the Statutes of 21 jacobi and 16 & 17 Car. 2. concerning jeofails, p. 193, 194  
Observations upon the two last Statutes, p. 197  
What Defects in Pleading, or otherwise, are aided by the said Statutes, ibid.   

CHAP. VIII. p. 207 Of Intendment.  
WHat Construction the Law doth make of the Intention of the Parties, as to Contracts, and other Matters, ibid.   

CHAP. IX. p. 212 Of Bills of Exception.  
BIll of Exception, what it is? ibid.  
Need not, de Rigore juris, be allowed in Arrest of judgement, ibid.  
Must be Sealed before, and not after Judgement, p. 213   

CHAP. X. p. 214 Of Verdicts.  
VErdict, what? ibid.  
Must be sufficient in Matter and Form, p. 215  
Damages, where to be found entire, where several, ibid.  
Where a Verdict shall make ill Pleading good, p. 216  
Where the Verdict is contrary to other Matter of Record, p. 217  
Of Special Verdicts, 218  
Of what things the Jury may take Cognizance, p. 220  
How the Jury may find a Matter of Record, p. 221  
Spiritual Matters, how to be found by the Jury, 222  
Where the Jury find a Specil Matter, and Conclude contrary, p. 223  
Verdict varying from the Issue, where good, where ill, ibid.  
Where the Jury find more than is in the Issue, p. 226  
Where, tho' the Verdict be found for the Plaintiff, yet he shall be Barred, p. 227  
Where the Jury gives divers Verdicts, p. 228  
Verdict must be by Twelve, except by Writ of Inquiry, ibid.  
Verdict de bene Esse, ibid.  
Where the Verdict shall be void in part, or a jeofail, ibid.  
Misdemeanour of the Jury, where it shall make a Verdict ill, p. 229   

CHAP. XI. p. 231 Of judgements.  
OF the Forms of Judgements, ibid.  
What Day Judgement shall be given, p. 232  
Where, or in what Court Judgement shall be given, ibid.  
Causes to stay Judgement, ibid.  
Where Judgement shall be final, p. 233  
Where the Plaintiff may have Judgement for part, and Relinquish the rest, ibid.  
Of two Judgements in one Action, p. 236  
Where Judgement shall be with Cesset Executio, ibid.   

CHAP. XII. p. 238 Of Executions.  
EXecution, what? ibid.  
Of the Method of obtaining Executions, p. 239  
Execution for Debt fourfold, ibid.  
Against whom Execution by Capias will lie, ibid.  
In what Cases Execution may be had by Capias, p. 240  
Of Executions by Capias pro Fine, p. 241  
Of Executions by Capias Utlagatum, p. 243  
Where Execution shall be had by Capias, Fieri facias, or Elegit, p. 245  
Upon Escape, the Sheriff chargeable in Action of Debt, or upon the Case, p. 248  
Of Fresh Pursuit, ibid.  
Old Sheriffs must give Notice to the New of those in Execution, ibid.  
Where two bound jointly and severally, and in Execution, and one Escapes, and he brings Audita Querela, and held not to lie, p. 249  
Whether the Defendant dying in Execution, be a Discharge for ever, as an Escape is, ib.  
Elegit, its force, p. 251  
Of what an Elegit may be sued, ibid.  
Of Execution against Bail or Mainprize, 252  
Mainpernors, what? ibid.  
Bail, what? p. 253  
Of the Writ of Scire facias, what it is? and where Execution may be had by Scire fac ', or without, p. 258  
What Plea or Matter will stay Execution, 264  
What other Pleas one shall have in Bar of Execution, p. 265  
Of the Writ Venditioni exponas, where it is to be awarded, and the power of the same, 269, 270  
Of Execution against a Clerk, upon the return of Clericus est Beneficiatus, p. 271  
Where the Defendant may be Committed in Execution by the Court without Process, ib.  
Of Executions in the Cinque-Ports, Counties-Palatine, or other Franchises, ib. 272  
Of the Sheriffs Breaking open a Door, or Chest, to do Execution, ib. 273, 274  
How one in Execution shall be delivered without Payment, p. 274  
That the Party in Execution may be discharged by Error and Mainprize, ibid.  
Where an Escape shall be a Discharge of the Execution for ever, and where not, 275, 276  
Death of the Defendant in Execution, no discharge of the Debt, p. 277  
Discharge by Privilege of Parliament, 279  
Of going at large by Baston, Keeper, or Tip-staffe, p. 280  
Where the Act of the Court, the Law, or the Plaintiff, doth discharge the Party of the Execution, p. 281  
Where the Sheriff shall be Fined for Disobeying a Supersedeas, p. 282   

CHAP. XIII. p. 283 Of Error and False judgement.  
ERror, what? ibid.  
Writ of Error, what? p. 284  
Of a Writ of Error, where it lies, and the Statutes that concern the same, p. 285  
How one shall proceed to reform Erroneous Proceedings against him, p. 286  
Whether the Heir, or Executor, or Successor shall have these Writs of Error and False judgement, p. 294  
What Heir shall have these Writs, p. 296  
Of Estoppels in Assigning Error, ibid.  
What shall not be Assigned for Error, p. 297  
Diminution, what? ibid.  
Of Error in Parliament, p. 299  
Of Amendments of Erroneous Proceedings, ib.  
Of Error in Fines and Common Recoveries, p. 306   

CHAP. XIV. p. 309 Of Appeals, Indictments and Informations.  
APpeal, what? ibid.  
Where the Heir shall not have an Appeal of Murder, p. 310  
How Appeals shall be brought by Infants, 311  
Of Pleading to Appeals, p. 312  
Of Indictments, and the Plead thereupon, and what will maintain or quash the same, p. 317  
Indictment, what? ibid.  
What shall quash an Indictment; what not? p. 320  
Of Indictments of Nuisances, p. 325  
Of the words Vi & armis in an Indictment, 327  
Of the words Contra pacem in an Indictment, ibid.  
Indictments quashed for Incertainty, p. 328  
Rule to distinguish where an Indictment, and where an Action of the Case doth lie, ibid.  
Information, what? p. 329  
Of the Duty of an Informer, ibid.  
Information must be laid in the proper County where the Fact was done, p. 330  
If the Informer dies, or will not Prosecute, the Attorney-General may proceed for the King's Moiety, ibid.  
If the Attorney-General will not Prosecute or Reply, the Informer may for his part, ib.  
Where an Action or Information is tam pro Rege quam parte, if the Judgement be Entered only for the Party, 'tis Erroneous. ibid.  
So, where the party sues Execution of all to himself, Execution shall be stayed, etc. 331  
If an Information be Exhibited for several Things, some before the date of the Information, and some after; yet all well, if done before the Filing of the Information, ib.  
Where a Statute appoints the Information to be brought within a Year; yet sufficient to be brought within 6 years after, ibid.  
If the Demand be for less than due, it shall be good enough for the King, etc. ibid.  
In Informations for Detaining the King's Goods, it sufficeth to say, That they were in the King's possession, without saying how, etc. ibid.  
altar Information pendant, in altar Court, pur mesme l'Offence, a good Bar, etc. ibid.  
Judgement stayed after Verdict against one, for being Perturbator Pacis & Communis Oppressor, and for that he took unreasonable Distress, of divers of his Tenants, and why, p. 332  
Information against one for using the Trade of a Draper, Ruled ill, and why? ibid.  
That the Defendant, diversis diebus & vicibus, between such and such days did such offences, good; tho' in a Criminal Case, ibid.   
FINIS.